diff options
Diffstat (limited to '15530.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 15530.txt | 9301 |
1 files changed, 9301 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/15530.txt b/15530.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12980a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/15530.txt @@ -0,0 +1,9301 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume +XVII, 1609-1616, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: Volume XVII, 1609-1616 + Explorations By Early Navigators, Descriptions Of The + Islands And Their Peoples, Their History And Records Of + The Catholic Missions, As Related In Contemporaneous Books + And Manuscripts, Showing The Political, Economic, Commercial + And Religious Conditions Of Those Islands From Their + Earliest Relations With European Nations To The Close Of + The Nineteenth Century + +Author: Various + +Editor: E. H. Blair + +Release Date: April 3, 2005 [EBook #15530] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + + + + + + The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898 + + Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and + their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, + as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the + political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those + islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the + close of the nineteenth century, + + Volume XVII, 1609-1616 + + + + Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson + with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord + Bourne. + + + + + + + + + + + +CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVII + + + Preface 9 + Documents of 1609 + + Laws regarding navigation and commerce. Felipe II and + Felipe III; 1583-1609 27 + Jesuit missions, 1608-09. (From _Annuae litterae;_ Dilingae, + 1610.) 53 + Decree regulating services of Filipinos. Felipe III; + Aranjuez, May 26 79 + + Documents of 1610 + + Petition of the Recollects. Dionisio de la Anunciacion, + and others; Manila, June 30 85 + Dominicans request suppression of the Audiencia. Baltasar + Fort, O.P., and others; Manila, June 30 89 + Relation of 1609-1610. Gregorio Lopez, S.J.,; Manila, + July 1 100 + Letter to Felipe III. Juan de Silva; Cavite, September + 5 144 + Letter to Silva. Felipe III; Madrid, December 7 151 + + Documents of 1611 + + Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas of + Manila. Bernardo de Santa Catalina, O.P., and others; + Manila, April 28 155 + Hospital at Nueva Caceres. Pedro Arce, O.S.A.; Manila, + July 20 172 + Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; Guadarrama and + Madrid, November-December 174 + Letters to the Dominican provincial. Felipe III; Madrid, + December 31 183 + + Documents of 1612-1613 + + Status of missions in the Philippines. Gregorio + Lopez, S.J., and others; [Manila, _ca._ 1612] 189 + Trade of the Philippines. Juan, marques + de Montesclaros; Los Reyes, April 12, 1612 213 + Letter from the bishop of Nueva Segovia [Domingo + de Soria, O.P.]; Manila, August 15, 1613 233 + Letter to Silva. Felipe III; Pardo, December 2, + 1613 237 + + Documents of 1616 + + Recommendations regarding the archbishopric of + Manila. [Council of the Indias?]; Madrid, 1613-16 245 + Letter to Felipe III. Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; Manila, + August 20 249 + Portuguese and Spanish expedition against the Dutch, + 1615. Juan de Rivera and Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; + [Manila, 1616?] 251 + + Bibliographical Data 281 + Appendix: Chronological list of the governors of the Philippines, + 1565-1899, and the administration of the islands at different + periods 283 + + + + +Illustrations + + + + Title-page of _Annuae litterae Societatis Iesv_ (Dilingae, M. DC. X); + photographic facsimile, from copy in Library of Congress 51 + Title-page of _Documentos, datos, y relaciones para la historia + de Filipinas_--MS. collection of transcripts from documents in + Spanish archives, for the period 1586-1792, by Ventura del Arco + (Madrid, 1859-1865), possession of Edward E. Ayer, Chicago; + photographic facsimile 101 + Autograph signature of Gregorio Lopez, S.J.; facsimile from tracing + of original, in Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library) 141 + + + + + +PREFACE + + +The present volume covers the seven years from 1609 to 1616, +the leading subjects in the documents therein being commerce and +navigation, missions, and ecclesiastical affairs. The commercial +and navigation laws covering a quarter of a century previous to +this period give incidentally much curious information on social and +economic conditions in the islands. The outflow of silver from Nueva +Espana to China via Manila still causes alarm; but it is evident +that the suppression of the trade between Acapulco and Manila is +not an infallible remedy for this difficulty. As it is, the islands +are suffering from the injuries to their trade that the Dutch have +inflicted, and from the ruinous expenses caused by their wars with +these persistent enemies. No less do the Indians suffer from the +exactions levied upon them for the public works and defense; but the +home government attempts to lessen these burdens, and protect the +natives from oppression. The missions of the Jesuits are reported +as making rapid progress; and statistics of the work conducted by +them and by the other religious orders give a view of the general +missionary field. The Dominicans begin their college of Santo Tomas +at Manila; and their officials urge upon the king the suppression of +the Audiencia. The relations between the various orders appear to be +not strictly harmonious. The power of the Spaniards in the Orient, +and the future of the Philippine colony, are seriously menaced by +the increasing gains of the Dutch in the Moluccas. + +Various laws regarding the navigation and commerce of the Philippines +are presented, in chronological order, dated 1583-1609. The sale of +merchandise by _pancada_ is to be retained, and regulations are made +therefor. Trade between the American colonies with China or Filipinas +is prohibited; and the citizens of Filipinas are granted a monopoly of +the trade to Nueva Espana. But this is limited to a specified amount +and only two ships may be sent annually. The goods thus sent to Nueva +Espana must be consumed there. Copies of the merchandise registers of +these vessels must be sent to the Council of the Indias. Persons who +have been exiled to Filipinas must be compelled to reside there. No +slaves may be taken thence to Nueva Espana, except a small and +specified number allowed as servants of royal officials. The number of +officers and men allowed to each ship is limited and specified. The +soldiers sent must be effective and suitably equipped. The ships +must not be stripped of their defenses by Filipinas officials. Pilots +must undergo examination for this voyage. Information regarding the +money and goods carried on these vessels must be exchanged by the +officials at Manila and Acapulco. Ships must not be overladen. No +person may go from Nueva Espana to the islands unless he give bonds +for becoming a permanent resident of them, or is sent thither as a +soldier. Officials of the trading vessels may not engage in trade in +any form. The fares paid by passengers thereon shall be regulated, +and so adjusted that they shall pay their share toward the expenses +of carrying on this commerce. Due inspection of merchandise shall +be made at Acapulco and in Mexico. No Chinese goods may be traded +or conveyed, in any way, between Nueva Espana and Peru. The dues +collected at Acapulco on Filipinas merchandise shall be spent for the +needs of the islands. The amount of money which may be carried back +from Mexico is strictly limited to five hundred thousand pesos; and in +this amount must be included, to avoid frauds, all amounts of legacies, +and gifts for benevolent works, sent to Filipinas. No wrought silver +may be carried thither, except under close restrictions. The governor +of Filipinas and the viceroy of Nueva Espana shall exchange reports +of the business carried on by these ships. A trustworthy person must +be appointed at Manila to regulate the migration of Chinese and other +foreigners to the islands. Directions are given for the placing of +cargoes, marine stores, etc., on the ships; and their rigging must be +obtained at Manila instead of Acapulco. The ships and their crews must +be suitably armed for defense; and the men may not carry any baggage +save what they actually need for the voyage. No slave women shall be +allowed on the ships, nor any married woman who is not obliged to +make the voyage. The citizens of the islands may trade with Japan; +but the Japanese shall not be allowed to go to the Filipinas. + +In _Annuae litterae_ for 1610 is a report of the Jesuit missions in +the Philippines. Beginning with some tabulated statistics, there are +presented separate accounts of the college at Manila and the various +mission stations. Two lay brethren in that college have died, whose +lives and virtues are briefly reviewed. Religious zeal is growing +among the people of Manila. The Jesuit church has been greatly adorned +and improved, and their Indian disciples have erected in a new church +several handsome statues. One of the Jesuit fathers devoted himself +to the care of the heretics captured in the battle with the Dutch, +and secured recantations from twenty of these. The new governor, Juan +de Silva, has given to the Jesuits not only favor but substantial +aid. In Antipolo and Taitai are many zealous and devout converts, +of whom various incidents are related. The church at Antipolo has +been often burned, but again rebuilt. Several miraculous cures are +related. At Zebu the Jesuits have done much to cultivate religion +among the Spanish residents, and to promote the peace and welfare of +the community. In Bohol many conversions have taken place, and the +headmen have become most helpful to the missionaries. Even some of the +priests of the heathen are zealous converts to the true faith. The +Indian converts are displaying true faith and charity, and support +a hospital. No longer consulting their idols, they now invoke the +Virgin Mary, an act which brings them great success in hunting. At +Dulac much success has been obtained--sometimes impeded, however, by +the plots of the Evil One. Palapag has suffered from scarcity of food, +but the Jesuits have from their own stores cared for the poor. A new +church has been erected there, and many conversions are reported. The +expedition to the Molucca Islands was accompanied by the Jesuits; +there are many Christians there, who are oppressed by the Dutch +heretics. Many of the reports in this document mention miraculous +cures, and deliverances from danger; and state that in many cases +the Indian converts practice scourging as a token of devotion. + +A law dated May 26, 1609, regulates the services of the Indians. When +possible, the men needed for public works shall be hired from among +the Chinese and Japanese; and the Filipino natives shall be expected +to work voluntarily. If these measures shall not provide sufficient +laborers, the natives may be forced to work, but only under certain +conditions. Such work must be of absolute necessity; no one shall be +forced when there are enough voluntary laborers; the conscription must +be made as considerate and equitable as possible; the governor shall +assign their hours of labor, and their wages shall be paid fairly +and promptly. Such requisitions shall be made at seasons when they +do not interfere with the agricultural labors of the natives. The +vessels shall be provided with shelter for the rowers against rain and +storm. Any ill-treatment received by the Indians shall be vigorously +punished, especially when the offender is a royal official. + +The Augustinian Recollects write to the king (June 30, 1610) asking to +be released from the restrictions imposed upon them by the visitor of +that order, claiming that otherwise their work will be ruined. They +also ask for royal bounty in its aid. The Dominicans at Manila, on +the same day, memorialize the home government for the suppression +of the Audiencia in the islands. They claim that the royal decrees +are not obeyed as they should be. The royal fiscal is accused of +illegal traffic, and the opportunities and means of profit are given +to relatives or friends of the auditors. The Dominicans suggest that +the archbishop and the religious orders be authorized to serve as a +check on the governors, the only real use of the Audiencia. They ask +the king to increase the income of the archbishop, and take occasion to +commend the honor and integrity of the royal officials at Manila. Their +letter is accompanied by a list of the reasons why the Audiencia +should be suppressed in the islands. The number of lawsuits is much +greater since the reestablishment of that court, and the prisons are +crowded; while many persons are neglected and languish in prison for +many years. Justice is not done in the Indian lawsuits, the Spanish +procedure being entirely unsuitable for these cases; and the innocent +suffer the penalties, while the guilty escape. Dignities and offices +are given to the unworthy and incompetent, and to relatives of the +auditors. Criminals connected with the auditors go unpunished. The +auditors engage openly in trade, by which they have gained enormous +wealth. The royal intention that they should advise the king regarding +the governor's conduct is frustrated, since they are in such relations +with the governor that they will not oppose him. + +The Jesuit Gregorio Lopez relates (July 1, 1610) events in the islands +for the past year. Rumors of an invasion by the Dutch cause Silva to +fortify Cavite, hitherto unprotected. Several disasters befall the +Spaniards--among them the treacherous murder of a large number of +Spaniards by their Chinese and Japanese rowers; and the Chinese need +to be pacified. During the latter part of 1609 and the early months +of 1610 the Dutch squadron commanded by Francis de Wittert remains +near Manila, capturing the Chinese and other vessels that trade with +Luzon. Meanwhile, the Spaniards collect military supplies and make +all other preparations for defense. On April 24 the Spanish squadron +encounters that of the Dutch at Playa Honda, outside Manila Bay; +after a hot contest in which Wittert is killed, the Dutch flagship +surrenders, as does their almiranta; another ship is destroyed by +fire, and the rest take to flight. Many ceremonies, both religious and +secular, signalize the rejoicings in Manila over the victory of the +Spaniards, as well at their mourning for the slain. Then the spoils +of the conquered are distributed, amounting to nearly four hundred +thousand pesos. Many of the Dutch heretic captives are reconciled to +the Church through the ministrations of a Jesuit priest. Lopez relates +various incidents connected with this war, and gives a vivid account of +the perils and hardships of the ocean voyages, especially in relating +the shipwreck on the Japan coast of the galleon "San Francisco." A +boat carrying supplies to the Jesuit mission at Maluco is captured +by the Dutch and with it Father Masonio; but he escapes their hands, +after many dangers. His companion, Father Gabriel de la Cruz, dies +after a long sickness; and Antonio Pereira, sent to take his place, +dies on the voyage. The Dutch pay a heavy ransom for their captive +commander van Caerden. + +Governor Silva advises the king (September 5, 1610) of affairs in the +islands, especially of those in the Moluccas. The Dutch have regained +everything there except the fort at Ternate; they have also secured +a foothold in Japan, and are striving to do the same in China. If +they obtain control of the trade from those countries, the Spanish +colonies in India and the Philippines will be ruined. Accordingly, +Silva is preparing to go, in conjunction with the Portuguese troops +from India, against the Dutch, to recover the Moluccas. He will +also take the captive Ternatan king back to his own country, as he +promises to become a vassal of Spain and to refuse intercourse with +the Dutch. Silva has, however, but little money for this expedition, +for the royal treasury is heavily in debt. The king writes to Silva +(December 7, 1610) ordering him to investigate the complaint of the +Indians of Quiapo against the Jesuits. + +The establishment of the college of Santo Tomas at Manila is begun +in 1611 by the Dominicans, its foundation being a bequest left for +this purpose by the late Archbishop Benavides, and certain other +legacies. The articles of establishment and the endowment are +presented, showing the funds, location, management, and character +of the institution. It is provided, among other things, that if any +ecclesiastical or secular power should claim jurisdiction over the +conduct or property of the college, all the possessions of the college +shall become the absolute property of the Dominican order and province. + +The bishop of Nueva Caceres asks the king (July 20, 1611) for aid for +the hospital there. In the same year, the king writes several letters +to Silva. He orders the governor (November 12) to restrain, but with +prudence, the arrogance of the religious; to check evasions of the +laws regarding commerce, and to make certain regulations regarding the +Mexican trade; to continue the prohibition of Japanese from residing in +the islands; and to cease the military training hitherto given to the +natives. On November 20 he sends an order to Silva to set at liberty +van Caerden and other Dutchmen held captive in Manila, provided they +shall not have given any cause for being recaptured. On December +19 he commands Silva to keep a squadron of ships on guard near the +Luzon coast, to prevent the Dutch from plundering the vessels that +go to the islands for trade. Letters from the king to the Dominican +provincial at Manila (December 31) warn him to correct the lawless +and disobedient proceedings of certain of his friars; to maintain +amicable relations with the governor; and not to allow his friars to +go to Japan without the governor's permission (commands of like import +with this last being sent also to the provincials of the other orders). + +Interesting statistics of the houses and missions of the various +religious orders in the islands are furnished (_ca_. 1612), at +the royal command, by their superiors. The Augustinians enumerate +fifty-six houses with one hundred and fifty-five priests and thirteen +lay brethren. The Jesuits maintain two colleges (Manila and Cebu), +six residences and two missions; in these are forty-five priests, +twenty-eight lay brethren, eight novices, and eleven scholastics--in +all ninty-two religious. Each "residence" is a center of missionary +activity for all the Indian villages around it, in some of which are +churches, and to others visits are paid more or less frequently by the +fathers who live at the residence. The Franciscans have forty-eight +houses in their missions to the Indians, and four in the Spanish +towns; they also maintain six hospitals. They have one hundred and one +priests and thirty-eight lay brethren, besides twenty-one religious +in Japan. The Dominicans have eighteen houses, and one hospital, with +sixty-two friars; besides these, they have three houses in Japan, with +nine religious. The field occupied by the Augustinians is in Western +Luzon, Panay, and Cebu; and the villages in which they minister +number 58,800 tributes--which, at three persons to each tribute, +means a population of 176,400 souls. The Jesuits conduct missions in +Luzon, Panay, Leyte, Samar, Bohol, and adjacent islands; they have +sixty-eight churches, besides those in Manila and Cebu, and are in +charge of about 50,000 souls. The Franciscans have missions in Luzon, +with 80,000 souls; also some in Maluco and Japan. The Dominicans also +work in Luzon, ministering to somewhat more than 16,000 souls. + +The viceroy of Peru writes to Felipe III (April 12, 1612) in regard +to the Philippine-Mexican trade, giving his report and opinion, at +the king's command, regarding the request of the Sevilla merchants +that the Philippine trade be taken from Mexico and transferred to +Spain and Portugal. This letter is an interesting exposition of +the theories regarding colonial administration then held by certain +Spanish statesmen--and, more or less, of the policy then pursued by +the Spanish government: for Montesclaros had already been a viceroy +of Spanish colonies in America for nine years, at the time of this +report, and was highly regarded by his home government. He describes +the progress of commerce since the colonization of the New World +began, and shows that the markets of the latter are overstocked with +European merchandise, and thus the profits of the trade are greatly +decreased. The viceroy carefully analyzes the proposal to transfer +the Philippine trade to Spain, and shows its probable results. The +Manila merchandise is almost entirely silk; this could be replaced in +Mexico with the cotton fabrics made by the Indians in that country, +and the silk industry might be introduced into Mexico and made a +success there. Nevertheless, the Philippines would be injured by +the suppression of their Mexican trade, and there would not even +be a corresponding benefit to Spain. He has not much confidence in +the disinterestedness of the Sevilla merchants, and refutes some +of their arguments. The Spanish goods sent to Manila via Acapulco +are mainly articles of luxury, and in small quantity; and the cloth +stuffs of Spain are not desired in Japan or Luzon. He disapproves any +course which would bring the Chinese silks into Spain, for thus the +silk industry of that country would be ruined; moreover, the Chinese +goods are poor and have little durability. Montesclaros emphatically +denies that the stoppage of Philippine trade will materially affect +the outflow of silver from Nueva Espana, or benefit Spain; and advises +the king not to favor the Seville merchants or the Portuguese of India +to the neglect of his Castilian subjects. He compares the advantages +of the two routes between Manila and Spain, and considers that by +the Pacific Ocean the better. The viceroy discusses the matter of +sending reenforcements to the Philippines, and suggests that it +might be advantageous to send troops to Acapulco via the Isthmus of +Panama. He points out various dangers from the proposed suppression +of he Philippine-Mexican trade. + +The bishop of Nueva Segovia writes (August 15, 1613), apparently +to some high official at the Spanish court, asking that aid may be +furnished to the recently founded college of Santo Tomas. Soria +complains of the Jesuits and the governor, who are opposing the +Dominicans. More priests of that order (to which the writer belongs) +are needed in the islands. Soria makes various accusations against +the Augustinians and their leading officials, and recommends Aduarte +and his mission to his correspondent's favor. + +Felipe III writes to Silva (December 2, 1613), directing him to send +to Mexico all the quicksilver that he can procure in China. The +king approves Silva's acts in regard to Chinese immigration, and +investigation of corrupt officials. He asks for further information +as to Japanese trade, the treatment of the Indians by the religious, +etc. One of the royal councils makes recommendations to the king--by +communications dated respectively June 28, 1613, and July 1, 1616--that +for the aged archbishop of Manila shall be appointed a coadjutor, who +shall receive one-third of the former's stipend, with certain fees. An +abstract of a letter from the Jesuit Ledesma to Felipe III (August 20, +1616) presents a gloomy view of the condition of the islands. Their +trade has greatly decreased; the expeditions against the Dutch have +nearly ruined the citizens; the Indians are exhausted by the burdens +and taxes levied upon them; and the islands are in constant peril +and are frequently harassed by their numerous enemies. The king is +asked to send aid for the colony without delay. + +A prominent Jesuit in Manila, Juan de Ribera, writes (probably in 1616) +an account of an expedition sent from India in 1615 for the aid of +the Philippines. The Dutch are obtaining so firm a foothold in the +Orient that the Spanish commerce is not only much decreased, but is +in constant danger from the attacks of the "Dutch pirates." Silva +despatches Ribera to India, to ask from the viceroy aid for the +Philippines; he sends with the envoy four galleons, which, after +a voyage of many delays and hardships, reach Malacca. There they +encounter a large Malay fleet, which they defeat, with great loss +on both sides. A few weeks later a Dutch fleet arrives at Malacca, +intending to unite with these very Malays; a fierce battle ensues, +in which the Portuguese galleons are destroyed. In February 1616, +Silva arives at Malacca with his fleet; but soon afterward he is +attacked by a fever which causes his death (April 19). To this is +added another version of Ribera's letter, and a letter by Valerio de +Ledesma--both obtained from Colin's _Labor evangelica_. These cover +the same ground as the preceding letter, but contain some matter not +found therein, including an account of the battle at Playa Honda. + +A biographical and chronological list of all the Spanish governors +of the Philippines, from 1565 to 1898, is here presented. It is +prepared by a careful collation, sifting, and verification of data +obtained from the best authorities extant; and will be found useful for +reference by general readers, as well as by students of history. This +is followed by a law of 1664, providing for the government of the +islands ad interim; and an extract from the _Historia_ of the Jesuit +Delgado (1751), "Some things worth knowing about the governors of +the Filipinas Islands." He says: "In no kingdom or province of the +Spanish crown do the viceroys or governors enjoy greater privileges, +superiority, and grandeur than in Filipinas." Delgado moralizes +on the qualifications necessary for such a post, illustrating +his remarks by historical examples. He outlines the intercourse +and relations of the Philippines with the peoples about them, +and the conquests made by the Spanish colonial governors. Next is +given a chapter from the _Estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842_ of +Sinibaldo de Mas--a Spanish diplomat who visited the islands--on "the +administration of government and the captaincy-general" therein. He, +too, describes the great authority and privilege of the governor of +the Philippines; and outlines the plan of the general, provincial, +and local governments. The mestizos, when numerous in any community, +have their own separate government. As the cabezas de barangay and +some members of their families are exempted from paying tributes, +they form a privileged class which is a burden on the taxpayers--a +serious defect in the system of government. A special arrangement +is made for the Chinese residing in Manila, and they are enrolled +and classified for the payment of taxes. Finally, a chapter on "the +political and administrative organization of Filipinas" is presented, +from Montero y Vidal's _Archipielago filipino_ (1886). He devotes +special attention to the subject of local government in the native +towns; and explains why the Filipino natives are so anxious to obtain +the post of gobernadorcillo. The writer describes the mode of dress and +the customs in vogue among these local dignitaries, as well as their +methods of administration. There are certain other petty officials, +whose functions are described; and he ends by stating the powers +and functions of the provincial rulers and those of the governor and +captain-general of the islands, and sharply criticising "the vicious, +anomalous, and unsuitable organization of the provinces of Filipinas." + +_The Editors_ + +July, 1904. + + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1609 + + + Laws regarding navigation and commerce. Felipe II and Felipe III; + 1583-1609. + Jesuit missions, 1608-09. (From _Annuae litterae_; Dilingae, 1610.) + Decree regulating services of Filipinos. Felipe III; May 26. + + +_Sources_: Two of these documents are taken from _Recopilacion de +leyes_--the first from lib. ix, tit. xlv; the third, from lib. vi., +tit. xii (ley xl). The second is obtained from _Annuae litterae_ +(Dilingae, 1610), pp. 507-532. + +_Translations_: The first and third of these documents are translated +by James A. Robertson; the second, by Henry B. Lathrop, of the +University of Wisconsin. + + + + +LAWS REGARDING NAVIGATION AND COMMERCE + + +[The following laws are translated from _Recopilacion de leyes_, +lib. ix, tit. xxxxv, "Concerning the navigation and commerce of the +Filipinas Islands, China, Nueva Espana, and Peru." [1] The various laws +of the _Recopilacion_ are not arranged chronologically, but they are +here thus given--retaining, however, the number of each law. Those laws +given in the present installment range in date between 1583 and 1609, +those beyond the latter date being reserved for a future volume. Some +of the laws, as shown by various dates, were promulgated more than +once, either in the original form, or possibly amended. When there +is more than one date, the chronological order follows the earliest +of these.] + + +Law LVIII + +The appraisements and registers that shall be made of the merchandise +shipped in the vessels despatched from Filipinas to Nueva Espana +and other places, shall be made solely by the officials of our +royal exchequer. The distribution [of cargo] that shall be made +in the vessels of the said islands, and of the merchandise shipped +on our account, and the appointment and examination of the pilots, +masters, and other officials, shall be made in the presence of the +aforesaid persons; and the laws ordained by this titulo shall be +observed. [Felipe II--San Lorenzo, June 14, 1583.] + + +Law XXXV + +It having been committed to, and charged upon, the governor +and captain-general of the Filipinas that he should endeavor to +introduce, in the exchange and barter for the merchandise of China, +trade in other products of those islands, in order to avoid, when +possible, the withdrawal of the great sums of reals which are taken +to foreign kingdoms, the governor executed it in the form and manner +that he considered most fitting; and a method called _pancada_ [2] +was introduced, which has been observed and executed until now. It is +our will that that method be observed and kept, without any change, +until we order otherwise. [Felipe II--Anover, August 9, 1589; Toledo, +January 25, 1596.] + + +Law LXVI + +We order that a duty be collected on the first and subsequent sales +or all the merchandise shipped from Filipinas to Acapulco, and the +pesos per tonelada on freight according to custom; for this sum and +much more is needed to pay the troops, and equip the vessels that +engage in commerce. In this there shall be no innovation. [Felipe +II--Anover, August 9, 1589.] + + +Law V + +We ordain and order that there shall be no permission to trade or +traffic between Peru, Tierra-Firme, Guatemala, or any other parts of +the Indias, and China or the Filipinas Islands, even though it be by +license of the viceroys, audiencias, governors, or magistrates, under +penalty of confiscation of the merchandise that shall be shipped. The +masters and pilots shall also incur the confiscation of all their +property and ten years in the galleys. [Felipe II--San Lorenzo, +December 18, and February 6, 1591.] + + +Law I + +Inasmuch as it is advisable to avoid trade between the West Indias +and China, and regulate that of Filipinas, as it has increased +considerably, thus causing the decrease of that of these kingdoms: +therefore, we prohibit, forbid, and order, that no person of the +natives or residents of Nueva Espana, or any other part of the Indias +trade or be allowed to trade in the Filipinas Islands. Should anyone +do so, he shall lose the merchandise with which he shall trade, +and it shall be applied, one-third each, to our royal exchequer, +the denouncer, and the judge who shall sentence him. In order to +show favor to the citizens and inhabitants [of Filipinas] and that +that trade may be preserved to sufficient extent, we consider it best +that they alone may trade with Nueva Espana, in the manner ordained +by the other laws, with this provision, that they convey their goods, +or send them with persons who shall come from the said islands. They +cannot send them by way of commission or in any other form to those +who actually reside in Nueva Espana, in order to avoid the frauds of +consigning them to other persons--unless it be because of the death +of those who should come with the goods from the said islands; for in +such case it can be done. And we also order that the inhabitants of +Filipinas cannot consign their merchandise to generals, commanders, +captains, officials, soldiers, or sailors of the vessels of that +commerce, or of any other vessels, even though these be inhabitants of +the said islands as well as the persons above mentioned. [3] [Felipe +II--Madrid, January 11, 1593. Felipe IV--Madrid, February 10, 1635.] + + +Law VI + +It is our will that the trade and commerce of the Filipinas Islands +with Nueva Espana be carried on for the present as ordained. Under no +consideration shall the amount of merchandise shipped annually from +those islands to Nueva Espana exceed two hundred and fifty thousand +eight-real pieces, nor the return of principal and profits in money, +the five hundred thousand pesos which are permitted--under no pretext, +cause, or argument that can be advanced, which is not expressed by a +law of this titulo; and the traders shall necessarily be citizens of +the Filipinas, as is also ordained. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, +1593. Felipe III--December 31, 1604; Madrid, May 4, 1619; Lisboa, +September 14, 1619.] + + +Law XV + +From Nueva Espana to Filipinas only two vessels can sail annually, +up to three hundred toneladas' burden. In them shall be carried the +reenforcements of men and supplies, and they shall bear a permit. For +this purpose there shall be three ships, one of which shall remain +in readiness at the port of Acapulco, while the other two make the +voyage. For the security of the voyage, those who go on account of +our royal treasury shall endeavor to see that the cost be drawn from +the freights. From Nueva Espana not more than two hundred and fifty +thousand pesos de tipusque shall be taken in the vessels during any +one year. Whatever above that amount is taken shall be confiscated +and applied in three equal parts to the exchequer, the judge, and the +denouncer. We order the governor of Filipinas to inspect the ships +when they reach port, and execute the penalty. [Felipe II--Madrid, +January 11, 1593. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law XXXIV + +We order and command that no person trade or traffic in the kingdoms +or in any part of China, and that no goods be shipped from that +kingdom to the Filipinas Islands on the account of the merchants of +those islands. The Chinese themselves shall convey their goods at +their own account and risk, and sell them there by wholesale. The +governor and captain-general with the council of the city of Manila +shall annually appoint two or three persons, whom they shall deem best +fitted, to appraise the value and worth of the merchandise, and shall +take the goods at wholesale from the Chinese, to whom they shall pay +the price. Then they shall distribute it among all the citizens and +natives of those islands, in accordance with their capital, so that +they may all share in the interest and profit that arises from this +traffic and trade. The persons thus appointed shall keep a book, +in which they shall enter the amount of money invested each time, +the price at which each class of merchandise is valued, among what +persons the merchandise is divided, and the amount that falls to the +share of each. The governor shall take particular pains to ascertain +and discover how the said deputies make use of their commission. He +shall not allow them to be rechosen the following year. He shall +send annually a report, signed by them, of all the aforesaid to +our council, and another to the viceroy of Nueva Espana. [Felipe +II--Madrid, January 11, 1593.] + + + +Law XLIV + +The apportionment of the permitted amount of two hundred and fifty +thousand pesos, conceded to the inhabitants of the Filipinas +Islands, must be made among them, and the whole amount must be +registered. Endeavor shall be made to have less than one third part +return in gold; and the governor shall prevent and take precautions +against any fraud or deceit, and shall take what measures he deems +expedient. This also we charge upon the viceroy of Nueva Espana in +whatever pertains to him. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593.] + + +Law LXVIII + +We declare and order that the Chinese merchandise and articles which +have been and shall be shipped from Filipinas to Nueva Espana, can +and shall be consumed there only, or shipped to these kingdoms after +paying the duties. They cannot be taken to Peru, Tierra-Firme, or any +other part of the Indias, under penalty of confiscation of all those +found and apprehended in the possession of any person whatever, and +shall be applied to our exchequer, the judge, and the denouncer. [4] +[Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593; Felipe IV--Madrid, February +10, 1635.] + + +Law LXXI + +We order and command, that under no consideration in any manner can +any ship go from the provinces of Peru, Tierra-Firme, Guatemala, +Nueva Espana, or any other part of our Western Indias, to China to +trade or traffic, or for any other purpose; nor can any ship go to +the Filipinas Islands, except from Nueva Espana, in accordance with +the laws of this titulo: under penalty of the confiscation of the +ship; and its value, money, merchandise, and other things of its +cargo shall be sent to these kingdoms in accordance with law 67 [5] +of this titulo, and thus it shall be executed. We prohibit and forbid +any merchandise being taken from Nueva Espana to the provinces of Peru +and Tierra-Firme, that shall have been taken there from Filipinas, even +if the duties should be paid according to the rules and ordinances; +for it is our purpose and will that no goods shipped from China and +the Filipinas Islands be consumed in the said provinces of Peru and +Tierra-Firme. Whatever shall be found in the possession of any person, +we order to be confiscated, applied, and regulated, as contained +in this law. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 11, 1593, and July 5, +1595. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law LXIV + +It is advisable for our service to have constant reports on what passes +in the trade and commerce between the Filipinas and Nueva Espana, +in order to ascertain and discover whether it continues to increase, +and what kinds of merchandise are traded, their prices, and in what +money or material. Accordingly we order the viceroys of Nueva Espana +to send to our royal Council of the Indias in each trading fleet, +a copy of the registers that the ships brought from those islands, +and also of those of the ships sent thither; and all shall be made +with great distinctness and clearness. [Felipe II--Madrid, January 17, +1593; and Toledo, June 9, 1596.] + + +Law XXVIII + +The viceroys, presidents, and auditors, and all other officers of +justice shall make efforts to find all those who shall have been sent +to Filipinas to reside during the time of their obligation, who have +remained in Nueva Espana and other parts of their jurisdiction, and +shall force them with all rigor to go to reside in those islands, +proceeding against their persons and properties and executing +the penalties that they shall have incurred. The fiscals of our +Audiencia in Manila shall plead what is advisable in regard to the +aforesaid. [Felipe II--Madrid, February 20, 1596.] + + +Law LIV + +We order that the governors of Filipinas shall not allow slaves to +be sent to Nueva Espana as a business transaction or for any other +reason--except that, when the governor goes there, his successor may +give him permission to take as many as six slaves with him; to each of +the auditors who shall make the voyage, four; and to other respected +persons, merchants with capital, and officials of our royal treasury +who go and do not return, two. We order the viceroy, alcalde-mayor and +officials of Acapulco, to see to the fulfilment and execution of this +law, and to confiscate the slaves in excess of this number. [Felipe +II--Madrid, April 10, 1597] + + +Law XL + +We order that there be but one commander and one lieutenant (who +shall be admiral) for the two ships from Filipinas to Nueva Espana; +that each ship shall take no more than one military captain, besides +the ship master and as many as fifty effective and useful soldiers +in each ship with pay, and the sailors necessary to make the voyage +properly each way--who shall be efficient and examined--and one pilot +and assistant to each ship; for both ships one purser [_veedor_] +and accountant. All appointments to the said posts shall be made by +the governor and captain-general alone, without the intervention of +the archbishop, or of any other person, notwithstanding what shall +have been provided to the contrary. We order that choice be made from +among the most respected and influential inhabitants of those islands, +and of those most suitable for the said offices and the duties that +the appointees must exercise. If they shall not be such, the matter +shall be made an article in the governor's residencia. [Felipe +III--Barcelona, June 15, 1599; Valladolid, December 31, 1604; San +Lorenzo, April 22, 1608; Madrid, May 23, 1620.] + + + +Law XXVII + +We charge and order the viceroys of Nueva Espanna that the troops +that they send to Filipinas be useful, and that they go armed; and +that the men go to the governor of the islands to ask for the pay that +the captains take from their soldiers. In regard to this the governor +shall take legal action and punish those whom it touches. [Felipe +III--Denia, August 16, 1599.] + + +Law XXIII + +The governors of Filipinas are wont to take the artillery and arms +from the ships that sail from Nueva Espana. Inasmuch as the vessels +return unarmed and without the necessary defense, we order the said +governors not to take, or allow to be taken, from the said ships the +artillery, arms, supplies, or war-materials that those ships carry +for their defense on the return voyage, for it is not advisable to +risk what is so important. [Felipe III--Valladolid, July 15, 1601.] + + +Law XXXIX + +Since there are skilled and examined pilots for the Filipinas line, +those who are not such shall not be admitted in our ships and other +craft. [Felipe III--Valencia, December 31, 1603.] + + +Law XVI + +The utmost diligence shall be taken in the port of Acapulco to +ascertain and discover the reals, silver, and other things taken to +the Filipinas, and our officials of the said port shall take account +of it all. They shall advise the governor and royal officials of the +islands of it, sending them the registers, and notifying them of what +is advisable. The royal officials of Filipinas shall do the same with +those of Acapulco. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law XVII + +Inasmuch as the ships of the Filipinas line have been overladen, +many have been wrecked and their crews and cargoes lost; and, +inasmuch as it is advisable to provide beforehand the remedy, +therefore we order that great care be taken so that the toneladas +[assigned] be those that the ships can carry, in accordance with +their capacity. The things conveniently necessary for the crew, and +the necessary food, with a reserve in case the voyage be prolonged, +shall be left in them. Especial care is to be taken that the ships +do not sail overladen, or embarrassed, because of the danger of +being wrecked in any misfortune. They shall make the voyage each +way as lightly laden as is necessary for the chance of storms and +enemies. Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law XXI + +Illegal acts have been committed in taking more artillerymen and +sailors than were necessary, and some of them useless, in the trading +ships from Filipinas to Nueva Espana. We order that this be avoided and +remedied. For each piece of artillery, only one artilleryman, and no +more, shall be taken and superfluous pay shall not be given. [Felipe +III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + + +Law XXIX + +Inasmuch as the majority of those going annually from Nueva Espana to +Filipinas do not stop there, but return immediately, after investing +their money: therefore, we order the viceroy of Nueva Espana to permit +no one to go to Filipinas, unless he give bonds that he will become +a citizen and live there for more than eight years, or unless he be +sent as a soldier to the governor. [6] On those who violate this, +and their bondsmen, shall be executed the penalties that they incur, +without pardon. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law XLII + +We order and command that the generals, captains, agents, and officials +of the Filipinas ships give bonds, to what sum the governor and +captain-general shall deem best, for the greater security of what shall +be in their charge. They shall give their residencia of each voyage +before the auditors of our royal Audiencia of Manila and shall render +satisfaction in the aforesaid. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, +1604; Madrid, May 23, 1620. Carlos II (in this _Recopilacion_)--1681, +the date of first edition of _Recopilacion de leyes_.] + + +Law XLVIII + +We prohibit and forbid, under any circumstance, commanders, admirals, +and officials of the commerce between Filipinas and Nueva Espana from +trading or trafficking, seizing, or lading anything, in any quantity +in the ships during the voyage under their command, under their own +name or another's. Neither shall toneladas be apportioned to them +as to the other citizens, nor can they take or buy them from others, +under penalty of perpetual deprivation of the said posts of the said +line and the confiscation of what goods they lade, carry, or take, +which shall be found to be theirs. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December +31, 1604. Carlos II (in this _Recopilacion_)--1681; see preceding law.] + + +Law LIX + +We order the viceroy of Nueva Espana and the governor of Filipinas, +each one as it pertains to him, to adjust and regulate the fares to +be paid by passengers, according to the place that each shall occupy, +in the ship on which he sails, with men and goods; and what is to be +paid on the trips going and coming, according to the expense incurred +by the ships, in accordance with their burden and crew. They shall +apportion it in such manner that superfluous and useless expenses shall +not be caused. And unless it lacks what is necessary and requisite, +it shall be unnecessary to supply anything from our treasury toward +the expenses of that fleet. We order that the advisable care and +effort be given to this by the overseer [_veedor_], accountant, and +royal officials of the Filipinas Islands. [Felipe III--Valladolid, +December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.] + + + +Law LX + +The registers of all shipments from Filipinas shall be opened in +the port of Acapulco, by the person to whom the viceroy of Nueva +Espana entrusts it, and the officials of our royal treasury of the +said port. They together shall examine and investigate the bales +and boxes, and shall make as close and careful an examination as +shall be necessary to discover what may have come outside of the +register and permission. They shall send the registers to Mejico, +as has been the custom, with all investigations made at the port of +Acapulco, by a sufficiently trustworthy person, or by one of our +said officials. In Mejico everything shall be again investigated, +and the duties appertaining to us shall be appraised and collected; +and all other investigations requisite to ascertain and discover +what has come unregistered shall be made. All that shall have been +sent without register and in violation of the prohibition shall be +confiscated. No permission shall be given by this means, pretext, +and occasion, to cause any unreasonable injury to the owners of +the goods. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo, +April 22, 1608; clause xi.] + + +Law LXIX + +In the vessels that we shall permit to sail from Peru to Nueva Espana +and the port of Acapulco or from Nueva Espana to Peru and its ports, +no quantity of Chinese stuffs can be laden, sold, bought, or exchanged, +even though it may be reported to be gratuitously as a gift or charity, +or for the service of divine worship, or in any other quality or form, +in order that the prohibition may not be evaded by such pretexts +and frauds. In case that any shall be convicted of the above as +chief factors, associates, or participants, or of aiding or giving +advice, they shall, besides the confiscation of their goods and boat, +incur on their persons the civil and criminal penalties imposed +on those who handle contraband goods, and of perpetual banishment, +and deprivation of the post that they shall have obtained from us +in the Indias. In regard to the above we charge the conscience and +care of our servants. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604 (?); +San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608 (?); clauses 16 and 17.] [7] + + +Law LXX + +If any quantity whatever of Chinese stuffs be found in any boat sailing +from Nueva Espana to Peru or in the opposite direction, the inspector, +royal officials, and the other persons who take part in the register +and inspection shall be considered as perpetrators and offenders in +this crime; so that, taking example from them, others may abstain from +similar transgressions. The captains, masters, boatswains, and other +officers whose duties extend to the management of vessels, shall also +be considered as offenders and accomplices. [Felipe III--Valladolid, +December 31, 1604 (?); San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608 (?); clause 18.] + + +Law LXXIV + +We order the viceroys of Nueva Espana to maintain very special care +of the observance and execution of the ordinances for the commerce +of the Filipinas line, established by the laws of this titulo; and +to keep at the port of Acapulco, in addition to the royal officials +who shall be there, a person of great honesty and trustworthiness, +with the title of alcalde-mayor, so that everything be done with very +great caution, and justice be observed. He shall not permit more +silver to be taken to Filipinas than that conceded by these laws, +with or without license. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law LXXV + +The viceroy of Nueva Espana, and the governor and captain-general +of Filipinas, all other of our judges and magistrates, and private +individuals, each one in what pertains to him, shall observe, and cause +to be observed and fulfilled, the ordinances regarding this traffic +and commerce, and shall execute them exactly without remission or +dispensation. In their residencias, especial attention shall be paid +to their omission and neglect. We charge the archbishop of Manila to +exercise the same care in what shall be specially entrusted to him, +which is not repealed or altered by these laws. Of all, advice shall +be given us. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law LXXVI + +We charge and order the viceroys of Peru to see that all the +ordinances in regard to the prohibition of Chinese stuffs be +fulfilled and executed exactly. For their execution and fulfilment, +they shall appoint an auditor of our royal Audiencia of Los Reyes, +in whom they can place entire confidence. They shall see that he +proceeds thoroughly and executes the penalties with the required rigor, +without any dispensation. The auditor shall privately try these cases +in the said city and its districts in so far as he shall have cause +to invoke the law; and all other justices in their territories shall +do the same. [Felipe III--Valladolid, December 31, 1604.] + + +Law LXXVIII + +Permission was given for two ships to go to Nueva Espana annually +from Peru for commerce and trade to the value of two hundred +thousand ducados; which was afterward reduced to one ship, with +certain conditions. And inasmuch as the trade in Chinese stuffs +has increased to excessive proportions in Peru, notwithstanding so +many prohibitions expedient to our royal service, the welfare and +utility of the public cause, and the commerce of these and those +kingdoms; and a final decision of the viceroy, Conde de Chinchon, [8] +having preceded, and a vote of the treasury to suppress absolutely any +opportunity for this trade: therefore we order and command the viceroys +of Peru and Nueva Espana to prohibit and suppress, without fail, this +commerce and trade between both kingdoms, [9] by all the ways and +means possible; and that it be not carried on by any other regions, +for we by this present prohibit it. This prohibition shall be kept +strictly and shall continue to be so kept. [Felipe III--Valladolid, +December 31, 1604; San Lorenzo, June 20, 1609; Madrid, March 28, 1620, +clause 1. Felipe IV--Madrid, November 25, 1634; Madrid, March 29, +1636, a clause of a letter to the Conde de Chinchon.] + + +Law XXIV + +The inspection of ships sailing from Nueva Espana to Filipinas shall +be made by our royal officials, according to custom. They shall +examine in great detail the lists of soldiers and sailors of the +ships, in order to abolish the places that shall be found without +justification; and they may proceed by law, when they discover any +infraction or fraud in this. Such shall be visited on the person +causing it, with the greatest severity. [Felipe III--Valladolid, +January 25, 1605. Felipe IV--Madrid, October 16, 1626.] + + +Law LXV + +We order that the duties and freight customs collected in the port +of Acapulco on the Filipinas merchandise, shall not be placed in the +royal treasury of Mejico, but shall be expended in things necessary +to those islands; and the sum lacking [for those necessities] shall +be sent from the treasury of Mejico. The viceroy and the governor of +Filipinas shall send us a particular report for each voyage of the +amount of the duties and freight customs and what must be sent. [Felipe +III--Valladolid, February 19, 1606.] + + +Law IX + +We declare that in the five hundred thousand pesos granted by +permission [to be sent] from Nueva Espana to Filipinas, must and +shall be entered the amounts of legacies, bequests, and charities +[_obras pias_], with the wrought silver and all other things carried +thither; and nothing shall be reserved, except the pay of the sailors, +as is ordered by the following law. [10] [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, +August 19, 1606.] + + +Law X + +We grant permission to the sailors serving on the trading ships +between Nueva Espana and Filipinas to carry in money the actual and +exact sum of their pay, in addition to the general permission. Thus +shall the viceroys of Nueva Espana provide, unless they perceive some +considerable objection. They shall see to it that the said sailors +or other persons shall not be allowed to exceed the amount permitted +by this law. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606.] + + +Law XI + +No wrought silver can be taken to Filipinas, even when for the service +of those who shall go thither, or for any other purpose, unless bonds +are first given to return it, or unless it shall have been included +in the permission. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606.] + + +Law XLVII + +The governor of Filipinas shall send the viceroy of Nueva Espana a +report of the apportionment of toneladas that he shall make, and what +is to be laden in the ships of that commerce. The viceroy shall send +the former a report of the money that shall be sent in accordance with +the ordinance. The latter shall pay consideration and attention to +the reports sent him by the said governor, so that he may adjust more +equitably and circumspectly the licenses of this kind that he shall +give. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, August 19, 1606; Madrid, June 4, 1620.] + + +Law IV + +Inasmuch as it is advisable for the security and conservation of +the Filipinas Islands that great care and vigilance be taken there +regarding the foreign nations and Sangleys who live in Manila; +and inasmuch as there should be a trustworthy, influential, and +disinterested person in the said city, who should have charge +of purifying the country and giving license to those who must +remain there: therefore we order the governor to take charge of +his appointment and to appoint for the said commission the person +most suitable for it in that community, of whose zeal for our royal +service and the common welfare, and of whose trustworthiness and care, +he has the greatest assurance. The governor shall not appoint for this +office and employment any of his servants, inasmuch as we expressly +prohibit that. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, March 6, 1608.] + + +Law XVIII + +The cargo of the ships of the line, on both outward and return +trips between Nueva Espana and Filipinas, shall be stowed in the +fore-hold; and only the sea stores, the sailors' and mess chests, +the rigging, sails, and all the necessities, between decks. Likewise +rigging shall be taken to the port of Acapulco, in consideration of +the fact that the city of Manila has it at cheaper rates than the +port of Acapulco--whither it is carried from San Juan de Ulua [11] +at very great cost and expense. We order this to be so executed, +providing there is no inconvenience; and if there should be any, we +shall be advised in order to provide the advisable measures. [Felipe +III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.] + + +Law XX + +The governor and captain-general of Filipinas shall furnish the ships +of that commerce from Nueva Espana with the arms needed for their +defense, and shall see that the soldiers, sailors, and passengers +go well armed. He shall order each ship to carry a person to whose +care the arms shall be confided, and who shall have charge of them, +and shall make efforts to preserve them, as is advisable. [Felipe +III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.] + + +Law LII + +Great disorder has occurred in the Filipinas ships, and the sailors +have been permitted to take two or three very large boxes, under +pretext that these contain wearing apparel, and thus cumber the +ships. We order that no irregularity be permitted in this, and that +the utmost circumspection be exercised; and that the sailors be not +allowed to carry more boxes or clothing on the said ships than that +indispensably needed for the voyage. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, April +22, 1608.] + + +Law LVI + +It has been reported that the passengers and sailors of the trading +ships of Filipinas transport and carry slave-women, who are the cause +of very great offenses to God, and other troubles; this should be +prohibited and reformed (and more reasonably so in a navigation so long +and dangerous), and all occasions for offending God suppressed. For +the remedy of this, we order and command the president and auditors +of our royal Audiencia of Manila not to permit any slave-women to +be transported or carried on those ships. They shall pay particular +attention to the correction of the aforesaid evil, so that those +difficulties may cease and be avoided. We also order and command the +fiscal of the Audiencia to see to its execution. The senior auditor +shall inspect the ships at the time of their sailing, and see if +any married woman is aboard, who has no necessity for making the +voyage. The trying of any cause shall be before the said president +and auditors, who shall provide justice, and this shall be made a +clause of their residencias. [Felipe III--San Lorenzo, April 22, 1608.] + + + +Law XII + +After those who wish to go to the Filipinas have bound themselves +and given bonds to live in the islands for at least eight years, the +viceroy of Nueva Espana shall permit them to take thence their own +property in money, outside of the general permission. He shall take +precautions and ordain that there shall be no fraud; and that such +persons shall not carry more than the value of their own property, +under any consideration. In case of a violation of this, the penalties +imposed shall be executed. [Felipe III--El Pardo, November 20, 1608.] + + +Law II + +The trade, commerce, and navigation from the Filipinas to Japon shall +be made by the citizens of the former islands, and the Japanese shall +not be allowed to go to the islands. On the merchandise carried +in the ships despatched on the account of our royal treasury, no +less freight charges shall be collected than those caused in the +ships of private persons, so that the cost of the merchandise may +be assured. If there should be any inclination or substance in this +trade, so that the duties may be paid and our treasury relieved of +a portion of its costs and expenses that be paid from them, we order +that they be collected and paid. [Felipe III--Segovia, July 25, 1609.] + + + +JESUIT MISSIONS, 1608-09 + + +Province of the Philippine Islands + +These islands have ninety-one [_sic_] members of the Order. Four have +passed away; and the same number have been received into the Order. + + + Total Priests Preceptors Scholastics Lay + Brethren + +Manila College XXXII XII XI IX +Seminary of St. Joseph III I II +Elementary School XI IX II +Establishment at Silang II I I +Establishment at Antipolo VII IV III +Cebu College VIII IV IV +Bohol Residence V IV I +Carigara Residence VI IV II +Dulac Residence VI IV II +Tinagon Residence V IV I +Palapag Residence V IV I +Arevalo Mission II I I + + +Adults cleansed by holy baptism, two thousand three hundred and +eight-three. Heretics condemned, twenty-three. + +Chastity protected against suitors or immodest women, fifteen times. + +Heretics reconciled, seven times. + +The sacred commentaries have been used by eleven. + +The Holy Cross and the recitation of the Gospel of St. John has +rescued thirteen persons from various dangers; the Blessed Virgin, +two; the Blessed Ignatius and Xavier, five. + + +The College at Manila + +I. Since last year's letters regarding this college were very full, +we shall deal with it now very briefly; we will begin with two brethren +who have finished their course of life: Luis a Figueroa and Didacus de +Zarcuela. Luis was of noble birth, but of nobler nature. When he had +studied the humanities, he could not be persuaded that he might be +admitted to sacred orders; and when the fathers hesitated to admit +him into the Society because of a lack of strength in his feet, +"Receive me," he said, "I beg you, as a servant, to set fire to the +wood others have cut; and, when the work is done, to cover the fire +with ashes or put it out." Being admitted in so humble a frame of +mind, he took care for the most part of the wardrobe, being best +satisfied with the lot of Martha, which he praised wherever he had +the opportunity. So powerful and effective was he in persuasion and +dissuasion that one of his associates declared that he went to his work +more readily on account of Luis's words in conversation than through +the formal speech of any orator whatsoever. He exhibited the virtue +of charity in the highest degree; and although unable to tolerate the +slightest deficiency in himself, he strove with love and prudence to +effect the same perfection in others. Receiving from Rome at the end +of his illness letters by which he was formally enrolled among the +lay brethren, he was so penetrated with joy that he had strength to +offer his vows in the church--after which, his illness increasing +again, he soon died. Didacus also attained the same vows, having +been two and twenty years a servant of the Society; of this number +he devoted not a few to the seminary of St. Joseph. He was a man who +set a good example, and was of extraordinary diligence. So desirous +was he of the salvation of the Indian races that he said: "If Spain +were only two leguas away, I should not care to go thither. Nothing +would induce me to exchange my lot with any brother in Europe"--which +saying he repeated oftener as death approached. He died of a fever, +contrary to the expectation of the physicians, but not to his own; +for he declared that he should die when his illness attacked him, +and so he passed away. Some persons who took refuge from external +danger, under the protection of the Blessed, our fathers Ignatius +and Xavier, were preserved alive. To three women Ignatius granted +easy childbirth; and one Basque they relieved of toothache, when he +prayed to them. Xavier came to the aid of a Spanish commander of a +battalion of soldiers, who was near to death; and prolonged his life +in return for two wax candles promised him. + +II. As for the rest. Among those of all ages, Christianity +advances daily throughout the population of Manila, so that the +devotion of youths cannot be affected by entreaties or overcome +by reward--especially among those who glory in the name of members +of sodalities; while women do not at all fall behind men in fervor +and piety. Although on account of their sex they cannot join men's +associations, they think that they have the right to perform the same +acts which would be praised in the members of sodalities. There are +some of the Spanish women who fast three times a week; they sleep +on the ground; in their private chambers, among their intimate +friends, they scourge themselves until they draw blood. One woman +who was delivered by the Virgin from a grievous illness vowed that +everything she and her women could make with the needle should be +wrought to adorn our church. She has already finished many articles; +and, because she seemed to have vowed beyond her strength, she was +directed to cease. Her answer was that she had taken her vow to do +this, so that if Ours refused the work she would bestow it on some +other church. Other decorations have been added to this church, so that +it is almost unique in the islands; and, as a result, the religious +services which are wont to be held on the three days of the Carnival +[12] have been attended by much larger congregations. For, before, +bare tiles scarcely covered it; and the dripping water penetrating +when it rained, the church was defiled by a multitude of bats. By the +contributions of very many pious men a new ceiling has been added to +the roof, adorned and wrought with various decorations, so that it +gives dignity and splendor to the place--a work worth many a piece +of gold, because it seems very great, considering the poverty of the +city. Those Indians, too, whom many years ago the Society supported +near this city, have now set up in a newly-built church a statue of +their patron Saint Michael, together with a new and beautiful image +of the Virgin Mother of God, and other statues--marks of no small +piety in a small town. + +III. The heretics among the prisoners taken in the Dutch fleet last +year (they were over ninety) [13] have been visited and assisted by +Father Andrea de la Camara very often, both those in prison and the +wounded in hospitals. Of the Lutherans and Calvinists in both those +places he taught over twenty to recant their heresies--and those +generally of the higher rank among them, masters, superintendents, +surgeons, etc., and (if he ought to be named in the same class) a +minister of the Word. This man, ashamed of his ignorance, readily +gave us his hand, and the letters which he had received from his +anti-bishop in testimony of his authority, having been in a manner +dragged from pitch and shoemaking to the ministry of the Word. These +all are now as true lovers of our Society as before they were bitter +adversaries of it. When on account of the scarcity of workers Father +Camara was sent to the Pintados Islands, these men went to the vicar +of the Holy Inquisition, and asked him that he would not suffer them +to be without some Jesuit, whose ministry they might enjoy--even +through an interpreter, if need be. For, they declared, they were +persuaded that Ours might differ in language, but not in character. + +In fact, many others have been reconciled to us, or at least, if +friends have been made, more friendly. Distinguished among them is +he who governs these islands in the royal name, Don Juan de Silva; +for he has showed forth his love toward God and us in many ways. He +has especially done so by the restoration, at no small expense, of +the chapel in which the relics of the saints are kept, for which he +also provided that a lamp should be kept constantly burning. He has +also liberally assisted us with money and other things in a sickness +which afflicted us all for a short time. We have restored to not a +few persons their friends, from whom they had been torn by covert +grudges; but I wish to avoid unpleasant allusions; and I only praise +the greatness of soul of one woman in forgiving injuries. She sailed +all the way from Europe, first to Mexico, then to these Philippine +Islands, and finally to the Malucas, in search of her absent son. She +found him at last in the island of Ternate, where he held an official +position; but while she was rejoicing at finding her son, she was +deprived of this brief joy also. For soon after her coming her son, +pierced with many wounds, was slain in a quarrel; and she had again +lost him whom she had found with so great efforts and after so many +journeys. This misfortune the woman has borne in such a spirit that she +has not only freely forgiven the slayer, but, turning this grief to a +good use, has begun to give herself wholly to the praises of God and to +heavenly actions. Every day she devotes four hours to prayers; thrice +in the week she fasts; thrice she mortifies herself with a hair-shirt, +thrice with scourging; and partaking on the Lord's Day of the divine +feast, she continues to this day in this most beautiful mode of life. + + +Establishments at Silan and Antipolo, With the College of Cebu + +IV. The town of Silan is accessibly and commodiously situated. Hence it +is easily and frequently visited by sojourners, the more so because +the inhabitants themselves are uncommonly humane and devoted to +Christian piety. It happened that some Indians turned aside from their +journey to visit one of the inhabitants; and as they were taking out +of a little chest some clothes that they were carrying with them, +packed up, it happened that they took out along with them a tiny +idol formed of a twisted mass of hair. The people of Silan who were +present were frightened when they saw this, and told one of Ours, +who was stationed there, of it. He went to the house as if on another +errand, and uncovered the deceit together with the idol. Then taking +advantage of the occasion, he made a serious address to the Indians, +warning them against such wickedness; and he inspired in the owner +of the idol (who was a woman) a better mind. With the help of God she +abjured the impious worship of hair, which she had before pursued, and +also abandoned and corrected another sin of no small heinousness. The +delights of a festival which had been announced were almost destroyed +by a great misfortune which accidentally befell this place. For while +all were looking forward to the day sacred to All Saints, when all +the inhabitants had prepared themselves for the proper reception of +the feast, behold, at the oncoming of night the fury of all the winds +arose. The rain and storm which followed did not cease to rage until +they had overthrown more than two hundred houses, to the incredible +alarm of the Indians, who left their own houses to take refuge as +quickly as possible in our church, where nearly the whole night was +spent in hearing their confessions. But not even here were they safe +enough, for the wind blew the boards off the walls and whirled them +away; so that the whole body of people took refuge in the sanctuary, +where they waited for death and the last hour. + +V. At the proclamation of the same feast in the village of Antipolo +ninety persons received communion--sixty more than in that of +Taitai--which is a large number for new Christians. And among these +tribes, as has been elsewhere said, that cross is still much visited +to which in this year a woman brought a public attestation of the +recovery, on two occasions, of her health. The inhabitants of the +village have given a silver cup and other ornaments to the church. + +VI. The women of Taitai, who formerly surpassed all other Indians in +their worship of idols, are now as completely devoted to the pursuit +of Christian rites and customs. Even those of high rank among them are +not ashamed to sweep the floor of our church, and to appear in public +with broom and water, in order that they may be able to command their +servants to do the like. This is the praise due to the women; the +men deserve another. A very old man dropped from his hands the slip +of paper given to him monthly, on which was written the name of the +saint whom he had received by lot. Grieved at his loss, the good old +man ran back to the village of Taitai, which is about a mile from his +own; and thence (as he did not find the father who used to distribute +that kind of slips of paper) he went on to Antipolo, over a rough and +hilly road. When he reached there, after going four miles, he first +asked the father's pardon for his carelessness; and then begged him +not to refuse to give him another in place of his lost patron. This +fact shows plainly enough with what zeal these tribes strive after +the greater matters of salvation. In another place an Indian was +lying sick, and had received communion and been anointed with the +holy oil. Early in the evening he began to be in such agony that +the people in the house took him for dead, and, after laying out the +body, put him on his ancestral bier. After they had watched the whole +night about his body, when dawn returned he returned also, stammered +something, and about noon uttered his words articulately. Then he +said first that he seemed to have been dead three years, because of +the cruel torments which he had himself suffered in hell, and which +he had seen an infinite number of Indians suffer. There demons--as it +were, smiths--kindled forges with bellows, poured melted iron over the +wretched souls, and in the midst of their pitiful howlings burnt them +forever with never-ceasing tortures. After he had seen these things, +he said, he had been led by a venerable old man away to a higher place, +by reaching which (for he thought it was heaven) he was filled so full +of bliss that he was unwilling to leave it. But when he was commanded, +he returned to life, to inform the living about each place to which +men are consigned, that of the blessed and that of the damned; and +this command, he affirmed, was laid upon him under a heavy penalty; +for there are among mortals not a few who by the pretense of virtue +deceive themselves and others, and although they are looked upon as +good, yet are very far from the service of God. Then he added that +his conductor told him to bid his fellow-townsmen be of good courage, +for the church they were then engaged in building would be better and +stronger than the others. The Indian, after he had said these things, +recovered, and a general confession was appointed. He continues to +this day to show by his life and example that those things which he +reported were no dreams. The improvement of morals which has followed +in many others who heard of these things has almost entirely put an +end to pretexts for doubt and suspicions of deceit. + +The prophecy, moreover, with regard to the church--that it should be +stronger than the others--has been fulfilled. A few months before, the +church of these Indians had burned down for the second time, together +with our house. The fire broke out in the following manner. Some of +the townspeople were out hunting, and, a dispute arising among the +barbarians about the hunt, they came to blows. Soon after the quarrel, +fire was thrown on our house, and destroyed the new church with almost +all the furniture. The relics of the saints and the images were in +part saved from the fire by the dexterity of the Christians. But Ours +after no long delay bent themselves to the work again, and erected +another church for themselves, at no trifling expense, and with no +small labor on the part of the Indians. This is the seventh church +erected in the ten years since the founding of the town. A further +fortune which befell an Indian woman confirmed many in the Christian +faith. She had ventured, without confessing her sins after the manner +of Christians, to receive Christ in the communion; after she went home, +she began to suffer from such agony in her throat that she thought +she should choke to death. Thus she suffered, complained, an wailed +until, having recognized the cause of her suffering, she went to the +church that very evening. She prayed and besought the father to hold +back her soul, already departing; and to succor an unhappy woman, +whose throat was burned by the host as if by a flaming torch. When +the father heard this, he instantly besought God, and God instantly +showed mercy. She declared her sins, and thereupon all her torment +ceased; and by this salutary remedy of confession the maladies of +many Indians have been suddenly dispelled by Ours, the name of God +or of some saint being invoked. + +At the college of Zebu one of the Society, when in the town one day, +heard weeping not far away; and when he followed it he discovered a +mother bitterly lamenting the death of her new-born infant. Touched +by her grief, the father went a short distance away, and entreated +God, in the name of the Virgin Mother, to help this afflicted +woman. Instantly the child revived, without a trace of sickness left +upon him. Whether it was his senses or his soul that had left him, +it is surely to the divine goodness that his sudden revival is to be +attributed. The recitation of the Gospel of St. John has also benefited +many sick persons; but Ours have found nothing so fit for removing +the sicknesses of souls as the salutary Exercises of our blessed +Father [_i.e._, Loyola], which the very heads of each magistracy, +the sacred and the civil, have employed--not alone to private but +also to public advantage. Their example, imitated by some of those +in the higher ranks, has been followed by the same results. The rest +of the people have been marvelously stirred up by the renewed fervor +of the members of the sodalities, among other things; and by the new +confidence given them by letters from Rome received this year, to the +great delight and approval of all; which letters have much promoted +the worship of the most blessed Virgin, and have also kindled those +who are reckoned among the first in the city to accept the advice +to join a sodality. By these means cares have been turned aside, +and four bitter family quarrels, in which the very heart of life and +salvation was attacted, not without public scandal, were brought to +an end with the desired success. + + +Bohol Establishment + +VII. The harvest of souls at Bohol has increased with the decrease +of the audacity of the enemy, and of the almost annual invasion by +the people of Mindanao. As many as a thousand have been baptized, if +children and adults are reckoned. In this number are several _bailans_, +or priests of idols; and one there was who, before his baptism, did +nothing but rage, and attack with teeth and nails those who passed by, +who came forth from the waters of the sacred font, gentle and in his +right mind. And when some Indians saw this, snatching the cause from +the fact, they went to the father and begged him to sprinkle a dying +Indian woman with the same healing waters. Our father, suspecting that +they made this request with the the purpose of enabling the woman +to avoid the trouble of learning the catechism refused, unless she +would first learn what Christians know. "Father," said they, "that +ought not to be the way in which you act; we want her baptized to +keep her alive." "And I," said one, "when I was lying near to death, +was by the command of another father sprinkled by an Indian cantor, +and as soon as I was sprinkled immediately I began to recover. Then +that madman, as you know, washed away his madness in the same font; and +this companion of mine, who was already despaired of, when he received +baptism was restored to himself and his kinsfolk." The father yielded +to all these arguments, ordered the sick woman to be carried into the +church, and after putting the questions demanded by the occasion and +the need, cleansed her with that purifying sacrament: she immediately +began to improve, and soon recovered all her former strength. Every +day several feel the healing power of this font. An equally great +miracle is that the chiefs of this tribe, who have been very ill +disposed towards us, and from whom not even the lives of Ours were +safe, have been so suddenly changed at the sight of one of our fathers +that they not only--themselves, without being urged--have submitted +to the Christian ordinances, but also seek out the barbarians, +even in the mountains, where they wander and are dispersed like +wild beasts; and partly by the exercise of their authority, partly +by persuasion, bring them down to the villages, and offer them to +the fathers for instruction and baptism. Together with these there +were once offered more than seventy idols, the spoils of the bailans, +which were publicly burnt by Ours before the uplifted cross. The same +thing has been done again and again elsewhere, especially at Jalibon, +Ingaon, Orion, and Canliron, where the joyful Indians in this manner +took vengeance upon the evil demon who had so often deceived them by +the delusions of idols. The bailans are conspicuous in this zealous +attack upon the enemy. They go so far as to scourge themselves [14] +until they draw blood, in order to atone for their sins; and thus they +who formerly opened the door to all kinds of impiety are now the means +above all others by which the rest of the bailans who still work their +impious sacrifices are led to the faith, for the art of these latter +loses its power when the others reveal the deceit. Indeed the deceit +not seldom reveals itself by their predicting that which never comes +to pass, or threatening terrors which injure no one. + +VIII. The members of the Sodality of the Blessed Virgin are devoting +their attention to themselves, and striving to root out from their +souls those sins which have grown old there. There was an Indian +woman who was seized by a suitor in her bed, and who, to protect her +chastity, threw herself out of the window; there was a youth who, +being unable to keep a crowd of wanton girls out of his cottage, +so savagely scourged his own back with cords that they, alarmed at +the fierceness of the sounds, at last dispersed. There were some who, +to avoid the sin of drunkenness, entirely denied themselves the use +of wine. + +Of old there were among these Indians no bowels of compassion, no +signs of family affection. Nay, parents sold their very children +for food; children did the same by their parents; and this sort of +avarice (or rather of cruelty) was still more common among kinsmen +by marriage or blood, so that they did no kindness without doing +an injury. Now, by the grace of God, all these things are reversed, +and these people delight in doing to others as they would be done by; +and on that account the hospital which has been built never wants for +necessaries, and always has some, even of high rank, who rejoice in +giving themselves to the service of the poor. + +Moreover, this hospital is supported thus: during the week a basket +is placed before the doors of the church, in which every one puts +what he pleases, according to his ability, either of food or herbs, +to be carried to the hospital. On Sundays, besides, each village in +turn serves the sick, after the following manner. Those whose turn it +is go hunting boars or stags, and on the appointed day bring flesh, +boiled or roasted, with rice, or bring some equivalent food, for the +sick. Now this tribe, which is at this time so Christian, formerly +observed the custom of never going hunting without consulting their +idols. When they perceived that the fathers of Ours detested this +custom, and indeed wholly annulled it, some of them asked them what +they ought to do then when they went out on such enterprises. When they +were told that they should go to some church and beseech God through +the Virgin Mother of God to give them success in their hunting, they +did so; and at noon of that very day they killed twenty-two boars +and stags not far from the village. When they came home loaded with +their game, every one marveled greatly; and they said: "Ah, Father, +how good is the God of the Christians! The gods that we used to worship +would scarcely grant us, in return for long continued implorations, +at last two boars or stags, and most often nothing; but now the true +God after having been barely prayed to has freely given us all these +beasts in a short time." The pious example of these people having +been followed by others in another village, they too had slain five +and twenty of this kind of game within three or four hours; and they +went about shouting: "Away with you, lying bailans, who were about +to destroy us and all that we had! For us there will be henceforth +no God but Jesus Christ, who has displayed so great liberality to us +who have recently turned to Him." I might say more as to the Gospel +of St. John, the saving sign of the cross, and other mysteries of the +Christians, whose marvelous efficacy these tribes have experienced; +but I would not be prolix. Let it be enough to state that seven or +eight sick persons at least have been cured by amulets of this sort. + + + +Establishment at Dulac, Carigara, Tinagon, and Palapag + +IX. At the establishment at Dulac Ours have often had the better of +the devil, and the devil of them. They certainly believe that what has +happened can have had no other author. They had appointed the festival +of which we have spoken above; and when they were all assembled in +the church and were waiting for divine service, a messenger suddenly +appeared and announced that the Mindanaos, their ancient enemies, were +at Carigara. As soon as the Indians heard that, they poured out of the +church all together in consternation, each trying to pass the other; +and leaving the priest, for the mass was not yet finished, they fled +from the village and took refuge in the mountains. The priest, when he +had finished the divine office, and arranged his affairs as well as +time permitted, began himself to think of flight, that the shepherd +might be with his flock. However, being detained by an Indian chief, +whose wife he had been about to bury, he remained, and performed the +rites for the woman--one who had deserved well of the Christians, +and who, as her husband testified, had been visited by the Blessed +Virgin, In the mean time a messenger brought a more certain report, +to the effect that a few small villages on the island had been visited +by some five or six ships at Caragara; and that they had captured +only twenty Indians, the rest having taken refuge in flight. + +They all came back then from the mountains, and in a few days the +work of many was accomplished. The number of those who confessed the +faith increased so rapidly that the long days seemed short. This, I +am sure, grieved the devil not a little; and no less did what Father +Christoforo Ximenez effected after he returned to Manila where he put +into print the catechism of Cardinal Roberto Bellarmino, translated +into the Bisayan language. [15] He went by the order of his superiors +to Alongala, then without a priest. When he had remained there up to +the beginning of Holy Week, and had made the people ready and active +in all works of piety, it happened that a certain idol-worshiper of +that island, a man of very high rank, Malacaia by name--who owned over +sixty slaves, and who was reverenced by all the Indians most highly, +even as a father--was once looking on, and wondering to see many of the +natives busied in pious works, and so seriously engaged in scourging +themselves. In amazement he said, "Shall I do that, Father?" "Do," +replied Ximenez, "what they are doing, and scourge thyself." "Will +that scourging do me any good?" asked Malacaia. "It will do thee no +little good," answered the father. The other instantly took off his +tunic and girded himself for the work, and walking upon the stage +with the others, the Christians, he so tragically worked upon himself +that, not content with one scourge, although it was rough with little +sharp studs, he also snatched the scourge from one standing near, +and, as with a two-edged sword, fearfully smote himself upon the back +as if with thunderbolts. These scourgings reached even to the man's +soul, although at the time he knew not what he was doing; for this +noble deed was an example of great profit to others, and he himself, +moreover, received at this time the desire for baptism, for which he +is now being prepared as a catechumen. + +X. The Christians taught by the fathers at the establishment at Cangara +have this in common with those at Dulac, that they receive a mighty +protection from the services of the church when duly celebrated. For +as the former, by setting up a cross in the fields and by the use +of holy water, drive the swarms of locusts from their grain, so +the latter by bearing palm-branches and seeds to the church effect +the same result. An old custom of theirs has been condemned--namely +setting up in the fields great beams, which they call _Omalagars_, +upon which they believe the souls of the dead to sit. Here fifty have +been initiated in the Christian mysteries, and more would have been +if ministers had not been wanting. Forty couples have been joined +with a more holy bond. Several persons were found by the marvelous +providence of God (for it would be impious to regard that as a chance +which was wrought for Ours, kept safe in so many perils), who, being +scattered over the mountains, so that they could have no one else, +begged for a father to whom they might confess their sins. There were +also found in a little island forty lepers loathsome with filth and +stench, unclothed, and without food, lacking everything. To all of +them first the teaching of Christ, then baptism, and finally food +and clothes were given. But one man found God sterner, who, though +warned by Ours to desist from his impious habit of swearing, yet never +obeyed. He was often wont to use an expression by which he devoted +himself to the crocodile; and not long after, being made the prey of +one, he taught others by his evil fate to do that which he had refused +to do before. As compared with his death all the more happy was that +by which Father Alfonso Roderico was taken from us. He had professed +the four vows, and was dear alike to Spaniards and to Bisayans. He +was so devoted to the good of both that he was not satisfied with the +narrow space of twenty-two years, during which he was permitted to +live among us, but at his death used the very words of St. Martin: +"Lord, if I am still needed by thy people, I do not refuse to labor." + +XI. The attention of Ours at Tinagon has wisely been given to the +women, since they are more ready to take an interest in sacred things, +and are more seldom absent from the village--except when one or another +makes her escape from the hands of some procurer, preferring to pass +the nights in the forests and mountains in the midst of serpents, +rather than at home to suffer danger to her chastity among men that are +as deadly. As for the other affairs of this establishment, they may +nearly all be included under two examples, one of divine compassion, +the other of divine justice. An Indian woman was carelessly crossing +a stream, and was carried off by a ferocious crocodile. She screamed, +she cried, she prayed to God for pardon, and for only so much time +as should serve her to make her confession. Her husband, who was +not far away, ran up quickly, threw himself into the water to attack +the monster, struck it, and at last dragged his wife from its claws; +but she was so mangled and lacerated that there was no hope for her +life. What were the good people to do in a village without a priest, +and far distant from the residence where the fathers lived? The woman +was in such a condition that it was impossible to take her there before +her death. Yet a way out of all these difficulties was easily found by +the wise God of mercy, for by His guidance there came into the village, +while they were still doubting what to do, a priest of our Order, quite +unaware of what had happened. As soon as the matter was reported to +him, he went to the dying woman, consoled her in her affliction, and +sent her to Heaven, confessing and sorrowing for her sins. The other +case differs little from that which we recorded earlier as occurring +at the Carigara establishment. A fellow whom no fear or warning could +improve, and who would not control his wicked habit of swearing and +blaspheming, was one day testifying in a legal case. He devoted his +head to the crocodile, if the matter were other than as he testified, +adding that he could confirm his testimony by calling in others as +witnesses. As he was crossing a stream to summon them in behalf of +his case, he was carried off by a crocodile; and--a certain proof of +the damnation of the man--it was later discovered by the testimony +of others that he had borne false witness. + +XII. At the settlement at Palapag there has been a conflict with hunger +and disease; yet the Indians have so conducted themselves that the +sick have not lacked the necessary services. Likewise Ours have made +such provision that the poor were cared for from the harvest; for at +their gate they daily served food to more than seventy persons. Their +newly-built church and their sodality make them hopeful of great +good, for their beginnings are such that six hundred of full age +have presented themselves at the sacred font for purification; +while I should reckon the number of children at eight hundred, +the greater part of whom have gone the straight way to heaven. One +of Ours was called to a little infant which was said to be sick, +to baptize it; and he refused, partly because he thought the matter +was not so pressing, partly because he wished to teach the Indians +the custom of bringing their little ones to the churches. At last, +overcome by the importunities of those who asked him, he went thither; +but when he could perceive in the child not the least sign of illness, +he was about to return without baptizing it. But when he looked at +the boy again he seemed to be silently warned by it not to deny it +that benefit. At last, when he had complied, and when everything +had been performed duly and in order, the child expired in the very +arms of its sponsor. By this event the father was rendered joyful, +but still more cautious not to think that time should be allowed any +advantage in matters of this kind; for, as he said, he would rather +suffer all the ills of sea and land if he might open heaven to this +single little boy. There have been seen other signs (not a few) of +the singular care extended by divine providence to this tribe and +Ours. Such a one was this. An Indian was wrapped in the folds of a +serpent eight feet long, but, groaning forth the saving name of Jesus, +he was released. Again: when there was a deficiency of that kind of +food which it is lawful to eat in the days of Lent, a boat on the +beach, brought by I know not whom, freely supplied fishes of a kind +not usual there. Again, when a church was on the point of falling, +the Indians were frightened out from it by a tremendous roar; and, +because the mass had not been finished, it did not fall before the +father had taken refuge in the sacristy, the chalice being safe, with +the sacred images on the abandoned altar. These things we mention, +passing over those persons to whom God has been pleased to grant good +of soul or body through Ours. To this establishment there was sent ten +years ago Francisco Simon, a lay brother; he died on the day on which +twenty years before he had entered the Society. And although through +all this interval of time he had neglected none of the things for +which a good religious may be praised, yet the nearer he approached +to death, the more content he seemed in doing them. The garden, the +kitchen, the dining-room, the sacristy, the workshops, the other places +in which he labored, he regarded somehow as sanctuaries--sometimes +saying his beads, sometimes holding colloquies with the Holy Trinity, +Christ, and our Lady the Virgin. A naturally irritable temper he +had so completely overcome by virtue and diligence that the fathers +whom he accompanied on their missions wished for no one more kindly; +they could hardly have had anyone more diligent and more ready to do +anything. But as witnesses of his virtue Francisco had not only the +priests of his home but also those of other places; for when he died +he was away among them, attending to the preparation of rice--offering +to all a good example, as he first sent to his superiors a report +of his business by letter; and, as he was to return no more, he sent +his last farewell to his companions. A place of burial was given to +him by the priest who has in charge the village of Abla in Luzon, +by whom the funeral rites also were performed most honorably, a great +multitude of Indians attending them. + + + +The Missions at Octon and to the Malucas + +XIII. In addition to our accustomed labors with the Spaniards and +Indians of Arevalo, there has been another of no small importance +with a large force of troops, who undertook an expedition to the +Malucas. No trifling benefit was carried to the foreigners by Father +Francisco Gonzalez, who had been called back thence to the town of +Zebu to take the four vows. On his journey he brought back into the +way the Indians everywhere, who were turning aside to their madness +and their idols. He reestablished Christian customs, baptized children +and adults, made stable their fickle and inconstant marriages, and +did many more things of the same kind--which, though unwritten, are +understood. The following event should not lack a pen. A man entangled +by lewd delights, but moved by the fact that he had no example among +the repentant people, or by the influence of a festival just then +announced, had settled himself to a proper life; but rising in the +middle of the night he went out from his house, and was longing for +his accustomed delights. While he was doing so, behold two specters, +very large and horribly black, wrapped in hanging cloaks, appeared to +him. The unhappy man dared to annoy them by approaching and speaking +to them. Without answering, they snatched him up and carried him high +in air, filling everything with his screams and cries, and struggling +in vain. His neighbors, awakened and following the sound of the voice, +went round the whole village without finding anything. At last at dawn +they found the man among the thick bramble-bushes on the mountains, +his body all bruised, and himself half-dead and speechless. When they +found him, they took him to our church, and the prayers of many were +offered for him, and remedies were applied. At last he recovered his +senses and his speech, and cried aloud that he had been punished by +the just judgment of God, since he had for a long time neglected +the precepts that he had received at confession, and had not done +the things becoming a Christian. He then went on to say that when +the demons carried him off, they took him to a deep black cave; and +just as they were about to hurl him down into it, he was delivered +by the intervention of God, to whom he had commended himself. Thus, +having confessed his sins, he put on a better way of living. + +XIV. The member of the Society who accompanied the general of the +Philippines on the expedition to the Malucas, Father Angelo Armano, +[16] did his duty during the whole time of the voyage and the war, +not without peril on land and sea. He did with energy what could +be done in the midst of arms, the noise of artillery, the ambushes +of the enemy, and the slaughter. And surely there was great hope of +extending religion by this expedition, for the native king himself, +when detained at Manila with his son and other chiefs for five years +often used to promise the governor that if he would send a fleet to the +Malucas again, he himself would give into subjection and obedience to +his Catholic Majesty all his vassals, who are estimated at about two +hundred thousand souls. This has seemed the quickest way to liberate +the Malucan Christians from the new yoke of the Dutch heretics, by +which they are oppressed. The multitude of those who have thus far +professed the Christian faith there can be estimated only from the +Amboynans, of whom the number reaches above twenty thousand. Therefore, +although the general came back, home in glory from this expedition, +after winning a victory, yet he has expressed his grief more than once +that the welfare and salvation of all this great number of islands +and tribes should be insufficiently provided for on account of the +lack of priests; and he has affirmed that he wishes more earnestly +for nothing than that he might have the opportunity of sending forth +many of the Society of Jesus on this divine work. + + + + +DECREE REGULATING SERVICES OF FILIPINOS + + +We order that, in the Filipinas Islands, no Indians be distributed in +repartimiento, in any number, for private or public means of gain; +since for the cutting of wood, navigation of caracoas, and other +works of this sort, in which our royal treasury is interested, +and for the public convenience, the Chinese and Japanese found on +any desired occasion in the city of Manila must be (as they are) +hired; and, as is understood, there will be a sufficient number of +workmen among them, who will engage in these services for the just +price of their toil. From them shall be employed those who wish to +hire themselves out, in order to avoid the concourse of Indians [at +Manila]. In case that the repartimiento cannot be entirely avoided, +as will be provided, and if the Chinese and Japanese are either +unwilling or unable to satisfy the actual need of those public works, +the governor and captain-general shall take measures with the Indians +so that they may aid in the works freely and voluntarily, making use of +the means that seem advisable to him to effect it. But, granted that +there be a lack of voluntary workers, we permit that some Indians be +forced to work in these occupations, under the following conditions, +but in no other manner. + +That this repartimiento shall be made only for necessary and +unavoidable affairs; for in so odious a matter, the greater benefit to +our royal treasury, or the greater convenience of the community, cannot +suffice; and all that which is not necessary for their preservation, +weighs less than the liberty of the Indians. + +That the Indians in the repartimiento shall be lessened in number +as the voluntary workers shall be introduced, whether the latter be +Indians or those of other nations. + +That they shall not be taken from distant districts, and from climates +notably different from that of their own villages. The choice of all +shall proceed without any partiality, and so that both the hardship +of distances, the burden of the occupations, and compensation for the +other circumstances in which there will be more or less grievance, +shall be shared and distributed equally, so that all may share the +greater and less toilsome services, so that the benefit and alleviation +shown to some may not be changed into injury toward others. + +That the governor assign the number of hours that they shall work +each day, taking into consideration the lack of strength and weak +physical constitutions. + +That they be given in full the wages that they earn for their work. And +they shall be paid personally each day, or at the end of the week, +as they may choose. + +That the repartimientos be made at a time that does not embarrass +or hinder the sowing and harvesting of land products, or the other +occasions and periods upon which the Indians have to attend to the +profit and management of their property; for our intention is that +they be not deprived of it, and that they may be able to attend to +everything. Therefore, we order the governor that, at the beginning +of the year, he shall take note of the building and other matters +of our service in which the Indians have to be employed; for if the +time is chosen, it may be arranged in such a way that the Indians +may receive no considerable injury to their property or persons. + +That, granting the poor arrangement and plan of the caracoas, and +that when remanded to them many Indians generally perish, because of +sailing without a deck, and exposed to the inclemencies of storms, +we order that these craft be improved and built in such a manner that +the Indians may manage the oars without risk of health and life. + +In all the above, and in all that may touch their preservation +and increase, we order the governor to proceed with the care and +vigilance that we expect, and that he punish signally and rigorously +the ill-treatment received by the Indians from their caciques or from +the Spaniards--especially should the latter be our officials, upon whom +the penalties must be more rigorously executed. We request and charge +both the secular prelates and the provincials of the orders to exercise +the same attention in the punishment of offenses of this nature, +committed by the ministers of instruction and other ecclesiastical +persons. And we order that any omission of the governors, justices, +and officials entrusted, in whole or in part, with the observance +and fulfilment of this law be made a matter of their residencia. + +[Law passed in the reign of Felipe III, and dated Aranjuez, May 26, +1609.] + + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1610 + + + Petition of the Recollects. Dionisio de la Anunciacion, and others; + June 30. + Dominicans request suppression of the Audiencia. Baltasar Fort, + O.P., and others; June 30. + Relation of 1609-10. Gregorio Lopez, S.J.; July 1. + Letter to Felipe III. Juan de Silva; September 5. + Letter to Silva. Felipe III; December 7. + + +_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from the original +MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The third is found +in the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), i, pp. 273-340. + +_Translations_: The first three documents are translated by James +A. Robertson; the fourth and fifth, by Robert W. Haight. + + + + +PETITION OF THE RECOLLECTS + + +Sacred Royal Catholic Majesty: + +In conformity with certain requirements of the visitor of the +Augustinian order in these islands, we, the Recollect religious +of the same order, have all rendered obedience to the father in +their rule of life in this country. We are obeying very exactly the +orders that you, Sire, have given, although we have received signal +annoyance thereby, as we think they will prove in every way a great +hindrance to our mode of life and its tranquillity. Especially do +we believe--and it is beyond doubt true--that if we are forced to +continue the same obedience, it will mean not only a cessation of +the forward movement of this special work, but the extinction of us +all therein; for we have in no way been guilty of any fault whereby +we have merited such a penalty, as this action, under this form, +must be considered. This will be shown by the evidence, for some of +us religious, who came to these so remote regions from that country +[Spain] by order of your Highness, have died; and although others +have taken the habit, this is not a country where the orders can be +preserved by that method alone, without the reenforcement of those +who can come from those kingdoms to help in this work. If we are +kept subject to the rule, we shall lose this refuge, and we are on +the direct road to ruin without attaining that fruit through special +desire of which we felt ourselves forced to leave our native land and +the association of our brother religious in our so prompt response +to the order of your Highness. Since our mode of living has been, +and is, regulated by the care that we owe to our obligations, and is +an example and to the edification of the town--and this it public +and well-known--to say nothing of our established rules and rigor; +since this city and kingdom hold us in pious and especial affection; +and since, in the service of your Highness we are laboring for the +conversion and administration of a mission-field in a toilsome post, +and one without any temporal consolation, and through not having +the proper number of religious for another mission (namely, three) +we left the latter, as well as many others to which attention should +be given, and which have been offered to us and are offered daily, +but which we have not accepted for the above reasons: we believe +that we can supplicate your Highness with proper confidence--as we +do supplicate you--in the submissive spirit of faithful vassals and +the humility of poor religious, to be pleased to favor this so pious +cause, and one so to the service of our Lord. We ask, Sire, that you +will cause some Recollect religious to be sent from those kingdoms, +so that with an increased number we may also increase in courage; for +all must result in an increase of the service of the two majesties. We +do not intend by this, in fundamentals to withdraw ourselves from the +obedience that we have been ordered to give to the rule, but only to +preserve our established laws, and to attend with greater leisure and +assiduity to our obligations. The clemency of your Highness will be +very necessary to encourage this work, as has been done hitherto in +everything offered us. Hence we again supplicate it with the urgency +demanded by the importance of the matter. + +When we came to these regions, your Highness was pleased to grant us +the alms of wine and oil for the space of six years, as you did to the +other orders. Inasmuch as--although, in accordance with your orders, +the alms have been granted us hitherto--the limit assigned by your +Highness will soon expire, we humbly beseech your Highness to be +pleased to have the said alms provided, as to the other religious +orders, and also the support for the religious of this convent, +as may seem best to your Highness. We also beseech your Highness to +have medicines given us for our sick, as to the other convents. Will +your Highness grant us this with your accustomed piety; since we are +as poor as the other convents, and are occupied in the same ministry. + +Don Juan de Silva, your governor, in your Highness's name granted us +a site, where we have a church and convent, with the proviso that we +secure your Highness's confirmation thereto within forty years. We +beseech you with all due humility to be pleased to grant us the said +confirmation. For that and for all the other matters contained in +this letter, our father master, Fray Pedro Solier, [17] provincial, +who has been living under our rules in these islands, is delegated with +our authority. In case of his death, we delegate our authority to the +prior or procurator of the Recollect convent in your capital. We shall +receive most singular favor in whatever action your Highness takes in +despatching our affairs with your most powerful hand. May God's favor +be ever with your Highness, and may He preserve and prosper you for +His greater service, and for the increase of our holy Catholic faith, +as we, the humble chaplains in this your Majesty's convent of Sant +Nicolas of the Recollects, desire. Manila, June the last, 1610. + + +_Fray Dionisio de la Anunciacion_, prior. +_Fray Andres del Spiritu Santo_ +_Fray Francisco de la Madre de Dios_ +_Frai Pedro de San Joseph_ + + +[_Endorsed_: "Ascertain what the governor must have written in regard +to the site given them. When Fray Pedro de Solier comes, everything +will be examined."] + + + +DOMINICANS REQUEST SUPPRESSION OF THE AUDIENCIA + + +_Certain religious of the Order of St. Dominic declare that his +Majesty's decrees are not observed, and relate the evil behavior +of the fiscal of that Audiencia. They send a memorandum of their +arguments for the suppression of the Audiencia in those islands._ + +Sire: + +The Order of St. Dominic has been in these districts and islands +upwards of twenty-four years, and one of those who write this letter +is one of the first who came to these districts to establish the +order. Here, by the grace of God, great service has been rendered +to God and to your Majesty in the conversion of the provinces which +have been entrusted to us--namely, the province of Pangasinan, and +that of Cagayan, and this. The conversion has ceased to progress for +want of ministers, and now is not being continued for the natives. In +all the above period of time, we have seen many things, and write +as eyewitnesses. Our first statement is that if this country were +governed according to the orders and decrees despatched by your +Majesty for that purpose, it would be the most prosperous of all +your Majesty's kingdoms, for your Majesty's orders in regard to +this country seem truly to have had at the time of their ordering +the special help of the Holy Spirit. But the deplorable thing is +that your Majesty's orders and decrees are not observed; and worse, +some say that your decrees do not bind the conscience. This is very +grievous, and brings in its train great difficulties. The pity is, +that those who should be the agents and defenders of your decrees +are the first to violate them. All that is done is contrary to your +Majesty's orders and commands. As this state of affairs should be +punished severely for the correction of other offenders, and there is +no one to attend to that punishment, the Lord, who is supreme judge, +advocates the cause thus, and punishes them, avenging by His hand +the little respect given to your Majesty's just orders. This is seen +in the great number of shipwrecks, one after another. Although there +are no prophets in this land, yet all prognosticate beforehand what +will surely happen, since the vessels sail with so heavy a cargo of +injustices; and accordingly they say that the voyages will not end +well, as we see by the outcome. But the pity is that, as the punishment +is public, and in the ships, it is necessary that the just should pay +for the sinners. Of the truth of all the above, your Majesty would +rest assured if you were to visit this country. This is daily going +from bad to worse, because until now, if those debarred therefrom +were trading and engaging in commerce, they did so with some show +of shame, and under some cover; but last year your Majesty's fiscal +came here, and all shame has been lost. For he has publicly traded and +engaged in commerce, and has gone to Cavite to lade his exports. This +has scandalized the entire community. Although the fiscal has been +advised and corrected in a fraternal spirit, he has not turned over +a new leaf. One of our number having told him that he had committed +a heavy sin against the oath that he had given to your Majesty, +he says that he knows his own business, and what he can do. And, +as your Majesty is far away, they have no fear. + +A memorandum concerning your Majesty's Audiencia in this country, +accompanies this letter. Therein are set forth the reasons why it +is advisable for your Majesty to order it to be suppressed, and they +explain how it would be to the service of God and of your Majesty, and +to the advantage of your royal treasury were there no Audiencia. For +the Audiencia serves but to take the profits of the country, +in violation of your Majesty's orders in your royal decrees. For if +there is any matter of gain it is given to the relatives or followers +of the auditors, and in matters touching trade and commerce, these +are they who export most of the cargo. This is manifestly unjust, +as it would be in Castilla, if any corregidor should unlawfully +reap the benefits of the whole returns of vineyards which were not +his. In this country there are no other vineyards or fields than the +cargo which your Majesty has conceded to the inhabitants. As for the +advantage that could accrue from this Audiencia to this country, that +was, to act as a check on the governor. This consideration has now no +longer any force, on account of the decrees brought by the governor, +in which the auditors are ordered not to oppose him, but only to give +information to your Majesty. This can be done by many in this community +who are free from covetousness (as are the archbishop and the religious +orders), if they were permitted to attend to this and to oppose the +acts of the governor. The auditors are pledged to the said governor, +because he has given the posts and advantageous positions to the +relatives of the auditors; therefore the latter do not dare to talk, +as experience has shown us in the past. If your Majesty reestablished +the Audiencia--and we, your Majesty's vassals, requested it--it was +with hopes of the aforesaid. And since that result is lacking, it is +very much to the service of God and of your Majesty, and advantageous +to your royal treasury, that there be no Audiencia. For any lawyer +can conclude the cases here, as Licentiate Rojas and Doctor Morga did +when there was no Audiencia here. We trust, through our Lord's mercy, +that your Majesty will consider this so just proposal, and give it +inspiration, so that it will be settled in a manner suitable to the +service of God and that of your Majesty, and the welfare of all these +your vassals who live so far from your Majesty, and who are most loyal, +as you have been made to see in the past. + +Archbishop Don Diego Vazquez de Mercado reached this city this month +of June, and was received with universal rejoicing and happiness; +for he is well-known, and the people know his earnest zeal, and that +it is expended for the service of your Majesty and that of God, and +the increase of our holy faith. We trust that life will be given him +to reestablish all this country that has remained without a shepherd +for so long. The pity is, that he has not the means with which to +assist the poor, as their father which he is, and all are grieving +over this. Will your Majesty encourage him to continue with holy zeal +in the future and not to become faint-hearted on account of poverty; +and surely it is poverty to be an archbishop in this land. + +The royal officials, whose duty it is, by right, to inform your +Majesty of everything here, will inform you and attend to that. They +are honorable men and fulfil their obligations, as we see. Especially +does the factor Juan Saenz de Hegoen attend in a very Christian and +faithful manner, and very assiduously and carefully, to what is in his +charge. He shows his zeal for the service of your Majesty and for the +increase of your royal treasury. He is deserving of favor from your +Majesty. Inasmuch as others will inform you of this, we shall not +enlarge more on it, but beg from the Lord the life that we all wish +for your Majesty, even if it be taken from ours, for the welfare of +His church, the glory of the Lord, and the increase of the estates +of your Majesty. Manila, June the last, 1610. + +_Fray Baltasar Fort_, [18] prior provincial. + +_Fray Francisco Minayo_, [19] prior of St. Dominic, Manila. + +_Fray Bernardo De Santo Catalina_, +commissary of the Holy Office. + +_Memorandum, in order that his Majesty may see why it is not advisable +to have an Audiencia in the city of Manila._ + +Many great disadvantages result from having an Audiencia in the +Philipinas Islands. Only those that appear to be the worst are +mentioned. + +1st. As to the first, it has been seen by experience that, since the +arrival of the royal Audiencia, many more suits occur than before. The +jails are full of prisoners; that of Manila contains usually more +than one hundred prisoners. Some of them are there for a considerable +time, even for many years, because the auditors do not attend to their +duty. A Sangley infidel of those imprisoned during the war was seven +full years in prison. After that, for want of galley criminals, he +was placed in the galleys, while his case was being investigated. He +was one of those who afterward mutinied in the galley, and killed the +captain, after which he and his companions went to China. There is +at present an Indian woman of La Panpanga imprisoned in the Manila +prison. She was incarcerated there when a girl, for she was said to +have been accomplice in a murder. She has grown up in the prison, and +is now a woman in years; and her case is still to be investigated. In +conclusion, it is an open fact that those imprisoned at the order of +the governor or alcaldes are generally let out of prison quickly, +and their affairs are soon concluded. But those imprisoned by the +royal Audiencia either have no hope of leaving, or else they leave +the prison only after a long period. + +2d. _Item_: That the said royal Audiencia not only is useless in +these islands, but a signal harm to, and destroyer of the peace and +quiet of the natives of the islands, because of the Indians' method +of procedure and their characteristics. These are quite different +from the characteristics of the Spaniards, for when the Indians have +quarrels and disputes, they do not come to knife-thrusts or blows, +but present false testimony. For this the royal Audiencia's method +of procedure is very suitable. When an Indian is accused by a false +witness whom they present, the Audiencia immediately have the accused +man arrested and thrust into prison, which is the end desired by his +opponent in order to avenge himself; for he knows quite well that the +prisoner has entered the prison not for a few days or months. If the +accuser wishes to proceed with his investigation, he presents more +witnesses and proves whatever he desires. He can find witnesses for +anything, as the Indian's nature is as facile in swearing falsehood +as truth. Cases like this are actually seen daily. In grave matters +the innocent and guiltless are punished and condemned to the galleys, +while the guilty and deceivers are left free and unpunished. The +ministers of the gospel, who know the truth of the matter, and how +things are tending, seeing that those punished blaspheme the name +of God--saying that those who condemn them are Christians and men +placed there in the stead of the king to administer justice, but who +administer injustice--the religious, then, incited by their zeal for +the honor of God, inform the judges. That the truth may be known, +they go to give information of what they know. The judges answer that +they have to judge _juxta allegata et probata_, without proceeding +to inquire of the nature of the witnesses. Consequently instead +of administering justice they administer injustice. They condemn +the innocent, and allow the criminals to go free. False testimonies +continue to increase. False witnesses have no fear of justice. Finally, +the Indians declare that they punished like crimes better when they +were infidels, while the Sangley infidels assert that their law is +better, for justice proceeds rigorously to punish false witnesses, +which is not done by the royal Audiencia. + +3d. _Item_: The said royal Audiencia is the cause of the perversion of +distributive justice. Dignities and offices are given to the unworthy +and undeserving, thus causing those who have served his Majesty to +complain. [20] For the appointive offices and offices of dignity, +both of war and of the districts of alcaldes-mayor, are given to +the brothers, sons, or relatives of the said auditors. These are men +without experience or merit. As a manifest and evident proof of this, +it is not necessary to refer to the events of past years, but only to +what is now current in this city of Manila. There are five companies of +foot-soldiers. Don Pedro de Almacan, son of Auditor Almacan, a youth +of tender years, and inexperienced in military affairs, is captain +of one company. Don Juan de la Vega, son of Auditor Vega, likewise a +person of tender years, has another company. Captain Madrid, brother of +Auditor Madrid--who has been in this country but one year, and before +coming here was only a common soldier--has a third company. I do not +mention many others--alferezes and sergeants who are immature boys--at +whom all laugh, and who would better be in school than occupying +such offices. They are the ridicule and plaything of the soldiers; +for the latter see in them no other valor or sufficiency than to +be relatives of the auditors or fiscal. The same is true of other +honorable and advantageous posts. Mateo de Heredia is alcalde-mayor +of La Pampanga. He is the son-in-law of Licentiate Almacan, and that +office is the best appointment in this country. To be chief guard +of the parian of the Sangleys is a position that needs especially +qualified persons, and those who have served his Majesty for many +years. For six or seven years it has been held by Diego Sanchez, a +common person, who is married to a mestizo woman of Nueva Espana. He +has no greater merit therein than to be the brother-in-law of Auditor +Alcaraz. The same is true of other provisions. + +4th. _Item_: That if any person connected with any of the auditors +commits a crime or crimes, such a one is not brought to justice for it, +however grave and enormous his crime. This very year a very grave case +has happened in this city, in the person of a son of Auditor Vega, +who committed adultery with a woman married to an inhabitant of this +city, an honorable man, and of a good family. The woman betook herself +to a convent; and the adulterer fled. The aggrieved man begged justice +of the governor and the Audiencia. The said Auditor Vega not only did +not do his duty as judge, but defended his son with unfurled banners, +to his own great infamy and censure as a person whom his Majesty +maintains, to administer justice. The preachers have denounced him in +the pulpits, demanding that justice be done. The people are exceedingly +scandalized at so grave a matter remaining unpunished, only because the +criminal is the son of an auditor. Not only do they not punish him, +but the said adulterer was even made captain of infantry in the war +with the Dutch, to the great offense of all. That appeared so unjust +that a grave religious, who was going to the said war, said that +he feared the wrath of God, and that the enemy would be victorious, +because of so mischievous a man going on our side, who had offended God +so deeply. Yet he was not punished, for the sole reason of being the +son of an auditor, and because his father defended him so earnestly. + +5th. _Item_: That the said auditors in this country can rather be +called honorable traders and merchants than ministers of justice, since +they trade and engage in commerce quite openly. Under their protection +their sons, relatives, and connections trade very extensively. This is +a cause of very great injury to the poor, and to the inhabitants of +this city; and they are defrauded in the division of the cargo, for +the auditors' freight is better looked after. Hence it follows that +the auditors possess very large estates. They build elegant houses, +at a cost of twelve or fourteen thousand pesos. They generally keep +embroiderers at work in their houses publicly, just as any merchant +keeps them. + +6th. Lastly, after the arrival of the governor last year with the +decrees that he brought from his Majesty, if the royal Audiencia was +before a harm or of little use, it is now useless; because then its +possible service was to oppose the said governor and to undo any injury +or violence committed by the governor, but now that is prohibited by +the said decrees of his Majesty. In them his Majesty orders the royal +Audiencia not to contradict their president and captain-general in +whatever the latter wishes to do, but to advise him of the governor's +actions, without opposing the latter, in order to avoid scandals. In +order to give information of the governor's want of prudence, no +Audiencia is needed, for there are enough people here to advise you. + +During former years this city petitioned his Majesty that he would be +pleased to order the establishment of an Audiencia, because it was +believed that it would be a check on the governor's actions, which +were not so well considered. Now this ceases with the said precautions +brought by the governor, in which his Majesty orders that the auditors +shall not oppose the governor, but that they only advise his Majesty +of everything. As to the said Audiencia, their hands have not been +tied by these new precautions, nor do the auditors pay any attention +to them, for they have so ingratiated themselves with the governor, +because he has advantaged them and their relatives and followers, +and his Majesty is so far away. + + + +RELATION OF 1609-1610 + + +_Extract from the Relation of Events in the Filipinas During the +Years 1609 and 1610, By Father Gregorio Lopez_ [21] + +This country heard last year, by way of Jolo and Mindanao, that the +Dutch were going to come in the year 1609, to harass it with a strong +force. Consequently Governor Juan de Silva entered upon his government +with the intention of fortifying the port of Cavite, where our ships +anchor, distant about three leguas from the city. For as Cavite was +unprotected, not having even a cavalier or rampart mounting a couple +of pieces with which to head off the Dutch ships, which might attempt +to anchor in its harbor, the Dutchman could enter with all safety +to himself, and be quite secure. [If he should do so] it would be +a great impediment to all the islands, and a very great nuisance, +both for the despatch of the merchandise--which is the vineyards and +olive-orchards of these regions--and for the easy preparation of some +boats with which to drive the Dutch out of these regions. While the +people remained in this dread, the news was confirmed by another +message, that came on November 3 from the town of Arevalo, eighty +leguas from Manila. By this news it was learned that three Dutch +ships and one patache were near that island of Oton, [22] where they +had seized some boats full of provisions, that were intended for the +relief of Maluco; and that they were making for the port of Yloilo. A +large amount of provisions was gathered in that place; and although +the Dutch did not attack it, all was lost. For our Spaniards, in +order not to let it fall into the hands of the enemy, broke the jars +of wine, and set fire to the rice. As soon as the governor received +this news, he sent the sargento-mayor of troops here, Cristobal de +Azcueta Menchaca (master-of-camp elect of Terrenate), to Oton, in +order that he might attend to what seemed necessary for the defense +of that region, with the men under his command and those who were +there. Among the boats accompanying him was a champan, a Chinese craft; +it contained a considerable number of soldiers. They encountered the +Dutch vessels, which were approaching this city. In the endeavor to +defend themselves, if the enemy, who had perceived them, should try +to attack them the Spaniards began to take the cargo of the champan +ashore by means of lanchas, and with it to fortify themselves for +their protection in a sort of bastion. Among the other things, they +took some barrels of powder ashore; while in others, which were left +aboard, fire was carelessly set, with very great injury to those who +were near it. Many were burned, but at the time only two or three +died there. The rest threw themselves into the water and gained the +shore. One man only was left in the champan which was burning; for he +had been jammed among the beams. Although he cried out loudly for aid, +he could not be helped, and was accordingly burned to ashes. Those who +escaped alive began to march overland toward this city, some leguas +distant from the place where the misfortune occurred. On the way, +some persons died, and the others arrived in such condition that +all who saw them bemoaned their sad lot. Scarce did they seem men, +but swollen cinders, full of maggots. Some even had maggots in the +very palms of their hands. They were treated with much care in the +hospital here. Most of them recovered; but six or seven of them died +in the hospital. The Dutch did not try to harm them, which was a great +mercy of God, because of the facts above stated. On the contrary, the +Dutch continued their route until they reached the mouth of this bay, +in sight of Manila. + +The governor was not careless at this time, especially in the +fortification of Cavite. He sent thither the regular infantry of this +camp, with 10,000 musket-balls, 30,000 arquebus-balls, 6,000 brazas +of musket-fuses, 14,000 brazas of arquebus-fuses, and 40 barrels of +powder. He also sent engineers and workmen with material for building +a fort, wherein to mount artillery. To make the work move faster, he +went thither himself to take part in it. From Cavite he sent a summons +to some inhabitants, so that the Spaniards in Cavite numbered more than +six hundred. In this city, the citizens stood guard, and endured many +hardships in it. All lived with great vigilance, born of a fear of the +Sangleys--of whom rumors were circulating that they were restless and +intended to revolt, because they imagined that the Spaniards, through +lack of confidence in them, were about to kill them. But the king's +fiscal, as their protector, went to their parian; and, calling a large +meeting, talked to them with manifestations of great affection. He +promised them all kind treatment, in his Majesty's name. Accordingly, +laying aside all their fear, the Sangleys became quiet. Assuredly, +had they revolted at this time, they would have placed the country in +great straits, for there is a considerable number of them. Besides, +the Dutch were near by with their well-equipped and strong vessels; +and the Spaniards are few. For the greater security and some relief +of the citizens, several companies of Pampangos were summoned. Among +all these islanders they have proved themselves most loyal to the +Spaniards, and most fit for soldiers. + +In Cavite the care and diligence expended in fortifying it, were +of great importance; for the Dutch commander, one Francisco Witer, +[23] although he had once before been in these islands as secretary +to Oliverio del Nort--the commander of the two vessels that anchored +near the city in the year 1600, and had returned defeated and disabled +[_con las manos en la cabeza_; literally, "with his hands to his +head"]--yet he was determined to come to try his luck a second time. He +was incited to this by certain traitors to his Majesty. These having +gone over to his side in Maluco, to the disservice of God and the king, +recounted to him all the affairs of the Filipinas. They represented to +him the little resistance that he would encounter from large vessels; +the weakness of the port of Cavite, which he could easily overpower, +and burn whatever it contained; and the immense wealth that he could +seize, of silk, silver, and other merchandise, which come to Manila +from Mejico, Macao, China, and Japon. Especially did one Francisco +Aguirre inform him of the above, in detail. He brought this man with +him, promising him one thousand pesos to induce him to accompany +the Dutch, and to guide him faithfully on this expedition that he +was undertaking. Accordingly, as was reported, the Dutch commander +set sail in the afternoon of St. Martin's day, November 11, three +or four days after he had been seen from this city. With two ships +and his patache (for his flagship was left in the same location), +he approached Cavite. However he was forced to retire because of the +innumerable cannon fired at him. Although these did him no damage, +he did none, either, with the artillery that he fired. But he +noted how slight were their forces for injuring him, for they had +no more than three very small vessels, which could scarcely carry +any artillery; one old, dilapidated ship, called "Espiritu Santo," +which was already almost useless and broken-up from its voyages +to Nueva Espana, and was mastless and without rigging; and one +galley of twenty benches. Therefore not anticipating any trouble +with Cavite, where he found the resistance that he did not expect, +and preferring to effect his purpose bloodlessly, and quite safely +to himself, he returned to his post. Not long afterward, he had all +four of his vessels weigh anchor; and going out of sight of the +city, went to anchor at the port called El Fraile ["the Friar"], +at a short distance from his former anchorage. There he began to rob +whatever he could, and prevented the ingress of provisions brought +from all the islands to this city. Alferez Aldana was aboard one of +the boats that he seized coming from a corregidor's district. He, +thinking the Dutch to be Castilian vessels, went to them with great +joy; but his joy was shortly changed into sad captivity, for he was +pillaged and imprisoned. Shortly after this event, four Dutchmen +fled from the Dutch fleet. Their arrival was singularly consoling +for full information was obtained from them of the Dutch force and +object. Not more than three slaves deserted from us to the Dutch; +and, being slaves, they could give but little information regarding +our affairs. Almost the same thing happened to captain Castillo as +to Alferez Aldano; for having come from Japon, whither he had gone +with a fragata, he was sent, as one experienced in these coasts, to +a certain place, to warn the ships from China and Japon of the Dutch, +and that they commanded the sea. One day the [Dutch] patache went so +far in search of ships that Captain Castillo could not be persuaded +that it was not a friendly vessel; consequently he went to give it +information, according to his orders. Although he was afterwards +undeceived, and tried to escape from the Dutch, who pursued him, he +was unable to do so. Their commander tried to learn from him whether +Cavite had greater force than he had seen; but he always answered that +he knew of nothing else, and excused himself by saying that he had but +recently come from Japon. On the contrary, he belittled our affairs, +in order to assure them the more. He managed to write a letter thence +and send it by a Sangley, in which he gave an account of the vessels, +artillery, and men, thus making the battle easier. + +A fire broke out in Cavite at this juncture, and almost all the +Spanish houses were burned. The fire nearly caught in the house where +the powder was stored, a circumstance that placed the people in the +utmost danger. Not one was bold enough to try to remedy matters, for +they all feared lest they be burned, until the governor personally +set to work. Then, incited by his example, a considerable number of +people began to drag the barrels to the seashore in order to throw +them into the sea, if the fire came near it. By this means the powder +was preserved, the loss of which would have been felt keenly, besides +the damage that would have resulted from its explosion. + +Maluco was also in need of help, and could get it nowhere else +except from this country. Accordingly the master-of-camp, Azcueta, was +ordered to enroll some men in Oton; and two galleys and several smaller +vessels, carrying money and other supplies important for the succor +of that stronghold, went from Manila. All this, although necessary, +meant a decrease of these islands' resources. The two galleys, both +of which were new, returned from Oton. One had been launched shortly +before the arrival of the Dutch, and the other not long after. On this +return voyage, the flagship was in great danger of being lost, because +the crew of rowers attempted to mutiny. This would have been done, had +not a Japanese revealed the plot which they were conspiring. Thereupon +the guilty were punished, and suitable precautions taken. The consort +was more unfortunate. The Chinese and Japanese convicts conspired +to mutiny; and although those nations are like cats and dogs, they +were very much in concord on this occasion. They selected as the +most appropriate time for their treason the hour for the siesta, +when, as it was daytime, the Spaniards slept with less caution. They +first aimed at the head, by striking Captain Cardoso (who was resting +soundly and carelessly) with an ax, which made him awake in the other +life. The blow was given by a Chinaman whom he had favored. After +him some fifty convicts, who were freed from prison, began to work +destruction among the other Spaniards with whatever they could seize, +and set out to kill them all--that is, all who were not of the above +nationalities. The Spaniards were unarmed, all except the sergeant +of the company, who had a sword and executed considerable damage +with it, killing many. He was accompanied and encouraged by another +Spaniard who wielded with both hands the ladle belonging to a piece +of artillery. Finally, the sergeant having impaled a furious Sangley, +or Chinaman, on his sword, the latter was so cramped by the wound that, +not having time to withdraw the weapon the sergeant was compelled to +leave it sticking in the body, and jump into the water, where he saved +himself by swimming. Some others availed themselves of the same plan, +while some took the galley's small boat. Thus some few escaped, to +bear the unfortunate news. It caused universal and great sorrow, as +happening at a time of such need. Many Spaniards had been killed. The +mutineers killed also the convicts themselves--from whom no harm +could be feared--who were not Chinese or Japanese; and although the +poor wretches tried to throw themselves into the sea, when the sudden +assault came, their efforts were useless, for they were shackled, +and hung by their chains [over the side of the galley]. There, +with great cruelty, the mutineers cut off their legs and threw them +overboard, where they helplessly perished. It was feared and suspected +that the galley would go over to the Dutch, but it did not. On the +contrary, it fled from them, so that, although the patache pursued +the mutineers, it could not overtake them. It is yet unknown where +the galley has stopped. Such was the unfortunate death of Captain +Cardoso, whose brother, Alferez Cardoso, had died a few days before, +among those burned on the champan, as related above. It seems that +they have inherited such disasters, for their father--a Portuguese +gentleman, and a gallant soldier--after serving his Majesty in Africa, +had to flee to Ytalia, because of committing an atrocious crime, +which was as follows. Another gentleman insulted a relative of this +gentleman. The insulted man, either for lack of ability to do more, +or because he was a good Christian, did not take vengeance for the +insult. The father of these Cardosos was very angry, and, with the +intention of avenging the injury, left his home. First going to his +relative's house, he abused the latter with words, and even stabbed +him, because he had not taken vengeance. Then he went to the house of +the insulter, and seizing him, thrust him forcibly into a bread-oven, +under which a fire was lighted. Gagging the man, he left him there +until he was dead. After having fled to Ytalia, this gentleman had +charge of a castle, in which was stored a quantity of powder. One day +fire caught in the powder, and a great portion of the castle was blown +up. The Castellan Cardoso was killed, and buried in the ruins. One +of his wife's legs was torn off at the thigh. Although these two boys +(who were quite small then) received no hurt, they ended their lives +in the so disastrous ways that I have related. + +The governor upon learning of the loss of this galley, had another put +on the stocks, which was finished in two months. Seeing how leisurely +the Dutch were remaining in this country, he began to prepare a fleet +to attack them. For that purpose great haste was given to finishing +a vessel called "San Juan Baptista," which had been commenced in +the island of Marinduque. Although the enemy heard of this, their +information was very confused, for they did not know to what place +the ship "Espiritu Santo"--which was so disabled, as I have depicted +above--had retreated. They were commencing to repair that vessel, and +it cost even more trouble than if it had been built new. The Spaniards +also equipped the two small vessels as well as they could. For lack +of iron for nails, they removed the gratings of the windows, [24] +While Manila was laboring under this anxiety, the strength of the +enemy was increased by a good ship. That vessel came with food, and +thus caused this community much distress. But greater suffering would +have been caused had the Dutch commander's resolution, made in Maluco, +been carried out--namely, that a fortnight after his departure this +ship and one other should follow him hither; and, besides these, a very +large and well-equipped galleon named "The Devil from Holland" built +on purpose to fight with the galleons of Eastern Yndia. The Dutch at +Maluco considered it inexpedient to send more than the said vessel, and +especially so to send the galleon. They considered it very unadvisable +to send it among islands where, if it were wrecked, its loss would +be great and irreparable. It was all the miraculous disposition of +Heaven, as will be seen later. With this new accession, the Dutch +commander determined to come again in sight of Manila. Accordingly he +entered the bay on January 19, and without doing more than to gather +new information concerning our scarcity of vessels, he remained there +until the twenty-seventh of the said month. Then he again left the +bay, and commenced to capture the Chinese vessels that were already +coming with the accustomed merchandise and food. The Dutch seized from +the Chinese their hams and capons, and the choice wine. [25] And even +before the eyes of the Chinese themselves, they gave themselves up to +the wine to such an extent, that the Chinese observed it, and made +jests at, and ridiculed them, talking of them and comparing them to +the most degraded Indians who were wont to become intoxicated. The +Dutch usually threw all other articles of food into the sea, saying +that the Spaniards had no need of them. They seized so many fowls that +even the lowest common seaman was given rations of them. And because +of the number of fowls they established a poultry-yard on an islet, +where they kept two or three thousand capons. They chose what silk +was most to their liking. In the matter of pay there was variety, for +the sailors and almost all the soldiers paid immediately for what they +bought; but the commander and a few others gave the Chinese promises +to pay when they should capture the king's ship from Japon which they +had been awaiting some days, and which was bringing a great amount of +wealth. Certain of these vessels from China escaped; and one, while +fleeing, was wrecked, and lost nearly all its cargo. Some Sangleys, +fleeing overland from the Dutch, fell into the hands of Zambal Indians, +expert archers and bowmen. The latter killed many of them, to our great +sorrow, although, as the said Indians were his Majesty's vassals, this +proceeding was checked as soon as possible. The Zambals also killed six +Dutchmen, who had landed to get water; and brought their heads, with, +great rejoicing, to show to the governor. Because of the misfortunes +recounted daily by the Chinese who came in plundered, and because of +the fear lest the ship from Japon, that from Macao, that from Castilla, +and some of the largest Sangley merchantmen which bring goods for +the Spaniards from China, should fall into the enemy's hands, great +efforts were made in preparing the supplies necessary for the war. The +well-inclined Sangleys offered themselves for any toil, because of +their rage against the Dutch. Public prayers were said throughout the +islands, beseeching and importuning God for a successful outcome. The +governor built a new foundry, where he cast seven large and reenforced +cannon, which were of very great importance. A considerable quantity +of powder was refined which was almost lost. A great number of balls +were cast. In short, the greatest care was exercised in everything +and great haste displayed; and they were able, as a consequence, to +launch the finished and equipped vessel "San Juan Baptista" in the +bay on March 22. That gave extraordinary consolation to the entire +city. It mounted several pieces, and carried some picked soldiers, +who had been assigned for its defense in case the enemy tried to burn +it on the stocks, or to come to meet it in order to seize it. But the +enemy attached so little importance to this vessel, and to the forces +of this land, that they acted with as great security as if anchored +in Holanda. They reproached the Indians that they captured for their +subjection to a people who did not dare to attack them [_i.e._, the +Dutch], and who had no forces for that purpose. Freeing those Indians, +the Dutch told them to sow a quantity of rice, and to rear many fowls +and swine, for they said that the following year they intended to +come with a greater force to make themselves absolute masters of these +islands, and it was necessary that they have plenty of food prepared. + +The preparation of the fleet in Cavite was finished, so that it was +ready to sail by April 21. In the midst of the greatest efforts that +were being made to furnish its rigging, news was received that the +Dutch had returned laden with wealth. This filled the whole city +with sadness, on seeing that the Dutch were continuing their ravages +without any chastisement or punishment. But soon it was learned +for certain that it was not so, whereupon the Spaniards were very +joyous and happy. Such was the courage and spirit of our Spaniards, +that they burned with desire to begin the fray. Finding that it could +not be done so quickly, they manifested their anger, and raged like +caged and angry lions or tigers which cannot avenge an insult. A day +or so before our fleet sailed, a Japanese ship arrived at Cavite. The +disastrous loss of the ship "San Francisco," the flagship of three +vessels that sailed hence for Nueva Espana, was learned from that +vessel. This was the most unfortunate thing that had yet happened; +for by that blow this country was almost ruined, and the death of one +man was hastened, a few days after, by his sorrow. Many Spaniards +of those who escaped the wreck were aboard the said Japanese boat, +and one Augustinian religious. The latter was seized by the Dutch, +together with some of the wrecked Spaniards; but the Dutch did not +harm the Japanese, in order to establish friendly intercourse with +them. Under shelter of the latter, others of the Spaniards were saved, +and a considerable quantity of goods, although the Dutch stole some +anchors and cables of the king's that were aboard the vessel, and +some two hundred sacks of flour from private persons, but nothing +else. At last, after diligent search for Castilian or Portuguese +silver, the Dutch allowed the vessel to continue its voyage, because +of a present of three hundred pesos, given them by the Japanese. In +the beginning of April an edict was issued for the men of the fleet to +make ready. As many as one thousand sailors and soldiers were enlisted, +and many Indians for service and as common seamen. Besides these men, +the governor intended to take two hundred other soldiers of great +courage and valor; on those soldiers he placed great reliance. These +are about two hundred martyrs, whose relics repose in the [church of +the] Society of Jesus in a side chapel. The governor had the reliquary +newly fitted up, with great care; and placed himself with courage under +the care and protection of those martyrs, considering the victory +as his, with such volunteers. The fleet left Cavite on Wednesday, +April 21, between ten and eleven, in search of the enemy, who were at +Playahonda, twenty leguas from Manila. The governor embarked in person +in the fleet, as its commander. His presence inspired the soldiers not +a little, and incited many volunteers to accompany him. On this and +other accounts, which are deeply felt, they regarded his going as very +important, and almost absolutely necessary. His lieutenant was Juan +Juarez Gallinato, who has come this year as master of this camp. His +admiral was Don Fernando de Silva, a courageous and spirited youth, +nephew of the governor. As the admiral's lieutenant and captain of +the almiranta went the sargento-mayor of Maluco, Pedro de Heredia, +who last year overcame the galliot in which the Dutch commander, Pablo +Blancard, [26] was sailing, with seventy of his men. The captains +of the small vessels were: of the "San Yldefonso" (the largest), +Juan Tello de Aguirre, regidor of this city; of the "San Pedro," +Captain Guillestigui--both of these men Biscayans; of the "San Pedro y +San Pablo," Juan Pardos [27] de Losada, a Galician gentleman; of the +"Santiago," Moreno Donoso. Of the two galleys, Captain Romanico was +lieutenant; and Captain Juan Rodriguez commanded the consort. + +The artillery was as follows. The flagship "San Juan Bautista" mounted +twenty-six pieces: four of the new guns, which were eighteen-pounders; +and twenty-two good guns, from four to twelve pounders. + +The ship "Espiritu Santo," the almiranta, twenty-two pieces: three of +them of the said new guns; seventeen, from three to fourteen pounders; +and two swivel-guns. + +The other four vessels carried four, five, or six medium-sized guns; +the galleys, what they generally carry. + +Besides these vessels there were also two galliots and other small +boats laden with provisions, and sheltered by the fleet, and ready +to render assistance should occasion arise. + +By day, and even by night, there was continual prayer and entreaty in +the city, in one place and another, for the successful outcome of the +affair. There was also a very solemn procession on Friday morning, +in which our Lady of Guidance [_Nuestra Senora de Guia_] was carried +to the cathedral church from her chapel, which is about one-eighth +of a legua distant. + +The fleet anchored outside the bay. Although they intended to sail +at dawn on Friday to give the enemy a rude awakening, [28] they +were unable to do so; for on weighing anchor, at midnight, they were +delayed a long time, and happened to lose four anchors--one from the +almiranta, and three from the small vessels. This did not fail to +cause uneasiness; but at last the Spaniards were able to sight the +enemy on Saturday, between six and seven o'clock in the morning. The +enemy's flagship was riding with two anchors, and the other two vessels +were somewhat farther out to sea. At this juncture, our fleet began +to prepare for the battle. Orders were given for the crew to make +their confessions to the religious aboard the vessels. There were +sixteen of these from the religious orders which are in Manila--two +fathers of St. Dominic, seven of St. Francis, three of St. Augustine, +and four of the Society of Jesus. In addition there was another +religious, a Trinitarian, [29] who accompanied the governor, and a +secular priest. The soldiers proved very valiant and devoted on this +occasion. They uttered many expressions of joy at finding themselves +near the enemy. It seemed as if they were about to attend weddings +and balls with great pleasure and delight, rather than to fight with +vessels so powerful and well-equipped with artillery. Their greatest +anxiety was lest the enemy should run away when he saw our fleet; but +there was nothing to fear, for they were encouraged doubly to fight for +the honor of God and the fame of the Spanish nation. Both of these, +in a certain manner, depended on this battle in districts so remote: +the honor of God, because the Chinese were looking on and saying, +"Now we shall see who is more powerful, the God of the Castilians, +or the God of the Dutch;" and besides this, as the Dutch were about to +take a great part of the silk that they were intercepting, to Japon, +where they already had a trading-post, their trade would be established +firmly in that land, and that new field of Christendom would be in +danger of heresy (which spreads like a cancer), in addition to the +daily calamities to which it is subject under pagan lords. The honor of +the Spanish nation was also concerned, because the temper of many of +these peoples is, "Long live the conqueror!" and they do not dare to +stir because of their idea of the Spaniards. If these nations should +become insolent on seeing the Spaniards overwhelmed and conquered, +their pacification would cost more blood than the first conquest cost, +as has been experienced in Mindanao. Encouraged then, in this manner, +the vessels approached. The Dutch, without any faint-heartedness, +raised one anchor, and placed the other apeak, in order to go to meet +our fleet. They made fun of our fleet, and encouraged their soldiers +to fight by telling them that the Spaniards were coming to scare them +with egg-shells--alluding to the small size and slight force of the +vessels that they had seen. They bore down upon our flagship. At this +juncture, they did not omit to report a singular providence of Heaven, +namely, that our two vessels, the flagship and the almiranta, had some +good pieces mounted low down, whose ports had to be shut, whenever the +sea was choppy, as was experienced on one occasion of that sort. On +that account the enemy had a great advantage, for all their guns were +mounted high up. Accordingly it was our Lord's pleasure that there was +only enough wind to sail by, and the sea was almost like milk [_i.e._, +calm and smooth]. Finally the vessels closed; and each fired heavy +discharges of artillery and musketry. Our pieces--which, as I said, +were mounted low--made the enemy's hull [30] tremble with the damage +received from them. They killed men below decks, where they were +sheltered under their rigging, so that scarcely a man appeared. Our +men, who were above deck without a single shelter, also were injured +by their artillery and swivel-guns. However they did not lose any of +their spirit. They grappled the Dutch vessel, and stayed there fighting +more than three hours; and amid balls, pikes, and broad-swords, they +boarded the hostile vessel, with such courage and valor, that the Dutch +themselves were amazed to see them placing themselves in so manifest +danger without shelter. There was one who, when his companions tried +to make him retire by force, because he had received a ball in his +body, and a nail from a swivel-gun in his throat, tore himself from +those who were carrying him, and returned to the fight, with the fury +with which a wounded boar turns to avenge itself. Our men continued +to decimate the enemy so thoroughly that they had scarcely five men +on deck alive or unwounded. The commander was one of the first to +be killed. The enemy, seeing themselves without any power to resist, +tried to burn the ship. And they would have done it, to the evident +loss of our men, but that was prevented by the master of the vessel, +who, as he declared later, had always been a Catholic. He advised the +Dutch not to do such a thing, for, although they had already lost +their substance, they should not lose their souls. At this advice +they surrendered with fair conditions. Of the Spanish captives [aboard +the enemy's ship], only the Augustinian religious Fray Pedro Montejo +[31] was killed, by a ball from our vessel. The others were safe and +sound. Francisco Aguirre lost a leg in the battle, and being condemned +to be shot as a traitor one day after the victory, he died that same +night. The same that I have related of our flagship occurred in our +almiranta. It grappled with another good vessel, and defeated it after +having fought with it with the same valor. The infantry captains, +Don Pedro de Almazan and Don Juan de la Vega, [32] distinguished +themselves greatly in the battle, showing great courage and valor, +although they were very young. The others can also be praised with +good reason, for they proved themselves valiant captains. Such were +Soriano, Rosa, Don Antonio de Leos, and Captain Madrid. + +The third [Dutch] vessel was defeated by the two vessels "San +Yldefonso" and "San Pedro." However so complete a victory was not +obtained as with the others; for when it caught fire, they could not +extinguish the flames. Two excellent bronze pieces were melted by the +fire; and when the flames reached the powder, it blew up the men and +other things and set fire to the neighboring forests, where the fire +lasted for six days. However, they were able to take the artillery. Ten +Chinese vessels witnessed the battle. That was of no little importance, +because of the opinion that they formed of the Spaniards, and the +fear of our men that struck them, besides that which they have always +had. Three of those vessels had already been plundered, and the other +seven expected the same thing. But seeing themselves free, they went +to the governor to thank him for his kindness in freeing them. Having +received permission, they proceeded to Manila immediately, where they +made great feasts for the governor after their arrival. + +The fourth Dutch vessel was outside and quite near a Japanese vessel +that it had captured, whose captain and pilot were inside the Dutch +vessel. These having displayed a banner on which was written "Viva +Holanda" ["Long live Holland!"], and a letter of safe-conduct from the +Dutch factors in Japon, the captain of the said vessel answered that +the Japanese had nothing to fear, and that his commander would give +them the best of treatment. But the Dutch only wished to see if they +had any Portuguese or Castilians aboard. But on hearing the sound of +firing, they became anxious; accordingly, sending the said [Japanese] +captain and pilot to their ship, and having crowded all sail in their +own, they commenced to flee in all haste. Others had come in this +Japanese vessel, Spaniards from the ship "San Francisco;" and among +them was its commander, Juan de Esguerra. The Lord delivered them +from this second peril by so signal a victory. The [Dutch] patache +was also looking for vessels. Coming in that night with a Chinese +prize, it sent its boat ahead to reconnoiter the position. Finding +different signs from those that it had left, it became suspicious, +and accordingly began to flee. The almiranta, the ship of Captain Juan +Pardos de Losada, and the flagship of the galleys went in pursuit of +it, but although they searched the neighboring coasts twice, they did +not sight the vessels, or discover what direction they took. The last +time when they went to run along the coast, they met a ship; and, as +it seemed to be the patache, the galley pursued it with sail and oar, +but found it to be a vessel from Macao. The bishop of Macao, [33] of +the Order of St. Dominic, was coming on business of great importance +for the welfare of that community. Thinking our vessels to be Dutch, +they fled at their utmost speed, and threw overboard all their cargo, +although it was valuable, in order to make the vessel lighter. + +News of the victory reached Manila at two in the morning. At that hour +the bells were loudly chimed and the people uttered many expressions +of joy. Next day a very solemn procession was made, as a token of +thanksgiving. The procession marched from the cathedral to our church, +where a sermon was preached. It caused great consolation throughout the +city and in all those who were present. After the sermon the governor +sent letters to each order, thanking them for the prayers that they +had said for his success. The one that came to me read as follows: + +"We discovered the enemy this morning, and the battle began at seven +o'clock. It lasted about four hours, and during that time, our Lady +and the glorious St. Mark showed themselves favorable to us. For we +obtained the victory with the surrender of their flagship to ours, +and their almiranta to ours. Fire was set to the other ship, and it +was burned. Thus the battle was ended with but slight loss to us, +and some wounded. I confess that this victory has been given me by +reason of the prayers of your Paternity and those reverend fathers, +whom I thank for their care in this, and assure them that I shall +consider the same in what pertains to my office, by aiding whatever +may be of pleasure to your Paternity. May our Lord preserve you, +as I desire. From this vessel "San Juan Baptista," April 24, 1610. + +_Don Juan de Silva_." + +And inasmuch as he makes mention of our Lady and St. Mark, I must not +neglect to report a matter that seems worthy of consideration. At the +beginning when the war was discussed, the governor had a dream. In it, +he saw a venerable man, who told him that he would obtain a glorious +victory on St. Mark's day. Although it seemed too late to go to +attack the enemy, as it was thought that he had already gone with +his ships full of plunder--which meant to go with shouts of victory, +yet on this account the governor hastened to sail before the day of +the holy evangelist, with the intent of punishing the enemy. However, +he could not prepare the fleet as was necessary before April 21. Making +an attempt to attack the Dutch on Friday, the twenty-third, they could +not, for the reason above stated, of losing their anchors. Consequently +the time went by until the twenty-fourth, for us, Saturday, the day +of our Lady. The governor had had her image put on the royal standard +and implored her aid by that verse, _Mostrate esse Matrem_ [_i.e._, +"Show thyself to be our Mother"]. This day was for those who came +from Maluco the twenty-fifth of April, or St. Mark's day, as it was +also for those from Japon. It is an extraordinary thing to find this +conflict in the days when they unite, namely, those who sail east +and those who sail west meet. [34] It appears that those days had, +as it were, overlapped, so that the victory might be obtained on our +Lady's day, for our favor; and on St. Mark's day for the ruin of the +Dutch--the saint warring upon them as on Calvinists, since Calvinists +made spiritual warfare upon his state of Venecia. Besides, the victory +was gained past noon on St. Mark's day, when his day strictly begins. + +In the pocket of the dead commander was found a copy of the order +given to his vessels for their departure, which was to be within +one week after St. Mark's day. As a farewell, he had intended to +make a demonstration in Manila Bay with many streamers, pendants, +and bannerets. But may our Lord decree that these heretics go to no +place where they may prosper better. + +Before the return of the fleet, they sent in the wounded on either +side (who were numerous) to this city, where they were tended with +great care. A Dutch surgeon helped in the treatment of the Dutch and +Spaniards. That surgeon had been aboard the enemy's flagship, and he +displayed great skill. The governor went to visit his soldiers upon his +arrival, and consoled them for their pains, and praised them as brave +and valiant men. The sick men were greatly consoled at that. Before +entering Cavite, the governor assembled the volunteers, and thanked +them in his Majesty's name for their toil, and for the good that +they had achieved. He assured them that he would without fail assist +their necessities, since they had also assisted the king's service. To +those who had died in their services for all, his Lordship instituted +certain honors with a mass and sermon in [the church of] St. Francis +in this city; and he erected for them a rich catafalque, elegantly +adorned. This catafalque had three square stories. On each corner was +a pyramid. On the last story was a tomb covered with crimson brocade +from the spoil, instead of the pall. The rest of the catafalque was +filled with tapers, and Latin and Spanish epitaphs, and with images +of mortality [_muertes_], with appropriate inscriptions. The church +was all hung with different colored silks, and displayed signs of +gladness rather than of weeping, because of the so glorious death +of those who perished. On them were conferred the following honors: +the pontifical chant; the mass by the bishop of Macao, in the presence +of the governor, Audiencia, the ecclesiastical and secular cabildos, +and all the orders. After that the spoils were distributed. They were +very rich, for the said vessels contained a quantity of silk and silver +(not to mention the hulls of the vessels, the ammunition, and more +than fifty pieces of artillery), and other things such as wine, oil, +etc.--all worth three or four hundred thousand pesos. + +Many of the Dutch who were wounded have confessed, and died reconciled +to the Church. Among them was the master who, as I said above, had +prevented the fire, in order not to lose his soul. We hope that he +gained his soul, for he died from a wound received in the flight from +the battle, with signs of great repentance for his sins, and leaving +excellent pledges of his salvation. Father Andres de la Camara, of +the Society of Jesus, attended to the Dutch. He was a native of Gante +[_i.e._, Ghent], and although he has seldom used his own language +[_i.e._, the Flemish] for eighteen or twenty years, one would believe +that our God's mercy aided him with especial efficacy; for he conversed +with the Dutch elegantly and fluently of the divine mysteries. Such +is the outcome of the war. Now we shall recount something of other +matters concerning what I have thus far told. + +A ship of Chinese merchants went to Maluco to trade merchandise with +the Dutch. The latter gave the captain of the said vessel, called +Caichuan, a general, fourteen thousand pesos to invest in trust for +them. He returned to China, and thinking that it was a good sum, +and that there was no one to bring suit against him, he kept the +said money, as he never again expected to see the Dutch. Some of +the interested persons were in these Dutch vessels, and they did not +fail to ask, of every ship that they seized, after that of Cachuan, +and threatened to punish him severely if they caught him. Had he +been seized, it would have been a great loss to this city, for, +as is affirmed, he brought fifty thousand pesos invested by our +citizens. His time to come arrived, and when he least expected it, +he found himself near the Dutch patache. He started to escape, and +the patache to pursue him. Cachuan, seeing himself closely pursued, +cried out to his men that there was good hope of help, and advised +them all to kneel down and ask protection of the God of the Castilas +[_i.e._, Castilians] as they call us--saying that He was sufficiently +able to deliver that ship from the Dutch, since it contained so much +property of those who adored and served Him. They prayed, whereupon +a fresh wind immediately came, which took them, against their wish, +to an unknown islet, where the patache lost sight of them. The +Chinese did not cease to pray as above for the space of five days, +twice each day. At the end of that time, they had a favorable wind, +with the aid of which they entered the channel used by the ships of +Castilla, many leguas from their right and usual path, and at last +reached port in safety after the victory. + +The ship from Japon for which the Dutch had so ardent a desire ran +great risk in its voyage. It arrived [in Japon] after a violent gale, +almost under water, without rigging and masts. There it learned from +the Dutch factors that their vessels were about to come to harass +these islands. On that account they did not return as quickly as they +intended, waiting until they believed that we had already driven +the Dutch away with our fleet. Although, when they had reached the +province of Pangasinan, we had already obtained the victory, still +they had no news of it. Accordingly, assured of finding enemies, +they went into a safe river after landing their cargo, because of the +bar, which was dangerous. Then when about to leave the river again, +after hearing the good news, they were wrecked, and lost considerable +property, besides their boat. + +The vessel from Macao, laden with wealth of amber, musk, pearls, +and precious stones, and more than three hundred slaves, would have +fallen into the hands of the Dutch, who were awaiting it, had not +a shoal stopped it, and knocked it to pieces, and caused the death +of some hundred persons of the five hundred aboard it. Among the +drowned were two ecclesiastics who were returning from Macao, but +recently ordained priests; and Captain Tijon, who not a few times +had escaped from similar shipwrecks. The rest of the people went to +an uninhabited island, where the Lord had prepared for their support +a great number of turtles, and of the birds called boobies [_bobos, +i.e._, "stupid"], [35] to which this name is applied because they +allow themselves to be caught with the hand. After the wreck of that +ship, Garci Perez de Baltasar, appointed sargento-mayor of this camp, +embarked in a small boat which they fitted up, with as many people +as it could carry, to beg that some one be sent from this city to get +the people on the island. After several days' voyage, they were seen +and perceived by the Dutch, which obliged them to ground their boat +on the beach and take to the woods inland. They all escaped overland, +and arrived safely at Manila; their boat was burned by the Dutch. When +the expedition against the latter was ended, they sent for the people +who had been left on the island; but as yet they have not arrived. + +In the beginning of January, 1610, a fragata was sent to Macao with +warning for the said ship to remain there until the Dutch were driven +from these seas. As commander in it was the pilot, Juan Bernardo de +Fuentiduenas, who was sick with the fever. He went on the voyage, +and before dawn of Thursday, January 28, ran foul of a reef, where no +land could be seen in any direction, except a few rocky points at low +tide. The fever left the pilot at this sudden catastrophe, and at dawn +the Spaniards saw on the reefs a large ship, that looked like a Chinese +vessel, which had been wrecked. They went to this vessel to get its +small boats. Entering it, they found not a soul, living or dead. But +they found considerable silver scattered about. Not content with what +they found in the vessel, the Indians began to dive into the water +to see if they could find any more. Their efforts were not in vain, +for they must have found in that way about eight thousand reals of +eight to the peso, although somewhat oxidized by the sea-water. From +the top of the little elevation, an islet was discovered, of not more +than one legua in circumference. They went thither in successive trips +of the small boat, and found three Lequian Indians, who had been there +for months. They were the only survivors of ten who had left their +country. On this island, the Spaniards refitted, as well as possible, +their boat and another one that the Lequians had at hand, although +it was also small. They divided themselves between the two boats, and +taking as much of the money as they could carry, started for Macao. A +short time after, a very violent vendaval struck and separated the +boats. The boat of the pilot Fuentiduena, obedient to the waves, was +able to escape the danger and reach its destination. Nothing is known +of the other. It is regarded as certain that it has foundered, and +that its occupants have perished. The ship for which they were looking +in order to warn it had left Macao five days before for Manila, where +the pilot himself returned many days after. Upon his relation of the +event, he was sent as pilot of the boat that went to look for the men +of the wrecked ship. On the way, perhaps he will look for the reef or +the Chinese ship again, in order to finish getting what money it has. + +Three ships left here in July of 1609 for Nueva Espana, and all of +them were exposed to dangers and storms. The ship "San Andres," +which was almiranta, and was the only one to reach Nueva Espana, +encountered so terrific storms that its bow was under water during +most of the voyage, and they were in so great danger that the pilot +vowed never to embark again--a very rare thing. + +The ship "Santa Ana," almost entirely dismantled by the violent winds +and heavy seas, reached Japon, and its arrival there was through not +a little of God's mercy. Although it remained thirteen days aground in +a port of the kingdom of Bungo, [36] still it did not go to pieces. On +the contrary it was able to refit, and intends to prosecute its voyage +this June of 1610. + +The ship "San Francisco" of the said two ships [that failed to reach +Nueva Espana] encountered a greater storm. From the first it gave the +passengers plenty of fear, both because of its dangerous leaks and a +poor helm, and because of the disservices to the Divine Majesty which +were committed. To narrate all its fortunes would be long, so I shall +content myself by referring to some of them. In this country, leave +to return to Castilla is granted with difficulty. [37] Accordingly, +certain persons desirous of returning are wont to go below deck and +conceal themselves until the ship is fifteen or sixteen days at sea, +at which time they open the hatchway and come out into the light of +day. Such people are called _llovidos_ [_i.e._, stowaways; literally, +"those rained down"], and feed themselves from the stores of the +passengers. While they remain hidden, they open jars of food and +liquor, which causes not a little annoyance to their owners. After +coming out of their place of concealment, they accommodate themselves +one day with one mess, and next with another, and thus exist throughout +the voyage. One day a passenger of high rank gave a blow to one of +these persons. The aggrieved one was so overwhelmed with sadness and +grief from what had happened to him, that he appeared inconsolable. One +of our fathers, talking to him in order to console him, found him +like one demented, and he seemed to rave. Finally, when it was least +expected in the ship, the poor wretch cast himself into the sea. It was +noted with wonder that, although he made no movement with his body or +tried to swim--which he could have done, as the weather was fair--he +floated above water for half a legua. Later, during the last storm, +a wave washed off the man who struck him, and he was found drowned +on the strand, a most hideous and misshapen mass. During the first +gale the ship, at its beginning, because of obeying its helm poorly, +was struck head on. The sails pulled with such force on the masts, +that, as the captain dared not take them in, they were blown into +shreds. The pilots began to throw overboard whatever was above decks, +until nothing was left on them. They threw overboard the boat, and the +boxes and bales of merchandise On that account the sailors lost their +poor possessions, and some of the passengers lost a goodly amount. The +ship tossed and rolled frightfully, and dipped below the water on both +sides. Consequently it shipped so much water that it was generally +half an estado deep above decks. The waves were furious and high, +and so great that the fore and after cabins shipped water. One wave +carried away a considerable portion of the stern gallery, together +with four little slave girls who were in it. In this way they passed +one night, almost in despair of seeing the morrow. But day came, +and they repaired the ship by binding other sails that were carried +for that purpose. After this storm the ship was very crank, and even +in fair weather its sides were under water, although it had a high +freeboard. Consequently, it shipped so much water that the waves +washed over the decks with great noise and uproar, and entered the +berths where the better-class passengers are generally quartered. The +rigging had to be repaired piecemeal. Consequently, for those reasons, +and as the vessel lacked other necessities, some tried to make them put +back to Manila. However, this was without effect, and they proceeded +on their way with some storms; and in the last, which was frightful, +the people had no safety, even inside the boat, for the waves tore +them from it, and drew men after them. The ship leaked very badly, +and consequently it was necessary to work the pumps continually. All, +seeing the danger before their face, helped in this; even Don Rodrigo +de Bivero, [38] who had just completed his office as president of +the Audiencia and governor and captain-general, assisted in his turn, +as did Father Pedro de Montes and the other religious. + +Finally, at the end of this struggle, they were wrecked on the coast +of the kingdom of Ouantu, at the head of Japon, in almost its extreme +east. That coast extends from the kingdom to the district of Ximo, +where the port of Nangasaqui is located. Thence many vessels sail to +Manila annually, which is farther west. [39] + +Almost four hundred persons went ashore--that is, all except +some twenty-five or thirty, who were drowned in the course of the +voyage. After a time the sea washed ashore some pieces of gorgoran, +[40] satin, and velvet. Those who had gotten away with less clothing +wrapped these about their bodies, while they made sandals from bits +of silk, like those of leather worn by shepherds in Espana, because +of the sharp rocks upon which they were walking barefoot. They found +two Japanese in some fields, and were greatly comforted thereby; +for they imagined that land to be a desert islet without any food, +upon which fortune had cast them to die. However, they would have +had not a little mercy from God if they had been able to die after +confessing at leisure. The Japanese guided them to a town near by, +where they were given some rice for their support. There most of them +were kept carefully guarded for many days. The chief Japanese continued +to take charge of all the silk that could be saved, but did not give +it up until an edict therefor was granted to the Spaniards by the +king. Consequently some of it was given to them; but the Japanese +rebought it at what prices they wished, paying for it very impure +silver. Consequently the Spaniards were scarce able to get fifty +thousand pesos in current Castilian money for it; although it is +regarded as certain that if all that could have been saved had been +delivered to the Spaniards, and they had sold it at a just price, +they would have received five hundred thousand pesos beyond all +doubt. Although General Juan de Esguerra tried to negotiate with the +king for the return of some forty boxes which were held by one of the +Japanese lords, he failed to do so. On the contrary, the counselors +advised him to be content with what had been returned, unless he +wished to keep nothing. In short they are pagans, who believe in only +the law of might, and do not keep faith and friendship more than they +think advisable. Governor Don Rodrigo de Bivero visited the king in +his court at Suronga. The king received him and treated him with great +honor, and gave him one thousand taels as a concession. Each tael is +worth ten reals when made into money. The general gave this money to +the people to provide for their journey to Nangasaqui, whence many +have come to this city [_i.e._, Manila]. Don Rodrigo de Bivero and +Father Montes continued their voyage in the ship "Santa Ana," which +was in Bungo. The Japanese came very near attacking it, but they say +that they did not do so because such action was not expedient; for +they had injured their trade with Macao, by attacking the galleon en +route from that city to Japon with silk, until they had to burn it, +with the loss of eight hundred thousand taels; and they would curtail +their trade with this country and suffer great lack of silk. + +I will end this relation with the affairs of, and voyage to, +Maluco, for whose relief, as I stated above, two galleys made an +expedition. The food and men were divided among various caracoas, +fragatas, and champans, in Oton. After setting sail, they proceeded +without disaster as far as Sarragan in Siao. There one of the boats was +wrecked by a fierce gale, although only one Spaniard and ten Indians +of its crew were drowned. The rest escaped without weapons or anything +else besides their shirts. Those who escaped were given shelter in +the other boats. One afternoon while continuing their voyage, they +discovered four Dutch vessels, in sight of the island of Maluco. They +put to sea in order to escape them, with the intention of making port +that night. In this way some of them reached a place of safety. But +one fragata, which carried one of the captains, went toward the enemy, +because our men had not reconnoitered the land well. Consequently, +in the morning, it found itself surrounded by four ships and one +patache, and accordingly had to remain with them. Those [Dutch] +ships also seized a large champan which had been left behind, and +which carried a cargo of food and goods, belonging both to the king +and to private persons. + +These boats that were captured by the Dutch contained all that we were +sending to the fathers at Maluco--namely, one hundred and two baskets +of clean rice, thirty-one jars of wine, meat, and butter, which were +very necessary to them, in the condition of affairs there, for Father +Masonio having gone to visit the fort of Bachan, with nine slaves +who served him as a boat-crew, they were taken by the Dutch and their +Terrenatan allies. In the fight sixteen Spanish soldiers were killed, +besides some of the natives. Of the slaves whom the father was taking +with him, three were killed and six were captured by the Dutch. After +the father confessed the wounded and entered their fort, he escaped +and hid for a week in the woods; and, although many persons were paid +by the Dutch to look for him, they could not find him. In that place +the father lost a large supply of food, besides other things. It +was being sent to him there from Malaca, to whose province pertains +the port of Maluco. Not the least of his losses was to be deprived +of his companion, by the death of Father Gabriel de la Cruz, [41] +who was called Rengifo in Espana. The latter was his only associate +in that exile. A long illness preceded his death, although during it +he continued to work as if he were healthy and alone. He died after a +long life of glorious labor in the islands of the Moros, so devoid of +human consolations, but so full of the consolations of heaven--as our +blessed Father Francisco Javier certified, who was the first to sow +there the seed of the gospel. His death caused great sorrow, because +that field of Christendom remained without a shepherd. Although they +tried to send a companion to Father Masonio from Malaca, over three +hundred leguas away, sending by way of these islands Father Antonio +Pereira, they were not successful, for the latter died on the voyage, +in the manner that I stated at the beginning. [42] But we hope, +through our Father, that some day those seas will become free from +pirates, so that Maluco may be supplied from its own province with +men and other necessities. + +Word is also received from Maluco that the Dutch commander, Pablo +Blancard, was ransomed this year. The Dutch gave eighty thousand pesos +for him last year; and now they have given fifty-two Spaniards held +captive among them, one hundred natives friendly to us, the fragata +and all its cargo, and six thousand pesos in money. + +I have endeavored to make this relation very faithful for the greater +glory of God our Lord. May He preserve your Paternity [43] for the +welfare of all the Society. Manila, July 1, 1610. + + +_Gregorio Lopez_ + + + + +LETTER FROM SILVA TO FELIPE III + + +Sire: + +In the capitana "San Juan Bautista," which sailed from this port on +the twelfth of July last, I gave your Majesty an account of everything +that had occurred up to that time; I likewise did so by the Dutch +almiranta, which left four days later. But as it was not so good a +sailing ship as the capitana, and did not weather the storms so well, +it was delayed several days, without being able to get outside the +island of Fortun. I ordered it to return thence to this port, as it +appeared that it was not fit for a freight ship, and because it was +necessary for the service of your Majesty, owing to new developments, +which I shall here detail. A fortnight after the ships were despatched, +and when the almiranta was about to put out to sea, there arrived +here a fragata belonging to your Majesty, which came from Goa, and +had sailed from Terrenate for Yndia, loaded with cloves. It brought +me a despatch from the viceroy, Ruy Lorenco de Tabora, in which he +informed me of his arrival in that kingdom, and in what desolation he +found the affairs of Yndia, and particularly the trade, on account +of the Dutch. And he said that, in order to make safe the voyage +from Japon, he sent Don Diego de Vasconcelos de Meneses, with eight +galleons, well provided with men, artillery, and supplies of war, +with orders that if I should advise him that he might accomplish some +good for the service of your Majesty, he should attend to it with his +fleet. Likewise General Diego de Vasconcelos wrote to me from Malaca, +that he was crossing to Macan with six galleys and one urca; [44] and +that there he would await advices from me or from Maluco, so that, +if anything could be accomplished for the service of your Majesty, +he could be present with his fleet. The day after the arrival of this +fragata, there entered this port a Dutch patache, which had been taken +by Captain Pedro de Avellaneda, with the galley "San Christobal," +close to the island of Tidore, after a fight of three hours; and in +it were General Pablos Brancaorden [_i.e._, van Caerden], twenty +others, and five Dutch. This general is the one who was taken in +another galleota by Captain Pedro de Heredia, and who was ransomed +by Master-of-camp Christobal de Axqueta for fifty of our soldiers +and sailors, thirty Indian pioneers and artisans, and six thousand +pesos in money. All the forces that the enemy has in Maluco and Banda +were in his command. The said master-of-camp advises me that only +a patache and one ship of the enemy's had remained in the islands; +and that although he sent a vessel with persons acquainted with the +language to Ambueno to learn whether a fleet had come, there was no +news of one, and the enemy were greatly cast down and discouraged to +see that no fleet was coming to them, as there is little hope that +it will be here this year, for none thus far has waited longer than +May or June to come. When the information was sent [to me] it was +the thirtieth of July, and there was no word of a fleet. + +I have already informed your Majesty that the Dutch, our enemy, are +masters of all the Malucas Islands and Banda, and how important this +is. By a memorial and calculation which was found among other papers +in the possession of General Pablos Brancaerden, lately captured, +an account is given of the revenue, which amounts yearly to more than +four million pesos. Nothing has remained for your Majesty throughout +all these islands, except the fort of Terrenate. All the natives +are with the Dutch, and having chosen as their king the younger son +of the one who is a prisoner here, they help the Dutch to fight and +to fortify the islands, without one of them being on our side. The +king of Tidore is thus far in our favor, much to the disgust of his +vassals, and our fear lest they make an agreement with the enemy--in +which case he would be ruined, and there would be no remedy for it. + +I have also informed your Majesty that the emperor of Japon has +assigned two ports and factories in his kingdom to the Dutch, and +the latter are making strenuous efforts to secure one in China. If +they succeed in this, and trade in silks, gold, quicksilver and other +riches from that great kingdom to Japon, and Europe, it will be worth +to them every year more than the spice trade, in which case (may God +avert it!) this country and Yndia would be ruined. For, as is known, +it is impossible to support them without the traffic and merchandise, +particularly the spices and silk; and as the Dutch heretics are such +mortal enemies of the crown of Espana, and so rich, we may well fear +that, in league with other European princes, envious, and even fearful +of the power of your Majesty, they may claim rights over some of the +territories in your Majesty's possession, and attempt something that +would give cause for anxiety. All these reasons have induced me to +use all care and diligence, without sparing labor or danger, to bring +about a junction of forces; and, although they cannot be such as are +demanded by this undertaking, at least they will be such as to allow an +attempt with the favor of God, toward driving the Dutch out of Maluco, +and taking from them the fortresses that they have built in those +islands. Accordingly, after having consulted with the Audiencia, the +archbishop, and the council of war, I ordered the master-of-camp, Juan +Xuarez Gallinato, to go to Macan and find Don Diego de Vasconcelos; +and to represent to him by word of mouth what I had already informed +him of by letters, namely, all that I am informing your Majesty of, +and how good the occasion is this year. May God further our efforts; +for if we lose this chance, and await the coming of the fleet, +although it might bring with it more strength, it is certain either +that the enemy would also have more, and that their forts would be +better fortified, whereby the difficulty would be increased--or, as +they say, your Majesty will by some peace or arrangement concede to +them their continuance in what they possess, both there and here. And, +in order that Don Diego may have no difficulty in the voyage here, the +master-of-camp was given money to provide that fleet with everything +necessary. And if perchance Don Diego should hesitate in regard to +the authority of the command and the government, I have ordered the +said master-of-camp to offer him on my behalf whatever he may ask. For +I desire so earnestly, with my heart and life, that so great a good +may be attained, and so great a service accomplished for your Majesty +and for Christendom, that, in order that it might be effected, I would +gladly go and serve as a soldier. I believe indeed that Don Diego will +not stop for this last; but I am providing against anything that can +hinder this expedition and the service of your Majesty. + +In this port I have ordered the equipment of the capitana and the +almiranta which were taken from the enemy, the ship "Spiritu Santo," +and the "San Andres," two pataches, and three galleys; and I am busy +providing everything necessary for food, artillery, and supplies. Thus +when the vessels of Don Diego de Vasconcelos arrive here, which I +think will be at the end of November, they may start on the voyage +toward Terrenate; and it seems to me that they might be there by the +beginning of January, so as to have a chance to accomplish as much as +possible before the beginning of May, when the arrival of the enemy +is to be feared. I trust in our Lord that, if no fleet has arrived +for them, some good results may be obtained from the expedition. If +a fleet should have come, I will try to ascertain their forces, in +such manner as not rashly to risk your Majesty's forces which I shall +take there. I shall try to send information as early as possible of +all that happens there, by way of Nueva Espana; and other advices via +the strait of Sunda, or that of Bali, and the Cape of Buena Esperanca. + +Considering that all the Terrenatans are on the side of the enemy, +and not a single one of them for us, and that they all aid and +serve the Dutch with their persons and property; and that they even +consider as their king, and obey as such, the son of the king whom we +hold prisoner here--it has appeared to me best, after consultation, +to take with me on this expedition the chief king and the cachils who +are here. For he and they offer that, if I place them safely within the +fort of Terrenate, they will bind themselves, being in those islands +in person, to bring over to the service of your Majesty the son and +all his vassals; and that they will take up arms against the Dutch, +and would serve in this way, or any other that might present itself +during the expedition, with fidelity. If your Majesty were pleased +to leave him in that kingdom, he would be your vassal, would have +amity with none of our enemies, and would only barter the cloves +to the factors whom your Majesty might have in that island. If he +carries out his promise, it will facilitate the expedition greatly, +and diminish the forces of the enemy. I shall take him with me, and +if it turns out as I trust in our Lord it will, and the king holds to +his promises, so that all his vassals there remain quiet and peaceful, +I shall leave him and his son in the fortress at Terrenate, with the +greatest care and protection, until I have advised your Majesty of all, +and you have given such orders as shall please you. + +For so costly an expedition, this royal treasury is in great need, +for of two hundred thousand pesos that the viceroy of Nueva Espana +sent here, there were taken to Macan fifty thousand pesos to buy +quicksilver; twenty-six thousand for provisions, powder, and other +munitions and supplies; thirty-five thousand paid to the fund of +probated estates, and to citizens who had lent money the year past +for the support of the fleet. So great were the arrears of debts to +private persons, since the taking of Terrenate, and an entire year's +pay that was owing to the troops, that it is greatly impoverished, +having, as is the case, so many necessary matters to attend to. The +most important of these is a fort in this port, so that I may not find +myself in such risk and danger as the enemy placed me in this year, +capturing the port from me, together with three unfinished galleons, +as I have informed your Majesty. In the preparation for the expedition +that I have resolved upon, it would not be possible to accomplish all, +or even a small part of it, if it were not for forty-five thousand +pesos that have been collected from the eight pesos that each Sangley +gives for his license to remain in these islands. With all this +there is such a lack of money that I must go with little enough on +the expedition. If there were any fund from which to get support, I +should make use of it; but I promise your Majesty that there is none +anywhere, nor even a citizen from whom I can borrow a real. We shall +have to get along as best we can, until the viceroy of Nueva Espana +provides for us. May our Lord protect the Catholic person of your +Majesty for many years, according to the needs of Christendom. Cavite, +September 9, 1610. + +Your Majesty's humble vassal and servant + +_Don Juan de Silva_ + + + +LETTER FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA + + +_To the governor and Audiencia of Manila, directing them to give +information concerning the controversy that the natives of the village +of Quiapo have with the fathers of the Society concerning certain +lands; and, in the meantime, that they provide what is expedient._ + +The King: To my governor and captain-general, president and auditors +of my royal Audiencia of the city of Manila, of the Philipinas +Islands. Don Miguel Banal has informed me--in a letter of the fifteenth +of July, six hundred and nine--that, at the instance of the natives +of the village of Aquiapo, the late archbishop of that city wrote to +me that the fathers of the Society of Jesus, under pretense that the +metropolitan dean of Manila sold them a piece of arable land [_verta_] +which lies back of the said village, have appropriated it for their +own lands, taking from them more than the dean granted--to such an +extent that there hardly remains room to plant their crops, or even +to build their houses. And the said Miguel Banal, who is the chief of +that village, having built a house, one of the Society, called Brother +"Nieto," came into his fields, together with many blacks and Indians, +with halberds and other weapons; and they demolished the house, to the +great scandal of all who saw them, and without paying any attention +[to the remonstrances of] the alcalde-mayor of the village. He +entreats me, for assurance of the truth, to command you to make an +investigation regarding it; and in the meantime not to disturb them +in their ancient possession, which they have inherited from their +fathers and grandfathers. Having examined it in my Council for the +Yndias, it has appeared best to order and command you, as I do, +to inform me of what has occurred in this matter, and is occurring, +and in the meantime to take such measures as are expedient. Madrid, +on the seventh of December of one thousand six hundred and ten. + + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by Juan Ruiz de Contreras. +Signed by the Council. + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1611 + + + Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas of Manila. Bernardo de + Santa Catalina, O.P., and others; April 28. + Hospital at Nueva Caceres. Pedro Arce, O.S.A.; July 20. + Letters to Juan de Silva. Felipe III; November-December. + Letters to the Dominican provincial. Felipe III; December 31. + + + +_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from original +MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The first one is found +in a pamphlet entitled _Algunos documentos relativos a la Universidad +de Manila_ (Madrid, 1892), pp. 5-20. + +_Translations_: The first document is translated by James A. Robertson; +the remainder, by Robert W. Haight. + + + +FOUNDATION OF THE COLLEGE OF SANTO TOMAS OF MANILA + + +In the name of God Almighty, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost; and in +honor of Mary ever-virgin, who, under the advocacy [45] of her +most holy rosary, is proposed and accepted as patroness of the work +which will be declared below, inasmuch as she is also patroness of +the Order of Preachers of the patriarch St. Dominic, established in +these Filipinas Islands and the kingdom of China; and to his honor +and glory and that of the consecrated doctor [46] of the holy Church, +Saint Thomas Aquinas, by whose intercessions, protection, and aid the +work described in this writing will have a good beginning and means, +and proceed from good to better forever without end: by virtue of +which, I, father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, [47] religious of +the said order, and commissary-general of the Holy Office in these +islands, as executor of the most illustrious and reverend archbishop +of this city of Manila in the islands, Don Fray Miguel de Benavides, +now defunct, and [as the one] to whom his Lordship communicated the +application of the remainder of his properties for the work and +foundation which will be hereunder declared--as appears from his +last will and testament, which he signed in this said city of Manila +before Francisco de Alanis, former notary-public in this city, on the +twenty-fourth day of the month of July of the former year one thousand +six hundred and five; and the clause treating of this matter, copied, +corrected and collated with the said will signed by the said notary, +is of the following tenor: + +_Item_: His most reverend Lordship said and declared that he made--and +he did so make--while still in life, a complete and irrevocable gift +of all the remainder of his properties for a pious enterprise. He +has conferred and communicated in regard to the same with the said +fathers--namely, the prior of Santo Domingo, Fray Domingo de Nieva, +[48] and Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, commissary of the Holy +Office. In this charitable work all his properties remaining are +to be applied and distributed, in what manner and form they ordain +and consider advisable, in accordance with his communication and +resolution in regard to it. For this work he said that he gave--and +he did so give--all the remainder of his properties gratuitously; +and the institution was immediately and henceforth to be constituted +the holder and possessor of them. He transferred to them [_i.e._, the +above fathers] his rights and power of disposal [in the property]. This +is the work of which mention was made above. + +And I, the said father commissary as executor of another bequest of +properties, which Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo and Andres de Hermosa, +defunct, left to my distribution and discretion, in accordance with +the terms of their wills--that of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo +appears to have been signed in this city before Francisco de Valencia, +notary-public, on the sixteenth day of the month of February, of the +former year six hundred and six; and that of the said Hermosa before +Francisco de Alanis, notary-public, on the fourth day of the month of +May of the former year six hundred and four--[declare that] the tenor +of the said clauses, one after the other, according to their copies +corrected by the wills signed by the said notaries, is as follows: +"And in order to fulfil this my will and that herein contained, +I leave and appoint as my executors and administrators father Fray +Bernardo de Santa Catalina, commissary of the Holy Inquisition of +these islands, Captain Fructuoso de Araujo, and Francisco de Alanis, +notary-public. To all three of them, and to each one of them singly, +_in solidum_, I delegate power sufficient to adjust and inventory my +properties, and to sell and fulfil that herein contained. And for +its fulfilment, I give, lengthen, and concede to them all the time +and limit that they declare to be necessary. And no ecclesiastical +or secular judge shall meddle with them to make them give account +of the said executorship, because of the confidence that I have in +the above-named persons. For this is my wish, and if such judge +should undertake to demand from them the said account, in that +said event I constitute them my heirs. And when this my will is +fulfilled and observed, and that herein contained, to that part of +my properties remaining and its rights and disposal, inasmuch as I +have no obligatory heir, either forbears or descendants, I establish +and appoint my soul as heir of the said remainder of my properties, +its rights and disposal, so that what pertains to that inheritance, +shall be given into the power of the said father commissary, who +shall distribute it in doing good for my soul in pious works, alms, +and other works of charity, as shall seem best to him. + +"And after this my will and that herein contained is fulfilled +and observed, I assign as my only heir to all the remainder of my +properties, the said Ines de Sequera, my wife. However, she shall bind +herself, before all else, to the sum of two thousand pesos net, which +sum shall be employed after the fulfilment of the said my will. With +this condition, it is my will that she have all the remainder for +herself after the legacies are completed, and the other contents of +the said will, and after fulfilment, but in no other manner. This +she shall enjoy, and shall take also that portion that pertains to +her from all the said properties, as they were all acquired during +our marriage. And after having made the reckoning and division in +due form, should she refuse to accept the said inheritance with the +said condition, I leave my soul as my heir to the whole of the said +remainder. My executors shall do with it as they deem best for the +good of my soul, in accordance with what I have contracted and agreed +with the said father commissary. And if the said my wife shall accept +the said inheritance, and shall bind herself to the sum of the two +thousand pesos, they shall be employed as is stated, and they shall +be distributed; for this is my intention, and as such I remit it." + +In accordance with the clause of the will of the said archbishop, +I, the said father commissary, Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, +inasmuch as the said father Fray Domingo de Nieva is dead, declare +that what his Lordship communicated to us (to myself and to him) +was, that the said remainder of his properties be spent in aiding the +foundation and endowment of a college-seminary, where the religious of +this said convent may pursue the study of the arts and of theology; +and where the religious may instruct the novices and other religious +who wish to avail themselves of their aid, others who are sons of +inhabitants of this city and the islands, and any other persons. It +is to be under the name and devotion of Nuestra Senora del Rosario +[_i.e._, Our Lady of the Rosary]; and to be established in this +city, or where the religious of this said order should assign it, +inasmuch as his Lordship and some of the first founders were of +this city. And inasmuch as there are but one thousand five hundred +pesos left of the properties of the said archbishop, it has been and +is necessary, in order that a work so important for the welfare of +this kingdom, and one that sheds so much luster on communities and +people and directs them so greatly to the service of our God and +Lord, may not be without effect (I declare likewise that there have +remained and are left three thousand seven hundred and forty pesos +from the properties of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo; and that +from the properties of the said Andres de Hermosa, six hundred and +thirty-seven pesos of the two thousand pesos left at my disposition, +have been collected): I establish, apply, unite, and set aside all +the aforesaid two thousand pesos--that collected and to be collected +of them--and the three thousand seven hundred and forty pesos from +the properties of the said Pablo Rodriguez de Araujo, together with +the sum remaining from the properties of the said archbishop, for +the endowment and foundation of the said college. In their names, +I declare that I have bought two houses and their grounds, which are +located near the principal chapel of this convent, on a street half-way +to the corner of the street that runs from the said principal chapel to +the square and cathedral church of this said city, contiguous to the +street running to the river gate; and on the one side, the houses of +Antonio de Espejo, and on the other those of Alonso Gomez--the place +where the building of the said college-seminary must be located, +and the instruction in the said branches take place, and where must +live and remain the students and other things and persons pertaining +to the said college and the use of it. And in case it is necessary, +I, as such executor and administrator, delegate authority, cession, +and transfer to the part of the said college, so that it may collect +the one thousand three hundred and sixty-three pesos thus owing from +the properties of the said Andres de Hermosa; and they shall give +receipts and take what steps are necessary for the collection until +the money is obtained. And although I, the said father commissary, +might make this foundation and endowment alone--by virtue of my +authority granted me by the said clauses, and that authority given +me by my superiors for the exercise of the said executorship--for its +greater stability, and so that it may be firm and valid forever, since +the very reverend father Fray Baltasar Fort, provincial of the said +province of Nuestra Senora del Rosario, is present, I beg the latter, +in addition to the permission and license that I have had and have, +for new permission and license to make and execute this foundation +and endowment, and its articles and conditions. + +I, the said father provincial, grant, give, and concede everything +necessary for the above. Exercising such permission and license, +the said father commissary requested the said father provincial +and father Fray Francisco Minayo, prior of this said convent, to +accompany him and assist him in sketching the plan and method which +ought to be followed in the said foundation, both in appointing at +present a patron and administrator of the said college, and in making +arrangements for the future in what they see makes for its profit and +growth. For that purpose he places in the hands of the said provincial +and prior, from this moment, the said alms and the properties above +stated and declared, in order that so holy and profitable a work may +be begun with them. That work will, I trust, through the intercession +of its principal patron, the holy rosary of our Lady, and the said +St. Dominic and St. Thomas, its advocates, be of much service to our +Lord, and to the growth of learning and wisdom in these kingdoms, so +that it will be a much greater institution in future times. Therefore, +I, the said father provincial, exercising the power vested in me in +accordance with the statutes and privileges of the said province and +order, and especially of that granted me by the provincial chapter in +the name of the entire province, accept this endowment and foundation, +as is and will be contained in this writ. And consequently, in the +most sufficient form and greatest stability that we can employ, all +we three--the said father provincial, the prior, and the commissary +father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, in behalf of the said deceased, +decide and acknowledge that we are making a foundation of the said +college-seminary in the form and under the conditions and articles +following. + +First, in respect to the application made by the said father commissary +of the said properties, we apply them, according as they are assigned +and declared, for the particular properties of the said college of +Nuestra Senora del Rosario--which is to be its title and advocation--so +that a beginning may be made with them in its foundation. [This we +do] with hopes that others of the faithful, after seeing its good +effects in these kingdoms, will augment those properties with much +more, that will help in attaining the great fruit that will result +from the foundation. Consequently from now and henceforth forever, we +erect and constitute the said house and lands, and their accessions +and improvements, and all other properties, which are at present to +be applied to the said college, and those which shall be applied to +it in the future, and what it may have in ecclesiastical and spiritual +properties. And they shall be used as such for the benefit of the said +college, and for the good of the souls of the said archbishop, Pablo +Rodriguez de Araujo, Andres de Hermosa, and the other benefactors of +the college. + +_Item_: That the said house and college with all the incomes and +profits pertaining to it at present, and that shall pertain to +it in the future in any time or manner, shall be under the charge +and administration of the father provincial, and other prelates of +the said order and province. But they shall be unable through that +authority to dispose of anything in the general or special benefit of +the order; but all must be used, spent, and consumed for the good and +welfare of the said college and for its greater utility, adornment, +and growth. All ways and methods shall be tried for the advancement +of this work, as it is just that this work, so urgently commended by +the laws and holy councils, which has so ennobled the cities that +enjoy such houses and colleges, should make progress. And inasmuch +as this province of Nuestra Senora del Rosario has an ordinance +ruling that the properties of the convents be at the disposal of the +father provincial, and that he may distribute them and give them to +the house that he thinks has need of them: since these properties of +this said foundation do not belong to the said convents, or any one of +them, but are to be applied to this one purpose; and since the said +college is not a monastery, and only in its administration is under +the patronage of the said father provincial and it being necessary, +under that of the prior, the father provincial promises and binds +himself, for himself and for the other provincials succeeding him, +to observe this article, and not dispose of the properties of the +said college or any part of them, in any other thing than the benefit, +growth and permanence of the college; and he renounces any ordinance, +statute, or privilege concerning it which authorizes him in any way +whatever to make the said distribution. And for a more binding pledge, +I thus swear, with my hand on my breast, _in verbo sacerdotis_. [49] + +_Item_: Inasmuch as the aforesaid convent of Santo Domingo of this +city, is the chief one of this province, both in antiquity and in +all other things, which makes it the most prominent of them all; and +since it is a convent that receives no chaplaincies or other funds +as memorials of the deceased, but is sustained only by ordinary alms +(as is notorious); and it has been built and rebuilt after the fires +that have happened in this city, by means of those alms, through the +exceeding devotion with which the faithful citizens of the city assist +the welfare of the said convent; and since the convent has been, +after the said archbishop, the first contriver and author of such a +work as this, and founds it, and intends to preserve and increase it; +and consequently, it is just that the prior of the said convent have +some prerogatives over the other priors of this province in the said +college: it is an express statute and condition of this foundation, +that he who is, or shall be, now and henceforth, forever, prior +of this said college [_sic_; _sc_. convent] of Manila, shall have +in his charge the government, discipline, and teaching of the said +college, and that he cannot be removed, suspended, or dismissed from +the said administration, unless dismissed from the priorship of the +said convent. + +_Item_: As such founders of the said charitable work and college, we +desire, and it is our will, that the said province of Nuestra Senora +del Rosario be its patroness. The provincial of the province shall have +the prerogative and privilege of appointing the lecturers necessary for +the efficient teaching of the branches that may be studied and taught +in the said college, and the officers and assistants advisable for +its efficient administration and temporal government--both within the +said house and outside it--and in all the other things advisable for +the growth and care of the properties, causes, and affairs of the said +college. However, if at any time any ecclesiastical or secular person +shall desire to endow the said college copiously for the increase of +the work and teaching for which it is founded, such person shall be +given the right of patronage whenever he shall have made a considerable +endowment to the satisfaction of the definitors of the provincial +chapter, together with four fathers of the province, those of longest +standing who may be present. Such person shall be admitted as patron, +and shall be given the right of patronage; and this said province +and provincial shall desist from exercising that right--provided +that such patron be not permitted to enact any statute or ordinance, +or to change any of the conditions of that foundation contrary to the +authority of the said father provincial, in regard to the provision +of lecturers; or withdraw the said college from the said order and +province; or remove the said prior from its administration. For it +is advisable that there be no change from the aforesaid for its good +management. [This shall be done] provided that the endowment thus +made for the right of patronage be without any injury to this work and +beginning; for we must always bear in mind and remember to look after +the welfare of the souls of the said archbishop and other persons, +with whose alms this holy work and foundation is begun; whether the +said province, or any other individual patron of the same, whoever +he be, shall exercise the right of patronage, and enjoy the favors, +exemptions, prerogatives, and privileges, which are conceded by all +law to such patrons. + +_Item_: As such founders, and in behalf of what pertains to the said +province and its religious, and those of this said convent, I, the said +father provincial and the other fathers, do ordain that the branches +studied and taught in the arts, theology, and other subjects, by the +religious of the said province and order of our father St. Dominic, +shall be studied in the same college forever, and not those of any +other order, seculars, of whatever rank and quality they may be, both +to the religious of the said order, and any other persons whatever, +ecclesiastical or secular, who shall go there to study--and especially +and chiefly to the secular students who shall be reared and taught +there; and they shall wear, as distinctive marks of being students +there, black gowns with white facings. + +_Item_: That the said father provincial--and, in his absence, the said +prior who shall be directing the said college--may accept fellowships +to it, chaplaincies, legacies, and endowments, which may be made--with +any obligation to say masses or other suffrages which shall have to +be fulfilled in this said convent by the religious of it. The college +shall satisfy the said convent for the said suffrages, in the form +decided by the said father provincial or prior, with the advice of +the fathers of the council who reside in this convent; and from that +moment permission and authority shall be granted for it. + +_Item_: Whenever it may be deemed expedient, the provincial chapter +of this said province--by which is understood the provincial of +the province and four definitors--and two other religious of the +said order of the highest rank and learning, may make statutes, +ordinances, and new articles for the welfare of the said college--in +the distribution and administration of its properties and incomes; +in what pertains to the ministry and teaching of the subjects that +shall be taught in it; and for the appointment of a rector, with the +authority and power that shall seem advisable. Such statutes shall +be made after the said college is finished and completed, and after +it is used for teaching the said branches, and as a residence for +the rector and collegiates. [They shall make statutes] regarding the +admission of the collegiates, and all else that may be desirable and +necessary. This shall be done as often as it may seem advisable; and, +once made, such statutes cannot be added to, altered, or abrogated +without a special authority and order from his Holiness, which shall +state and declare distinctly that the statutes of the said college +shall be changed, added to, or abrogated, and shall point out, for +this, one or several of the statutes. And such cannot be done, nor +shall it be done, by concessions and general orders now received or to +be received by the said province touching the affairs of its order, +even though they be received and obtained after this foundation, +or after the making of the said rules, statutes, and ordinances, +or those that should be made by virtue of this article. + +_Item_: All the properties and effects owned or to be owned by the +said college shall be kept in a box with two keys: one of which +shall be kept by the father provincial, and, in his absence by +the vicar-provincial; and the other by the prior of this convent of +Manila. And should the said father prior happen to use the same in the +absence of the said father provincial and of the vicar-provincial, +then the said provincial may appoint another religious of the same +order and convent to keep the key. The said box is to be kept in +the convent for the greater security and safety that can be had for +it. This regulation shall be observed until it is ruled and ordained +otherwise by the said statutes, which shall be made as aforesaid. + +_Item_: The properties possessed by the said college at present, +and those that shall accrue hereafter from the said houses and +possessions--inasmuch as it is necessary to construct and reconstruct +them for the aid of this foundation--shall be spent and used in +the said work, building, and rebuilding, in permanent form, how and +as appears advisable to the said father provincial, and the prior, +and the commissary; and in the absence of one of them to the other +two, or in the absence of the holders of the keys of the said box, +to those in whose charge is to be the payment and remuneration of +what pertains to the said works and buildings of the said house. + +_Item_: We enact and ordain that, inasmuch as the said college is +founded with the alms dedicated therefor by the said archbishop and the +other deceased, as above declared, at the discretion of me, the said +father Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina, and with other alms that, God +helping, shall be set aside and applied according to the said method +and plan, and in any other way; we desire and it is our will that, +if at any time any ecclesiastical or secular prince should claim by +act or right to possess any dominion, by way of patronage, or in any +other way should try to dispose of the properties and incomes of the +said college, or to meddle with its administration and government, or +to obstruct and disturb its purpose by any method and in any manner +whatsoever, and through any judge or powerful person, or any other +person whomsoever, who should do it: then immediately and for the +time being, the said property and possessions with which the said +college is founded, and all the rest collected and applied to it, +that is obtained in any manner whatsoever, shall be applied by us to +the said province and religious of the said order, so that all of it, +together with the said houses and college, and their additions and +improvements, may be possessed and enjoyed as their own properties, +acquired with just and legal title; and we annul and render void this +foundation, as if it had never been made. The said order shall be +obliged with them to perform masses and other benefits and suffrages +for the souls of the said archbishop and the others, with whose alms +and properties this foundation is begun; and of the others who, in +any manner, shall hereafter bequeath and apply any other properties +for it. Consequently by this method the said province will render +satisfaction for the said alms to their givers. + +We establish and found the said college with the above articles +and conditions. They shall be kept and observed, together with +any others made hereafter in the manner above described; and they +shall not be violated or subverted, or opposed or contradicted, in +whole or in part. I, the said father provincial, by virtue of the +said authority, vested in me as above stated, bind the religious of +this said province and order to see to the fulfilment of whatever +pertains to them, both in the administration of the said patronage, +and in their exercise of the teaching of the said branches; and to +keep the said college under their rule and administration, as well +as the houses and other properties possessed by it now or in the +future; and to do all their duty without any exception, excuse, or +limitation. [This I charge on] both the religious now present, and on +all those who shall be here in the future henceforth and forever, and +they shall not be exempted from its fulfilment for any cause, reason, +or law, which they may have to enable them to do it, or that may be +conceded to them by laws and royal ordinances, statutes, or privileges, +and concessions of this province and order, as yet given or to be +conceded and given hereafter. I, the said father commissary, as such +executor and administrator of the properties of the said deceased, +assert that this application and endowment that I make with them and +for their souls is, and will be, certain and assured; and I have not +made any donation, distribution, or any other application of them for +any other purpose. The said properties will be certain and assured +under the express obligation vested in me specially and specifically +for this foundation and endowment of the said college. And all three, +the said father provincial, the prior, and the commissary, authorize +the justices who can and ought to try this cause, so that they may +compel and force all on whom falls the fulfilment of this instrument +to observe it, as if they were condemned thereto by the definitive +sentence of a competent judge, rendered in a case decided. We renounce +whatever laws and rights plead in our favor, and in this case, and the +law and rule of law that says that a general renunciation of laws is +invalid. This is given in the said city of Manila, on the twenty-eighth +day of the month of April of the year one thousand six hundred and +eleven. The grantors, whom, I, the notary, testify to be known to me, +signed this instrument--Captains Diego de Valdez, Geronimo de Gamarra, +and Melchor de Ayllon, all citizens of Manila, being witnesses. + +_Fray Baltasar Fort_, prior provincial. +_Fray Francisco Minayo_, prior. +_Fray Bernardo de Santa Catalina_ +Before me: +_Juan Illan_. his Majesty's notary. + + + + +THE HOSPITAL AT NUEVA CACERES + + +Sire: + +In the city of Caceres there is a hospital where the religious of +St. Francis attend with much charity to the treatment of the sick, +Spaniards as well as natives. It is very poor, and on the verge +of ruin. May your Majesty be pleased to extend to it some alms, +to erect another building for it, and provide it with some income, +that it may aid in the maintenance of the sick who are being treated +in it, particularly the natives, who suffer great want on account of +having no income. The city furnishes very little to the aid of the +said hospital, because the citizens are few and poor. Accordingly, +I know of no other remedy but to have recourse to your Majesty, that, +as you are so Catholic a king and a patron of all the churches and +hospitals of these islands, you may supply this need, and give them +the aid which may appear most fitting to your Majesty, particularly in +the case of this hospital, which suffers such dire need. Although I am +desirous of alleviating this, I cannot, as I also am poor. Accordingly +I beg and beseech your Majesty to have pity upon it and aid it, and +give it what your Majesty may judge sufficient. It seems to me that +your Majesty might order the governor of these islands to assign some +of the Indians from vacant encomiendas, to apply to this purpose, +and give to this hospital to aid it. In this your Majesty will do a +great service to our Lord, and a very gracious favor and good to the +said hospital, and to me who am seeking this in its name. As it is +a work of such piety and service for our Lord, I have dared to make +this request. May He protect your Majesty many happy years, for the +good of His church. Manila, the twentieth of July, of the year one +thousand six hundred and eleven. + +_Fray Pedro Arce_, bishop-elect of Nueva Caceres. + + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila; to his Majesty, 1611; the bishop-elect of Nueva +Caceres, July 22. Let the governor and royal officials of Manila send +information, together with their opinion. June 15, 1612."] + + + +LETTERS FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA + + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my +governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president of +my royal Audiencia there. Your letter of July 24, 609, was received and +examined in my Council of the Yndias, and I was glad to learn by it of +your arrival in those islands, and that you had a prosperous voyage. As +for what you say concerning the anxious efforts of certain religious +to cause the governmental and military offices in their districts +to pass through their hands, and the disturbances and troubles which +have occurred among the natives, and the assemblages of people, and +the reduction of villages which has been accomplished, when there +was an opportunity for the same to hinder the royal jurisdiction by +opposing the corregidors and others who are governing--as happened +a short time before you arrived, in a district of the province of +Nueva Segobia, where you found it necessary to send troops of war +with the sargento-mayor Christoval de Axqueta to pacify and punish +some Indians who had rebelled because the religious had tried to +unite them and make them sedentary without giving account to the +governor: it has seemed best to me to charge you, as I do charge you, +that you shall endeavor that such measures be taken in these matters +that suitable provision be made against such troubles, and manage +affairs considerately and prudently; for we confide in you to avoid +the difficulties which you describe, and others which may occur. + +The bishoprics of Cibu and that of Nueva Caceres are already provided +for, as you will be informed. [50] + +In the lading of the ships for that trade it is understood that there +has been great evasion of the law, as you likewise say in your letter; +and because this, as is known, causes much trouble, I order you to +take great care to observe inviolably, in regard to this matter, +what is ordained by the decree which treats thereof--causing it to +be fulfilled and executed, without infraction in any case, whatever +it may be, as this is expedient for the general good. + +What you have done in regard to the matter of the three per cent +from the Chinese is well, and accordingly its collection will be +continued; and likewise all the current dues from the two per cent +which was recently imposed upon the merchandise of the natives which +goes to Nueva Espana will be collected from those who shall owe it. In +future, you will comply with the orders given you in regard to this, +endeavoring to have both imposts collected with as much gentleness +as possible. + +What you say concerning the proposition by the agents of the Mindanaos +regarding the settlement of peace with them has been examined, and +is being considered; and you will be promptly advised of the decision +which will be made. + +In the post of alcayde and governor of the troops of the force in +Terrenate a person has been appointed to serve, on account of the +death of Juan de Esquibel, as you will have already been informed. + +As it seems to me that the administration of the clove product +and other property which I hold in Terrenate should be suitably +placed, in charge of a person of intelligence and the necessary +trustworthiness, and that these qualities are combined in Pedro de +Baeza, I have appointed him as my factor there, subordinate to the +instructions which you will give him, which will be in accordance +with the confidence that we have in your prudence and zeal, as you +have the matter near at hand, and can be informed so punctually of +what is expedient therein. In the meantime, until the formal decision +is made as to who shall take charge of the cloves for the future, you +will observe what has been decreed in regard to this. You will advise +me minutely of what it has brought into my royal treasury--not only +through the trade with the Portuguese and other nations in Maluco, +but what has been carried to those islands for the crown of Castilla; +and what is the net result, to whom that merchandise has been given, +and where it has been consumed, so that, having this information, +I may decree and order whatever is fitting. + +It is very well that care has been taken, as you say, and an order +issued to the effect that Japanese should not reside in those islands; +and you will continue this procedure with the attention which the +matter demands. + +As it proves difficult for the natives to conduct warfare after the +manner of the Spaniards, you will issue decrees dispensing with it; +and will provide for safety as you suggest in your letter. + +The decree in regard to the time when the ships on that trade-route +shall depart for Nueva Espana you will cause to be carefully executed, +as you know the importance of this for the safety of the voyage. + +On occasions when any prebends of the metropolitan church of that city +shall be vacant, you shall propose, as is expected, conjointly with +the archbishop thereof, three persons for each of them, according to +the orders. + +You shall see that the cargo which will be carried on the ships in +that traffic be always placed in the first hold; and, between decks, +the ship's stores, sailors' chests, and rigging, as you say. You +will do this in accordance with the order that has been given. You +will likewise take care, as you suggest, and as I charge you to do, +to provide that the common seamen take the provisions necessary for +the voyage, that they may not suffer want. + +As you know how important it is that the said ships should not go +overloaded, you will fulfil, with the care which may be expected from +you, what has been ordered in regard to this. For if at any time it +should happen that they threw overboard any cloth from these ships, +you will take such measures as may be best for all, making provision +that the damage shall be shared among all in equal parts, so that those +who are interested can demand satisfaction and no one remain injured. + +The results of the accounts [51] of these islands, and errors in them, +you will examine as I have ordered you, and place them in my royal +treasury if you have not already done so, concerning all items which +are not justified by vouchers, advising me by the first opportunity +of what you may do. + +In conformity with what you say, my viceroy of Nueva Espana has already +been ordered not to allow any married man to pass to your islands; +and if any of them shall go thither it must be with the permission +of their wives for a limited time, and with guarantees given that +they shall come back within the appointed time; I have thought best +to advise you thereof, so that you may be informed of it, and on your +part execute the same rule in so far as it concerns you. + +The duties have been examined, in order that my royal treasury in those +islands should have a surplus, thus saving what is carried from Nueva +Espana for the expenses there. This is now being considered, and in +a short time you will be advised of the decision made. [Guadarrama, +November 12, 1611.] + + +_I The King_ +By order of the king, our lord: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ + + +_To Don Juan de Silva, governor of the Philipinas, informing him +of the decree that your Majesty has commanded to be given to the +deputy from Olanda, directing him to set at liberty Pablo Bancardin +and other Dutchmen, as they have not given any provocation for their +second capture._ + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my +governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, and president +of my royal Audiencia there. At the instance of Teodoro Rodemburg, +who is present at my court on certain business concerning the islands +of Olanda and Celanda, I despatched an order to you, by a decree +of the same date as this (which has been delivered to that envoy), +commanding that the admiral, Paulo Brancardin, and the seventy-four +Dutch who, according to your letter, have been captured with him in +an oared vessel, by Captain Pedro de Heredia, while voyaging from +Terrenate to the island of Morata, should be set free, if it has +not already been done, in conformity with clause thirty-four of the +truce with Flandes. But if, after being freed from this captivity, +he or any of the others should give any occasion for capturing them +again, then (since in this case the fault would be theirs) you will +advise me without setting them free. This I have thought best to +inform you of, so that with this understanding, if they are again +taken with cause--which they have given, as has been said, and as has +been learned by a letter from Sargento-mayor Christoval de Asquelta, +and by what you wrote to the viceroy, Marques de Salinas, in a letter +of the fourth of September, 610, a copy of which he sent to me--and +should they wish to negotiate their freedom by means of a ransom, or +any other means, before or after the use of said decree, you will not +admit of it, nor give them freedom in any manner, either to the said +admiral or to the others; but you shall hold them prisoners with the +greatest care, until you receive further orders from me. Madrid, on the +twentieth of November of the year one thousand six hundred and eleven. + + +_I The King_ +By command of the king our lord: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ +Signed by the members of the Council. + + +_To Don Juan de Silva, governor of the Philipinas, ordering him to +build and collect immediately a squadron of ships, to cruise in that +sea, about the point of Manila, to make sure thereby that the Dutch +do not rob the ships and other vessels which go to those islands from +Nueva Espana, China, and other regions._ + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my +governor and captain-general of the Philipinas Islands, and president +of my royal Audiencia there. By letters from you and other persons +zealous in my service, I have learned that the king of Japon has +admitted the Dutch to commerce with his realms, for their having +offered to carry him a great quantity of silk, which is the chief +commodity in which they deal there; and because those rebels had robbed +the Chinese, from whose ports they procure the silks, they dare not +go to that kingdom for them. Accordingly, to keep the terms of their +offer, and not lose that trade, it will be necessary for them to await +the vessels of the Chinese near that city of Manila, which are going +there with silk, in order to rob them of it. And not only will they +do this damage, but they may also do the same with the ships which +go to Nueva Espana, and other vessels from Malaca and Macan. It has +been represented to me that, both in order to avoid this danger to my +ships and my vassals, and likewise for the importance of keeping the +said Dutch from fulfilling their offer to that king--for if they do +not do it he will drive them out of his lands, where it is important +[for us] that they should not secure a foothold--it would be well to +have a squadron cruise close to the port of that city [of Manila]; +and to secure this result, it will not be necessary to have large +ships. I have thought it best to approve this; and, considering that +when you receive this you will already have made the expeditions of +which you wrote me in the letter of the fifth of September of six +hundred and ten, if you have good success in them, with the help of +our Lord, I command you that, with the ships that may remain to you of +the fleet which you were engaged in collecting, you will keep those +necessary for a squadron sufficient to cruise in that sea, and with +it will attend to the matters above mentioned. And if there are not +enough ships by using these, you will make and build, with all possible +despatch, what may appear to you expedient for this purpose; and will +inform me, at the first opportunity, of the number and kind of ships, +and how they are supplied and equipped, with both men and artillery, +and with all else necessary; until I may give a different order; as +such is my will. These presents will be registered by my auditors +of accounts who are in my Council of the Yndias. Dated at Madrid, +the nineteenth of December of the year 1611. + +_I The King_ + +By command of the king our lord: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ +Signed by the Council of War for the Yndias. + + + + +LETTERS TO THE DOMINICAN PROVINCIAL + + +_To the provincial of the Order of St. Dominic for the Philipinas, +directing him to apply to certain actions of the religious thereof, +the correction which he ought and is bound to apply, maintaining +friendly relations with the governor._ + +The King: To the venerable and devout father provincial of the Order +of St. Dominic for the Philipinas Islands. By a letter from Don Juan +de Silva, my governor and captain-general there, of the fifth of +September, 610, I have learned that several religious of your order, +from various motives, usually oppose the things that are ordered +for the sake of good government. At times this has gone so far that +incidents such as to cause anxiety have occurred. Such was the case +in Nueva Segovia, regarding the Indian whom the alcalde-mayor held +prisoner, on appeal condemned to death by the Audiencia, who had +ordered the sentence to be executed there. When the day before the +execution arrived two friars went to the prison, saying that they were +going to confess him. They succeeded in being left alone with the +prisoner in a room with a window opening on the street; and, having +provided some one to take him to their convent, they thrust him out of +the window, without the knowledge of the persons about the building, +which resulted in a very scandalous affair. The alcalde-mayor, on +learning of it, went to the convent to get possession of the prisoner; +and found that for his greater security they had placed him upon the +altar--which, as may be seen, was an improper action. When he attempted +to take away the prisoner, the friars treated the alcalde-mayor very +scurvily; and when he had removed the Indian they proceeded against +him with censures and interdicts, in such wise that he had to return +to the church, unpunished, the man whom they themselves had delivered +up, when he was seized--demanding his death, and saying that it +was best to execute him there as an example for all. Although it is +understood that you made the proper remonstrances in this case, yet, +as I wish to know what they were, I charge you to advise me of it; +and from this time forth to continue, with the care which I am sure +you will exercise, to apply in all cases due remedy, as you are bound +to do. I also charge you to maintain very friendly relations with the +said Don Juan de Silva, my governor, to whom I am writing to maintain +the same relations with you, on account of the importance of this +for the service of God and my own. Madrid, on the twenty-first of +December of the year one thousand six hundred and eleven. + + +_I The King_ + +By order of the king our lord: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ +Signed by the Council. + +_To the provincial of the Order of St. Dominic of the Philipinas, +directing him to see to it that the religious of the order do not cross +over to Japon without permission from the governor, as is ordered._ + +The King: To the venerable and devout father provincial of the Order +of St. Dominic in the Philipinas Islands. By a letter from Don Juan +de Silva, my governor and captain-general there, of the fifth of +September, 610, I have learned that several religious have passed +over to Japon without his permission, claiming that that of their +own superiors was sufficient. As it is expedient for my service that +the decrees regarding this should be executed by my said governor, +as he is again ordered to do, by another decree bearing this date, +I charge you that, with the diligence which I trust you will use, +you will take such action that the religious of your order shall +not contravene this decree; and that you will, so far as possible, +secure the observance of the orders which I have issued, as that +is so important for the service of God and my own, and for the good +government of the islands. Madrid, on the thirty-first of December +of the year 1611. + + +_I The King_ + +By command of the king our lord: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ +Signed by the members of the Council. + + +[_Endorsed_: "_Idem_, to the provincial of the Order of St. Augustine +for Philipinas." "_Idem_, to the provincial of the Society of Jesus +there." "_Idem_, to the provincial of St. Francis for Philipinas."] + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1612-13 + + + + Status of missions in the Philippines. Gregorio Lopez. S.J., + and others; [_ca_. 1612]. + Trade of the Philippines. Juan, marques de Montesclaros; April + 12, 1612. + Letter from the bishop of Nueva Segovia. [Domingo de Soria, O.P.]; + August 15, 1613. + Letter to Silva. Felipe III; December 2, 1613. + + +_Sources_: All these documents save one are obtained from original +MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The second is taken +from _Doc ined. Amer. y Oceania_, vi, pp. 298-314. + +_Translations_: The first and second are translated by James +A. Robertson; the remainder by Robert W. Haight. + + + + +STATUS OF MISSIONS IN THE PHILIPPINES + + +Order of St. Augustine + +_List of the convents and ministrations of the Order of our father +St. Augustine in these Philipinas Islands, and the religious and +ministers necessary for them._ + + +_Spanish towns_ + +In the convent of the city of Manila, twenty priests and ten brethren. + +In the convent of the city of Santisimo Nombre de Jesus, five priests +and two brethren. + +In the convent of our Lady of Guadalupe, three priests and one brother. + + +_Province of Tagalos_ + + Tributes Indians Ministers + +In the convent of Batangas and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to eight +hundred tributes, or two thousand four hundred +[souls] in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Taal and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand five hundred tributes, or four +thousand five hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 3 + +In the convent of Tanavan and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Sant Sebastian and its +visitas there are two ministers, who minister +to one thousand tributes, or three thousand +in confession. 1,000 3,000 2 + +In the convent of Bay and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 2 + +In the convent of San Pablo and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +two thousand tributes, or six thousand in +confession. 2,000 6,000 3 + +In the convent of Tagui and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +five hundred tributes, or one thousand five +hundred in confession. 500 1,500 2 + +In the convent of Pasig and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand five hundred tributes, or four +thousand five hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 3 + +In the convent of Palanac and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Tongdo and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + +In the convent of Caruyan and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Bulacan and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Malolos and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +seven hundred tributes, or two thousand one +hundred in confession 700 2,100 2 + +In the convent of Quingua and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +six hundred tributes, or one thousand eight +hundred in confession. 600 1,800 2 + +In the convent of Calompit and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 2 + +In the convent of Agonoy and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + + +_Province of Panpanga_ + + Tributes Indians Ministers + +In the convent of Apalit and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +six hundred tributes, or one thousand eight +hundred in confession. 600 1,800 2 + +In the convent of Macabibi there are three +ministers, who minister to two thousand +tributes, or six thousand in confession. 2,000 6,000 3 + +In the convent of Lubao and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 3 + +In the convent of Guava and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + +In the convent of Bacolor and its visitas +there arc four ministers, who minister to +one thousand three hundred tributes, or four +thousand in confession. 1,300 4,000 4 + +In the convent of Mexico and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +five hundred tributes, or one thousand five +hundred in confession. 500 1,500 2 + +In the convent of Betis and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +five hundred tributes, or one thousand five +hundred in confession. 500 1,500 2 + +In the convent of Poray and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to six +hundred tributes, or one thousand six hundred +in confession. 600 1,600 2 + +In the convent of Ayumbon and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to six +hundred tributes, or one thousand six hundred +in confession 600 1,600 2 + +In the convent of Candava and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + + + +_Province of Ylocos_ + + + Tributes Indians Ministers + +In the province of Alingayen and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or one thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 1,400 2 + +In the convent of Agoo and its visitas there +are two ministers, who minister to one thousand +five hundred tributes, or four thousand five +hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 2 + +In the convent of Bavan and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + +In the convent of Purao and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 2 + +In the convent of Tagurin and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 2 + +In the convent of Santa Cruz and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +nine hundred tributes, or two thousand seven +hundred in confession. 900 2,700 2 + +In the convent of Candon and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Bantay and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 3 + +In the convent of Sinay and its visitas there +are two ministers, who minister to one thousand +two hundred tributes, or three thousand six +hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 2 + +In the convent of Batac and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand five hundred tributes, or four +thousand five hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 3 + +In the convent of Dinglas and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand five hundred tributes, or four +thousand five hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 3 + +In the convent of Ylavan and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand four hundred tributes, or four +thousand two hundred in confession. 1,400 4,200 3 + +In the convent of Bacarra and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + + +_Province of Pintados_ + + + Tributes Indians Ministers + +In the convent of Hibahay and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +two thousand tributes, or six thousand in +confession. 2,000 6,000 3 + +In the convent of Aclan and its visitas there +are two ministers, who minister to one thousand +two hundred tributes, or three thousand six +hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 2 + +In the convent of Batan and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Panay and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand two hundred tributes, or three +thousand six hundred in confession. 1,200 3,600 3 + +In the convent of Marlousao and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand five hundred tributes, or four +thousand five hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 3 + +In the convent of Pasig and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +three thousand tributes, or nine thousand in +confession. 3,000 9,000 3 + +In the convent of Laglag and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or six thousand in +confession. 1,000 6,000 2 + +In the convent of Baong and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + +In the convent of Dumangas and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +nine hundred tributes, or two thousand seven +hundred in confession. 900 2,700 2 + +In the convent of Salop and its visitas there +are two ministers, who minister to one thousand +five hundred tributes, or four thousand five +hundred in confession. 1,500 4,500 2 + +In the convent of Otong and its visitas +there are three ministers, who minister to +one thousand tributes, or three thousand in +confession. 1,000 3,000 3 + +In the convent of Antique and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +six hundred tributes, or one thousand in +confession. 600 1,800 2 + +In the convent of San Nicolas de Cubu and its +visitas there are two ministers, who minister +to one thousand tributes, or three thousand +in confession. 1,000 3,000 2 + +In the convent of Sian and its visitas +there are two ministers, who minister to +eight hundred tributes, or two thousand four +hundred in confession. 800 2,400 2 + + + +Society of Jesus + +In this province of the Society of Jesus of Filipinas, there are at +present ninety-two religious--forty-five priests, seven theological +and four philosophical students, twenty-eight lay-brethren of long +standing, and eight novices (counting students and lay-brethren). + +They are distributed among two colleges, and one seminary of secular +students, six residences under direct charge of the provincial, +and one mission. + + +_Manila_ + +There are forty-three religious in Manila--sixteen priests, eleven +students, eight lay-brethren, and eight novices--counting among the +priests the father provincial and his associate, Father Valerio, who +are now about to go on a visit, with one brother already counted; +and Father Alonso de Humanes, who is now about to go to Roma with +another brother of Manila; and counting also the three religious in +the seminary of San Joseph. Consequently they attend not only to +preaching to and confessing the Spanish in Manila, and the other +duties usual in the professed houses; but also to the principal +object, the studies of Latin, arts, and theology, and the training of +novices. They have charge of the seminary for the secular students; +and attend to the Indians of San Miguel and the others of the city, +with frequent confessions and sermons. + + +_Mission of Silan_ + +One father and one brother--sometimes two fathers--generally reside +in this mission [_doctrina_] in subordination to the college of +Manila. The tributes of the village of Silan are about four hundred, +and those of the village of Malabag, a visita, lying one-half legua +away, about seventy tributes. + + +_Octon_ + +The mission [_mision_] of Octon has one father and one brother. The +novitiate of San Pedro, which is being founded and instituted, has +two brethren. + + +_Residence of Antipolo_ + +There are four fathers and three brethren in this residence. The +villages of this residence where the fathers always officiate number +three, and have three churches: Antipolo, with two visitas, namely, +Santa Cruz and Mahayay; Taytay, with one visita, namely, Caynta; +and the village of Santiago de la Cruz, which has no visita, but +attracts savage Indians from the forests. The souls in confession of +this residence number about five thousand, already well instructed +Christians, and they give much occupation to the fathers. + +The churches and tributes in charge of the fathers of the Society of +Jesus in the province of Pintados are as follows. + + +_Zebu_ + +The college of Zebu has in charge an Indian village situated one legua +from the city, which has eighty tributes. It has three fathers and +three brethren, who are busily occupied with the Spanish inhabitants +and soldiers, the Indians of the city and of the neighborhood, and +the boys' school. It needs many more laborers. + + +_Residence of Dulac_ + +Part of the island of Leyte and part of that of Ybabao--on that side +where those two islands almost join--have four fathers and two brethren +in charge. This [_i.e._, the waterway between the islands] has been +a great convenience for conducting the instruction. This residence +comprises a circuit of about thirty leguas or so. In that space it +has in charge the following villages, each village having one church. + + + Tributes + +Village of Dulac, with three hundred and seventy-one +tributes. 371 +Village of Barugo, with one hundred and seventy-two +tributes. 172 +Village of Buraguen, with five hundred and ninety-five +tributes. 595 +Village of Vincay, with four hundred and ten +tributes. 410 +Village of Bito, with two hundred and forty-one +tributes. 241 +Village of Abuyog, with two hundred and seventy-six +tributes. 276 +Village of Palo, with two hundred and seventy +tributes. 270 +Village of Malaguicay, with three hundred and +thirty-six tributes. 336 +Village of Dagami, with three hundred and eighty-two +tributes. 382 +Village of Basay, with four hundred and thirty +tributes. 430 +Village of Hubung, with two hundred and forty +tributes. 240 +Village of Guiguan, with one hundred and eighty +tributes. 180 +Village of Pamhoan, with two hundred tributes. 200 + +Consequently they have in charge in this residence +four thousand one hundred and three tributes. 4,103 + and 13 churches. + + + +_Residence of Carigara_ + +This residence is likewise situated in the island of Leyte, +and includes the adjacent islands of Poro and Panan. Although the +principal part of it (namely, five villages) is included in a narrow +circuit, the remaining part, because of the paucity of inhabitants, +and their destruction by the Mindanaos, extends for sixty leguas--and +more rather than less. Throughout its extent it has the following +villages, each village having its church. + + + Tributes + +Village of Carigara, with about three hundred and +sixty tributes. 360 +Village of Barugo, with one hundred and eighty +tributes. 180 +Village of Alangalan, with four hundred tributes. 400 +Village of Xaro, with three hundred and fifty +tributes. 350 +Village of Leyte, with two hundred and twenty +tributes. 220 +Village of Ogmuc, with one hundred and sixty +tributes. 160 +Village of the island of Camotes, called Poro, with +one hundred and fifty tributes. 150 +Village of Baybay, with one hundred and eighty +tributes. 180 +Village of Canamucan, with one hundred and twenty +tributes. 120 +Village of Ymasava, with forty tributes. 40 +Village of Cabalian, with one hundred and fifty +tributes. 150 +Village of Panaon, with fifty tributes. 50 +Village of Nonangan, with sixty tributes. 60 + + 2,420 tributes and 13 churches. + + +Consequently, the said residence has in charge thirteen churches in +which are instructed two thousand four hundred and twenty tributes; +these are administered by four priests, aided by two brethren. + + +_Residence of Tinagon_ + +This residence is located in the island of Ybabao and includes the +islets of Cavayan and Capul. Twelve villages with their churches are +instructed in it. They are as follows, lying within a distance of +twenty leguas. + + + Tributes + +Village of Tinagon, with three hundred and thirty +tributes. 330 +Village of Bangaun, with one hundred and eighty-seven +tributes. 187 +Village of Paranas, with two hundred and twenty +tributes. 220 +Village of Malulubug, with three hundred tributes. 300 +Village of Caluigan, with one hundred and eighty-five +tributes. 185 +Village of Libunao, with three hundred and ten +tributes. 310 +Village of Cotay, with ninety-four tributes. 94 +Village of Cavayan, with two hundred and ninety +tributes. 290 +Village of Ybatan, with three hundred and thirty +tributes. 330 +Village of Boloneto, with one hundred and forty +tributes. 140 +Two villages in the island of Capul, called Sucar and +Savan where there are four hundred and thirty-seven +tributes 437 + + 2,823 tributes and 12 churches. + + +Consequently this residence embraces twelve churches, in which two +thousand eight hundred and twenty-three tributes are instructed by +four priests of our Society, aided by two brethren. + + +_Residence of Cabo de Spirita Santo, or Palapac_ + +This residence extends for forty leguas more rather than less--within +the island of Ybabao, and includes the two adjacent islets of Lavan +and Biri. The following villages are instructed in it, and each +village has its own church. + + + Tributes + +Village of Biri, with sixty tributes 60 +Village of Calatman, with three hundred and thirty +tributes 330 +Village of Pamboan, with three hundred and forty +tributes 340 +Village of Laguan, with one hundred and eighty +tributes 180 +Village of Catabig, with four hundred and ten +tributes 410 +Village of Palapac, with four hundred tributes 410 +Village of Gamay, with two hundred tributes 200 +Village of Bacor, with one hundred and fifty +tributes 150 +Village of Bolor, with one hundred and thirty +tributes 130 +Village of Unasan, with two hundred tributes 200 +Village of Tubig, with one hundred and twenty +tributes 120 +Village of Boronga, with two hundred tributes 200 +Village of Libas, with two hundred and thirty +tributes 230 + + 2,950 tributes and 13 churches. + + +Consequently this residence embraces thirteen churches, in which +two thousand nine hundred and fifty tributes are instructed by four +priests of our Society, aided by two brethren. + + +_Residence of Bohol_ + +Only this island of Bohol, which is forty leguas in circumference, +and the islet of Bacacay belong to the king, our sovereign, in all +the territory in charge of the Society. The Society has likewise +charge of the islet of Panglao and that of Siquior, or Isla de Fuegos +["Island of Fires"]. This residence includes the following villages +and their churches. + + + Tributes + +Village of Loboc, with six hundred tributes, where there is +also a seminary for Indians 600 +Village of Tubor, with one hundred and fifty tributes 150 +Village of Baclayon, with three hundred tributes 300 +Village of Dita, with three hundred tributes 300 +Village of Tubigan, with fifty tributes 50 +Village of Hinabangan, with two hundred tributes. 200 +Village of Bacacay, with thirty tributes. 30 +Village of Talibon, with two hundred tributes. 200 +Village of Bauliron, with one hundred tributes. 100 +Village of Yngaon, with one hundred and twenty tributes. 120 +Village of Panglao, with sixty tributes. 60 +Village of Siquior, with eighty tributes. 80 + + 2,200 tributes and 12 churches. + + +Consequently this residence instructs two thousand two hundred +tributes, of which two thousand and fifty belong to the king, our +sovereign. Four fathers and two brethren minister to all of them. + +As your Lordship ordered, the Society of Jesus presents this paper, in +which are recorded faithfully its ministers, the villages where they +are stationed, the churches, tributes, and extent of its field. From +it two things are apparent: the first, how necessary is a greater +union and settlement of the Indians, in such form as your Highness +may judge best; the second, that the need of help by a great number +of new ministers is extreme. For where there are four priests, ten are +regularly needed, because the indicated number of tributes corresponds +to a very much greater number of souls, either now confessing or being +catechised for baptism as is apparent from the report of a residence +that accompanies this present. + +Therefore I entreat your Highness to petition his Majesty the king, +our sovereign, to send a considerable number of fathers of the Society +of Jesus from Europe--at least about fifty, considering that it is many +years since any have been asked for, and on this occasion a procurator +is going for that purpose. It will, moreover, be important for his +Majesty to issue there very urgent orders, so that the superiors +in Europe may not be illiberal and refuse to furnish ministers. If +he considers the pacification of Mindanao, and, besides that, if we +should have to provide Maluco with ministers from here with the new +government which is coming, it is necessary to provide beforehand +for an increase in the number of workers. I hope for all the above +from the great foresight of your Highness, with grace and justice. + +_Gregorio Lopez_ + + +Order of St. Francis + +Very potent Sire: + +Since I am ordered, in your Majesty's name, to give a minute of the +convents in this province of San Gregorio, of the discalced friars and +religious in it, and the number of souls to whom they administer the +holy sacraments and instruction, by virtue of that command I declare +that this province has forty-eight convents with their visitas, +where religious live; and four convents where they do not minister to +Indians--namely, Sant Francisco of Manila, Sant Francisco del Monte, +Sant Francisco of Caceres and Sant Diego of Cavite. Further it has six +[_sic_] hospitals: the royal hospital of Manila; that for the natives; +that of La Misericordia; that at Los Banos ["the baths"]; and that at +Cavite. There are one hundred and one priests, counting well, sick, and +old. There are thirty-eight lay-brethren, who serve and act as nurses +at the hospitals, infirmaries, and convents generally. We have in +charge as many as eighty thousand souls or so. In Maluco there is one +convent where the native Indian Christians are instructed, both those +living there and those who go thither from these regions. There is also +a hospital where the soldiers are cured. From the aforesaid convents +twelve religious have been taken since last year (when some came here), +and religious of our order are requested in many other places. + +In [the districts of] some of these convents there are few Indians, +because they refuse to join the chief settlements; nor can those +people be well instructed, as they are very remote, unless they +have religious. Moreover, there are fifteen priests in Japon and six +lay-brethren, busied in the conversion and in hospital work. + +_Fray Marcos de Lisboa_, [52] vice-provincial. + + + +Order of St. Dominic. + +_List of the houses and missions of the Order of St. Dominic in these +Philipinas Islands._ + +It has one convent in the city of Manila, with sixteen friars--six +priests and six lay brethren. + +It has a mission [_doctrina_] in the town of Binondoc and Baybay +with two ministers for six hundred Sangleys, or a trifle less. For +the hospital of San Gabriel it has two religious--one a priest and +the other a lay-brother--and there the Sangley infidels are nursed +and instructed. + +It has a mission in the district of Batan with four priests for one +thousand six hundred Indians. + +It has four missions in the province of Pangasinan. The first is called +Bina Lato-gan and has four religious, three of whom are lay-brethren, +and one who is not, for one thousand three hundred Indians. + +The second is in Calasiao and has two ministers for one thousand +and thirty Indians. The third is Magaldan and has two ministers for +nine hundred Indians. The fourth is Mauazuag and has two religious, +one a lay-brother and one who is not, for four hundred Indians, +or a trifle less, and the new conversion in the tingues. + +It has eleven missions in the province of Cagayan. The first is +called Pata and has two ministers for eight hundred Indians. The +second is called Tular and has two ministers for one thousand one +hundred Indians or a trifle more. The third is called Potol and has +two ministers for three hundred Indians and the new conversion laid +open on the creek of Mandayas. The fourth is called Camaluyuga and has +three ministers for six hundred Indians, or a few more or less. The +fifth is that of Nueva Segovia where the Spanish live. There is a +convent there that has charge of the mission of Bagunbaya, which has +two ministers for one hundred Indians, or a few more or less. It is to +be noted that this house receives no alms, either from his Majesty or +from encomenderos, or from Indians, and consequently it is in great +need. The sixth is called Tocolana and has three ministers for one +thousand Indians. The seventh is called Asiping and has two ministers +for seven hundred Indians or a trifle more. The eighth is called Pia +and is situated on the creek of Lobo. It has three ministers for two +thousand Indians. The ninth is called Malaguey and has two ministers +for one thousand Indians. The tenth is called Tuguiguerao. For one +thousand three hundred Indians it has three ministers. The eleventh +is called Pititan and has four ministers for one thousand six hundred +Indians and for the new conversion among the tingues of Zinbuey. + +_Fray Baltasar Fort_, prior provincial. + + +_Item_: We have three houses in Japon. One is in Nangasaqui, and +has three priests and one lay-brother; another in Sanga, which is +situated in the kingdom of Figen, with three religious--two priests +and one lay-brother, the third in Meaco, the residence of the Dayfo, +with two priests. + +_[Endorsed:_ "List given by the convent of St. Dominic in accordance +with his Majesty's order."] + + + +TRADE OF THE PHILIPPINES + + +_Official letter from the Marques de Montesclaros, [53] viceroy of +Peru, directed to his Majesty, in regard to changing to Espana the +trade between Mexico and Filipinas._ + +In behalf of the consulate [54] and corporation of the merchants +of Sevilla, your Majesty was entreated to have the trade between +Nueva Espana and Philipinas suppressed, and to order that it should +be carried on only from those kingdoms [i.e., Espana and Portugal] +with the said islands. Your Majesty upon hearing those merchants, was +pleased to order me to make investigation and give my opinion in the +matter. For that purpose you despatched your decree of September 1, +610, and I received it by these last mails. + +The arguments which, it seems, were presented to your Majesty by the +said letter and an enclosed memorial, for this purpose, are reduced +to the exaggeration of the general and individual inconveniences +and losses with which the voyage is attended at present in the route +that is followed; and that those inconveniences and losses would all +cease, and great and recognized blessings to the universal benefit of +your Majesty's kingdoms would result, if measures of the sort that +those merchants desire were to be taken. Although one might satisfy +the originator of the idea with less, we shall enlarge the reply to +greater length bearing in mind that the dimensions of this scheme are +not measured by his yard-rule; nor can the advantages resulting from +it compare with the hundred per cent of their profits. We especially +consider that we are talking with your Majesty through councilors +and ministers of such high standing, among whom any state argument, +however great, has its due consideration and place. + +It is recognized, Sire, that the chief means of keeping these kingdoms +tranquil is to make them dependencies of Espana, in what pertains not +only to distributive and commutative justice, but also to whatever else +is necessary for the preservation of life, in the spiritual as well +as the temporal. But dependence of this sort, when viewed entirely and +only from the sovereigns' standpoint, is regulated by what is necessary +and requisite that the vassals of regions so distant may live in the +subjection, and render the obedience and loyalty that are due from +them. Although this argument, since it is the most substantial, when +it encounters the others most justly takes precedence of any other and +private advantage of the vassals themselves and the kingdom, it would +[not] be excusable to molest and vex the subjects with what is not +actually necessary, if the above purpose could be attained at less +cost and vexation to them. Accordingly, in the matter of restricting +the mutual trade of certain kingdoms, and directing that trade to +Espana alone, one must proceed with very great caution, and with +measures adapted only to what the attainment of the chief end demands, +in order that we may avoid as far as possible the harm that might +result; since, if this body saw itself so disunited that it could +not even avail itself of its own members, it might become desperate, +and the whole might fall into decay, as is usual with those in despair. + +They are persuading your Majesty that the trade of these kingdoms +with Espana is decreasing. I, Sire, feel differently, and am persuaded +that never were the profits resulting from it greater; nor am I less +certain that such result must necessarily follow, in this manner. + +It was known in the beginning that neither wine nor olive +oil was produced in Nueva Espana, but these were brought from +Castilla. Inspired by the example of the profits made by some +persons, all--especially the inhabitants of Andalucia--began to plant +vineyards and olive-orchards. He who had esteemed any kind of trade a +degradation twenty years before, now, with the incentive of sending +away his crops, shipped greater cargoes than would a whole fair of +merchants. Consequently, the ocean trade increased, in a short time, +from at most fifty or one hundred casks of wine and a few more jars +of olive-oil--carried by one or two vessels, unauthorized and without +register--to cargoes which fill thirty or forty vessels, that sail +annually in a trading fleet. The vessel in which this is received +is earthen, and of limited capacity; and what was slowly filling it +continued to increase. Now this vessel is full to the brim, but still +they obstinately continue to pour in more. Is it not evident that what +is more than enough to fill it must overflow, and be the same as lost? + +Thus was the land conquered in Peru. True reports were published +concerning its so great abundance of wealth--that it was considered +easier and cheaper to arm men and shoe horses with silver than with +iron; and that for one quire of paper ten pesos of gold were paid, +for one cloth cloak one hundred pesos, and for one horse three or +four thousand pesos. At this report, various kinds of merchandise were +brought, and had a continual good outlet and sale; and they were taken +in the necessary quantity. Years passed, and the treasure--which was +too plentiful, because it was in possession of people who had no use +for it--came into the hands of those who finally saw it disseminated +through the world--and for this reason the share of each part is +less. The account that should be taken of reason and common sense is +forgotten, and men persuade themselves blindly that, since they get +a thousand for five hundred, with one million they must make two: +And as if they could expect the same profit from supplying necessity +and from adding to abundance, they multiply their trading-fleets and +double their investments. Is it not evident that if their shipments are +in excess, their profits must fall short, and that the ratio between +the two cannot be equal to what it was before? Let the records of the +customs duties belonging to your Majesty be examined, where those +who profit and those who lose pay on account of what they produce; +and they will tell how not only the commerce has not declined, but +also that rather, through its having increased so greatly, the danger +of losing the invested money results. + +What their provinces can digest and assimilate, Sire, should be +exported to the Indias, and a limit should be set to the hope of +their increase, and endeavor should be made to preserve them in the +extremely flourishing condition which they reached; and if efforts +pass those limits, then, instead of causing the Indias to increase, +it will be a greater blow, whereby they will slip back more quickly +along the coast of decline. + +Coming then to the particular matter, the question is one of +suppressing the commerce now carried on with the Philipinas Islands by +way of the South Sea. This may be advantageous to Espana in two ways: +in making the kingdom of Mejico absolutely dependent on Espana's +aid, without leaving it any other recourse: and in increasing the +proportions of their present trade by adding to that kingdom [_i.e._, +Espana] that commerce from those islands by way of the Ocean Sea, +[55] to which it is desired to direct the trade-route. + +In the first place, it will be considered that Nueva-Espana passed +many years without any communication with the Philipinas, and that +the same will happen now if that commerce be taken away, although +at the outset there may be some ill-feeling among them; and that +the prevention of a thing so temporary, and in one province only, +ought not to over-balance what is of so different an importance, as +that Espana (the seat of your Majesty's monarchy) should have plenty +of money. For all that Mexico sends to Manila will go to Espana, +and should have an outlet for its merchandise, since from that must +be supplied what Nueva-Espana now receives from the islands. + +In order that Nueva-Espana may preserve itself if this trade be +suppressed, the years while it lived without that trade have no +consequence; for it would be a mistake to compare a period when that +kingdom was in so early an infancy [56] that the royal incomes therein +scarcely amounted to thirty or forty thousand ducados, and when in the +whole kingdom the amount of outside capital employed did not surpass +two hundred thousand, with what El Cerro [57] now alone produces, +where one reckons the product by millions and takes no account of +the tens and hundreds. From all this one may infer that whoever sits +down to a meal, however plentiful, when he sees it growing less would +doubtless have sufficient strength to call out and plead his hunger; +and much more when we baptise business with the name of diet. + +But this has not much force, since it is not intended to suppress, +but only to change the mode of this supply. In order to see whether +it be feasible, one should consider, that, barring certain articles +of adornment and luxury, the chief exports from Espana to Mejico are +wine, oil, and linen, and from the Philipinas woven and raw silk. + +The former products, in whatever quantity needed, must always be +bought from Espana. There is no other region that can supply them, +nor does Mejico itself produce them; therefore its enforced dependence +on Espana follows. However, in what pertains to linen, Mejico may +supply itself in part by using the cloth that the Indians make from +cotton. The rest (namely, silks supplied by Manila) may be obtained in +great abundance, without begging it from anyone, by only encouraging +the industry in any of Mejico's provinces. These are very suitable +for it, especially the province of Misteca, [58] where it could be +cultivated and woven admirably. + +Admitting the above, my opinion is that, allowing that Nueva-Espana +could be maintained, although with difficulty, without trade with +the Philipinas, it must be by means that would prove harmful to those +islands alone--which would lose this aid without any resultant good +to Espana; since they would not ask for those products of Espana +which they at present demand, or increase those which they are now +exporting because of the increase of money [in Nueva Espana]. And we +have already stated that Nueva-Espana is incapable of consuming more +wine and oil than it now uses. + +But if all this should cease, and Espana should have to supply the +above-mentioned necessities because of shutting the door to the trade +in the Philipinas, the bulk of silk stuffs would have to be brought +from Francia and Flandes, to whom Espana always gives her treasures +in exchange for this merchandise. For Constantinopla is so far from +Italia, and so little do gold and silver suit that route--or else +the French and the rebels [59] are so skilful in getting this product +away from us, that one may doubt whether they do not take it all with +them. According to this, he who is not suspicious enough to believe +that the merchants of Sevilla alone consider as enemies prejudicial +to your Majesty's crown those who do not trade much with them, should +be astonished that they direct and regulate the reform so that the +Chinese cannot avail themselves of the silver of Nueva Espana. For +it is a fact that the Chinese do us no other harm than to keep the +silver; and that the merchants do not consider that by that other +road all tends to come into the hands of him who exerts himself with +it in order to attempt and compass to acquire what remains. + +Let us examine, then, what interest would accrue to Espana in +the other point, the appropriation to itself of the trade with +the Philipinas. The consulate says that Espana will be enriched +with the exportation, to Manda [60] and Xapon, of its products and +other merchandise that will go to those islands, where they also +desire so ardently to have an abundance of what is brought from there +[Espana?] and from China; and this will easily prevent the loss of the +great quantities of silver that pass by this road from Nueva Espana. + +To the first, sufficient answer is made with what experience, that +great teacher in such matters, has taught us to the contrary--to me, +at least, during the time while I governed in Mexico. For, since +your Majesty was pleased to order me in a decree, dated December 17, +604, to give my opinion as to whether export duties would better be +levied on the merchandise sent to the Philipinas from the port of +Acapulco--since all the other merchandise sent thence, to Guatimala +and Peru, pays two and one-half per cent--and that in order to do this +I should investigate the quality and nature of the said merchandise, +I made special efforts to ascertain these facts. After examining the +registers of several years I found that, even if the duty should be +collected from the Philipinas exports as from the others, it would not +amount to two hundred pesos of eight reals each year; for all those +goods were articles of luxury, and in very small quantity. I sent +your Majesty an official report of this in my letter of February 17, +606. On August 19 of the same year, I received a reply, ordering me to +make no change so long as the trade did not increase to such an extent +that I thought it inadvisable; and in such case to advise your Majesty +of it confidentially. Consequently, since there will be no greater +exportation from Nueva Espana of like commodities from that kingdom +[_i.e._, Espana]--where there are no others, and whence only these +would be sent--the same thing would result. [61] One errs in saying +that those goods are desired in Manila and Xapon, since cloth stuffs +(the only thing lacking to them) besides being a merchandise of so +great value that he who would export them so far to the Philipinas +would lose them--are not used, because of the heat; and in Xapon, +where the cold might make them sought, they cost very little, for +the natives clothe themselves with the taffetans of that country, and +use cotton quilts. Consequently, I have also answered what was alleged +concerning the increase of the duties that would accrue to your Majesty +from the export duties in Espana and the import duties at Manila. + +The other argument namely, that Espana would be filled with products +from China and Xapon--may be conceded to them; but it remains for +them to show us the utilty that would accrue to them, after the goods +had been obtained. For I, on the contrary, regard them as a very +great harm, since with those goods would cease the present industry +[in Espana] of the raising of silk, its weaving and trade; and all +this would be exchanged for what is so much poorer and of so little +durability. It is a fact that even now we are experiencing that, +and are discovering here the harm caused by even the small quantity +of silk of this class [_i.e._, the Chinese silk]; it comes mixed with +that of Espana, in almost all the velvets and taffetans brought from +Espana, for in but two days' time they become useless. + +That by this means would be prevented the exportation of silver from +Nueva-Espana, is an opinion that one might value and thank them for, +if they were not trying to withdraw the silver from another and more +important region, where the harm would be greater. But, supposing +that what now goes from Mexico will be sent later from Castilla and +Andalucia, it seems that the only utility will be found in the less +occasion [for buying Chinese goods] that each of those provinces would +have, so that the export of silver would be in smaller quantity. That +is to be regulated by the wealth of each province, and by their +facilities for diverting it. All the silver that Nueva-Espana obtains +now comes from its own provinces, or is brought from the provinces of +Peru. The bulk of it is used in the trade with Espana, some in that +with the Philipinas, and very little in the retail trade of its own +cities and towns; for although Nueva-Espana has intercourse with Peru, +it never uses more than the products of the country for that. What is +sent to the islands goes by way of Acapulco, which is the only port +in all the South Sea where this despatch is made or can be made. That +Espana would have more silver if it retained within its bounds what +it receives, seems to be undeniable, since therein is gathered the +silver of Mexico, Peru, and all the Indias. But the gates by which +that silver issues [from Espana]--now it is known whether there are +any--are, to speak correctly, as many as there are seaports and sterile +districts, with the usual and accustomed communication between them. + +Accepting this as true--on which is based assertions of those who +say that less silver will be sent to Manila from a kingdom where +conditions are such [_i.e._, Espana] than Mexico [now] gives--I, +at least, no matter how long may be the argument, do not comprehend +so obscure a secret; on the contrary, I am persuaded that Espana +will be no poorer thereby. For, if this mouth be stopped, Espana +must be drained, by those that remain (as is done today), of all of +this article that other kingdoms are offering it, as in a flood. But +with equal certainty, I understand that incomparably more money will +go to the Philipinas by this road than now goes by the other. And to +assert that this loss will cease because, with the increase of trade +with Xapon, the merchandise which must go to Espana will come from +that country, is a statement without foundation. For if this argument +were worth anything, it must have the same force, in preventing what +is today carried from Mexico; since trade with Xapon from Manila is +open and permitted to all who wish it. + +The consulate is trying also to strengthen its proposition with the +improvements that it pretends to find in the voyage, if it were to be +made by the cape of Buena-Esperanza. But, discussing that point by what +I have been able to learn of it, I find that the emperor and king our +sovereign, of glorious memory, your Majesty's grandfather, having been +persuaded that the discovery and conquest of the Spice Islands--the +name then given to those islands today included in the name of +Philipinas or Malucas--pertained to the crown of Castilla, inasmuch +as they were within the line drawn by his Holiness, Alexander VI, for +the division of the world, ardently desired, and made extraordinary +efforts, so that his vassals might make that voyage without touching +at the ports and lands of the kingdom of Portugal. For that purpose +he made an agreement with Fernando de Magallanes to discover [such +a route]. The latter discovered and gave name to the strait in +this region at the south. Although by the result [of Magallanes's +expedition] one could recognize the great difficulty and danger of +the voyage, his Majesty would not desist from the undertaking. On the +contrary, he immediately sent, in the year 25, two other fleets by +that way while, at the same time, he sent a ship under command of an +intelligent man to find a new entrance by the coast of Labrador and +the Bacallaos. [62] Following up the attempt, he ordered Don Fernando +Cortes, conqueror of Nueva-Espana, to attempt this expedition from +Nueva-Espana. He would not have ceased like means until attaining it, +had not he made that contract or agreement concerning those islands +with the king of Portugal in the year 29. [63] That put an end to +the enterprise until afterward, when Don Antonio de Mendoza, viceroy +of Nueva-Espana, took up again the same search in the year 42, and +continued to persevere in it, so that it was realized during the +latter years of the governorship and life of Don Luis de Velasco, +who succeeded the said Don Antonio in that office. + +I would, Sire, narrate in minute detail to your Majesty these labors, +and those of many others, who lost their lives and possessions at +various times to see the accomplishment of so important a matter, +if I were not afraid of making a history of this letter--in order to +entreat you that, since God our Lord ordained that a good desired +by so many should be enjoyed with so great quietness in these most +fortunate days of your Majesty, you will not permit the glory of +this happiness to be disturbed and obscured; for the motives and +efforts of so suspicious a people embarrass it. They, in order to +gain their own private interests, try to cover them with this cloak +of convenience and conservation of so superior authority. And although +it appears that a great part of the former injuries are lacking today, +since the kingdom of Portugal (although by light of a separate crown) +is under the universal domain of your Majesty, still, the zeal and +affection that your Majesty has always felt in greater proportion +for the inhabitants of Castilla ought not on that account to cease; +since there is also no cessation of the rancor and hostility with +which the Portuguese, in all the Indias where they rule, withhold the +friendly intercourse that they owed to the Castilians as the vassals +of the same sovereign. + +I am quite persuaded that there is little difference between these two +routes as regards the weather and dangers of the sea. For, although the +Nueva-Espana vessels consume not longer than sixty days, and sometimes +less, the return voyage is of longer duration, and the whirlwinds and +gales more continuous. And although I believe that voyages made by +way of the cape of Buena Esperanza take more than the three months +that the prior and consuls assert (especially since the vessels +have to stop at one or two way-stations), yet, in regard to this, +I estimate the two routes as equal. But in point of certain security, +the advantage lies greatly with the voyages made by way of the South +Sea, as it is at all times so free from enemies. No further proof is +necessary regarding this statement than the fact that not a single +vessel going to and fro between Acapulco and Cavite and the port of +Manila has been captured; [64] while very many vessels take that other +route, which are so heavily armed that, in comparison with the first, +one may consider them as more than fortresses. The warning that the +Dutch make use of this route [_i.e._, through the Strait of Magellan] +cannot force me to believe the contrary; and by it without so many +advantages as those enjoyed by your Majesty's ships they have made +themselves almost complete masters of all the Spice Islands, for they +had no other routes from which to select this one. I assert from +the prudence with which the Dutch consider what is of advantage to +them, that if they could enjoy so great convenience as Nueva-Espana +possesses, they would not take the risk of running by the coast and +ports of your Majesty as they do today by the open sea, where they +might meet one who would resist their progress. An excellent proof of +this truth is their so-oft repeated effort to find a passage through +the strait of Anian. [65] For they consider it more conducive to the +peace of their voyage to experience rough and unknown seas, than to +be liable to the sudden surprises to which those that are milder and +more traversed are liable. The mastery that I know them to exercise in +those districts, is to enter for pillage and barter, as they usually +do, even in the very kingdoms of your Majesty which are nearest to +the defense and power of your fleets And if, in addition, the Dutch +have any trading-posts, established and manned with soldiers, it is +not necessary that Espana should trouble itself to dislodge them, +but the governor of the Philipinas, and the soldiers and ships of +Malaca and of the viceroy of India, should attempt it; and it will +be easy to drive them out at once. In truth, however, (that I may +always discuss a similar case), our design must be more difficult to +attain than theirs; for they content themselves with going where they +are received, and of receiving what they are given, without caring +much whether others enter that district, while your Majesty desires, +as is right, to be absolute and sole ruler, and to shut the gate to +all who do not enter under the name and title of vassals. + +As to the difficulty and delay of sending aid to the islands, although +it is understood that the enemy is attempting some entrance in the +islands, I can easily comprehend that it would be easier to build a +fleet in Espana, and that it would be despatched much more quickly +than from these provinces. But I have always considered that, in this +regard, Sire, he who has so extensive a monarchy as your Majesty, +must see that each part of it have all the force necessary for +its sole defense, without being dependent for so costly and remote +reenforcement, as would necessarily be the case did your Majesty send +it from the the ports of that kingdom. Consequently, I presume that, +if the islands should find themselves in a like necessity, either +they would have to resist an attack with their presidios and walls, +or (to extend the hope farther) that they would not have need for +more aid than what they could secure from Malaca with the galleons +of that crown. The aid that is not so pressingly needed, and which, +it seems, must necessarily come from Espana--such as infantry for the +presidios--is sent there with some difficulty, because of the long +distance overland from Veracruz to the port of Acapulco, in a land +so open that the companies necessarily lose some men. But it would +prove more costly should your Majesty, in order to avoid this, have to +form a fleet on occasions when it would be necessary. However, I have +thought that an effort might be made, some time, to send the soldiers +who must go to the islands in the trading fleet or galleons sailing to +Puertobelo; [66] and to advise the president [of the Audiencia there], +somewhat earlier, to have small boats provided to take the soldiers +by river from Chagre to Cruces. Since from that point to Panama it is +only five leguas overland, the men might be taken there easily and at +little expense. The viceroy of Peru, having been notified beforehand, +should, without any expense to your Majesty, have a vessel at Panama, +where the soldiers could embark and go to Acapulco. There they could +change ships for those in the Philipinas line. By this method some +of the greatest inconveniences could be avoided. + +And lastly, as the concluding argument of this discourse, I remind your +Majesty that since the Philipinas Islands are surrounded by enemies so +powerful as are Xapon and China--one because of its strength and valor, +and the other because of its incredible multitude of inhabitants--with +only the seven hundred Spaniards that the islands had, during +my government of Nueva Espana, who could bear arms (a number now +increased somewhat by the presidios of Terrenate and Thidore), they +are preserved solely for this reason, that by their means the trade +of those countries is opened to your Majesty's kingdoms. Thus said +the emperor of Xapon, when he was advised to conquer Manila. The +Chinese king wrote the same words to Don Pedro de Acuna, when the +latter suspected that the insurrection made in those islands by the +Chinese king's vassals had been made by his orders. And it must be +considered seriously that if the trade be carried on by way of the cape +of Buena Esperanza, it would be quite possible that the Chinese--who, +in order to go to Manila, have to sail, both in the open and among +islands, with some risk and danger because of the smallness of their +craft--after seeing that the Spanish ships had to make a way-station +at Malaca or Xava, would go from the river of Canton, which is the +gateway from which the Chinese ships set out, coasting from land to +land along their own country, and would change the bulk of their +trade to Portuguese ports, and thus deserting Manila. If they did +this, the principal support and defense of Manila would fail, and +its enemies would change their opinion, since they would no longer +enjoy the benefits that now attract them. + +For all the above, Sire, my opinion is that, if the matter were in its +beginnings, from no other part could this trade be directed than from +Nueva Espana; for it is nearer the islands, and is the region from +which less silver can go. And should this cease, without doubt that +kingdom would be greatly weakened, and the Philipinas destroyed--and +none of this to Espana's advantage. On the contrary it would be +to Espana's greater loss, since that country would be filled with +merchandise of little value, at double the money that would be derived +from its sale. The dependence of all the other kingdoms, which is now +sure and not uncertain, would possibly be endangered by venturing upon +the execution of this plan; and your Majesty would also be obliged, +in order to make the sea safe in this route, to have two war vessels +to accompany every trading vessel, notwithstanding the extraordinary +cost which this would involve. + +The other things mentioned in the memorial, namely, [_original +MS. broken_; the appointment(?)] of officials, soldiers, and +sailors now engaged in this despatch do not seem of such nature +that they oblige me to answer them in detail. It is certain that +the viceroys appoint very suitable persons, and will always do so, +since they rely on their honor; and the commander does not care +to overload the vessels, since he is not interested in the freight +charges. Consequently, when the auditor of Manila obliges them to +load much cargo in Cabite, they usually unload and leave goods on +the shoals that they meet, whence arise innumerable complaints and +suits. The pilots and sailors are examined in what is necessary for +them, and the soldiers are sufficient for a navigation route of so +great safety. If it is true that the latter are lazy and vagabonds, +few times have I seen men enlisted in any region who are not such, +or who do not desire to be such. Although there may be things to +correct in all matters, there are other reforms less costly and easier. + +Your Majesty might wish to have these arguments in briefer form; +but, although I have omitted some things, the matter is of so great +moment that I have not been able to pass over anything that I judge +essential for your proper decision in this matter. + +May God preserve your Majesty as Christendom has need. Los Reyes, +April 12, 1612. + + + +LETTER FROM THE BISHOP OF NUEVA SEGOVIA + + +_Jesus_ + +I hold it certain that our Lord has placed your very reverend Paternity +in this place--as he did Joseph, for the good of his fatherland and +his brothers--in the government of the kingdoms of this province +of Philipinas, which is one of the most religious that exist at +present, I understand, in our holy order. Although it is one of the +most remote of those therein, it is at present in the greatest need +that your very reverend Paternity extend to it your protection in +a matter which is most just, and which his Majesty is in conscience +bound to aid. It is a fact that the foundation of a college has been +begun in connection with the convent of Santo Domingo in Manila, +in which is to be studied the teaching of our father, St. Thomas, +which is pure and righteous. This enterprise has been so thoroughly +approved in this city that several of the citizens, even before the +walls of the college were finished, began to endow scholarships of a +hundred pesos of income each per annum, wherewith the students may +be supported and clothed, and the more virtuous and worthy can be +selected. As a copy of the rest of the reasons will accompany this, +I do not choose to set them down here, lest I tire your very reverend +Paternity, whose time is so fully occupied. + +The fathers of the Society of Jesus some years ago established another +college, which is of no use for the public good; since those who +enter it to study have to clothe themselves at their own expense, +and give a hundred pesos a year for their board, which only the very +rich can do. Accordingly, though many have entered, thus far none have +been ordained priests and ministers; for all turn to the fleshpots of +Egypt. These blessed fathers, it is understood, have made opposition +to our college, and have caused his Majesty to issue a decree to his +governor, Don Juan de Silva, to give information as to whether it is +desirable to continue further the said college. This knight is very +much opposed to the order, because its religious have done their duty +by preaching the truth, and persuading to observance of the royal +decrees of his Majesty, which he has with so much wisdom issued for +the good government of these islands. And even I have suffered a part +of the persecution, because I preached the same thing at the feast +of the Rosary, in the year 612; they took from me my stipend for a +year, and the archbishop sent the sermon to his Majesty. Just now two +other copies are being sent for examination, for he persecutes the +preachers and bishops; accordingly, we may dread information from +the governor--although, on the other hand, the truth has so great +power that I think he will utter it, and particularly as at present +we have peace, thanks be to the Lord. Your very reverend Paternity +should be informed that although this governor is a good soldier, +in matters of government he lacks the best qualification, which is +executive ability and exemplary conduct. Accordingly this country is +in a wretched condition, and he is rich indeed who has the means to +stop the mouths of all that complain. + +This province is in great need of religious, as they are the best +ministers, and on account of their vow of poverty are best liked +by the Indians, and those who are most desired; but it seems that +the Council is deliberating whether to give permission for them to +come. As all we who are bishops are informing his Majesty, those +from whom that permission could with justice be taken away are the +calced Augustinian friars; for this province of that order is very +lax, and all who come from there become inactive, and most of them +become traders, and skin the natives. There is a Master Solier there +[_i.e._, in Espana]--who, it is said, is confessor to the president +of the Indias, Marques de Salinas--who is said to have carried [from +here] more than thirty thousand pesos, and to be claiming a great +bishopric. May God free His church from such prelates. This year +there goes from these islands, sent by the governor on his affairs, +another friar of the Augustinians, named Fray Diego de Gevara, +who has been confessor to the said governor, to the great scandal +of this community. He also made visitation of this his province, +and it is public report that he visited the purses. I believe it is +beyond doubt that he is taking letters very favorable to himself, +and he is so kind a man that he promises bishoprics. I write this to +your very reverend Paternity for the relief of my conscience, for I +know that this matter of the bishoprics must rest in your hands; and +bishops may cause great injury here if they are not very exemplary, +fathers of the poor, and free from all avarice. + +Father Fray Diego Duarte went to that court as procurator for this +province to bring religious here, which he did in the manner of a +messenger of God. Now, after he had come with the second reenforcement +of them to help carry the burdens of this province, at the command of +his obedience he is returning again to bring more religious; for his +virtue is already recognized in that court, and he too is acquainted +with those who have influence there. I beseech your very reverend +Paternity to receive him as one recommended, and favor him on any +occasions that may arise. May our Lord protect your very reverend +Paternity for many long years, for the good of His church, with many +gifts from His divine favor. Manila, August 15, 1613. + +_The Bishop of Nueba Segobia_ [67] + + + + +LETTER FROM FELIPE III TO SILVA + + +The King: To Don Juan de Silva, knight of the Order of Santiago, my +governor and captain-general of the Philipinas Islands, and president +of my royal Audiencia there. Your letters of July 20, 612, have been +received and examined in my Council of the Yndias, and I was pleased to +learn that you had sent to Nueva Espana, by the ships going that year, +the two hundred quintals of quicksilver [68] of which you informed me; +also of the friendly reception and kind feeling that you encountered +among the Chinese in the matter of selling this metal and bringing +it to Macan, where you say there is established a factory [_i.e._, +trading-post] for this purpose. I feel gratified at the diligence and +care that you have exercised in the matter, and earnestly charge you +to advance this matter, and strive that the quantity of quicksilver +that you shall purchase and send to Nueva Espana may be as large as +possible, in accordance with the request of the viceroy. You will +keep in close correspondence with him, and not draw on any money +that he may have sent you or shall send you in the future for this +purpose, for any of your own needs, however great. You will try to +foster this trade in such manner that it may be at as little cost as +possible. It has been thought best to advise you to consider whether +it would be possible to procure the quicksilver by having the Chinese +bring it with a clearance direct to the Philipinas, and thus do away +with the factory in Macan. For with the latter there cannot fail +to be difficulties, as the Portuguese merchants do not trade in the +quicksilver; besides, it would seem that the metal would be furnished +by this method at a lower price. I do not mention other objections +that have been considered. However, the documents that you mention +will be sent through the Council of Portugal. + +What you mention in regard to the eight pesos paid by the Sangleys +who last year remained in the country, for each license, is well; +and I charge you to exercise the care which is of so much importance, +that no difficulties shall result from their presence and intercourse +in those islands. + +All the papers that you send regarding the violations of law that are +imputed to the royal officials have been examined in my said Council; +and provision has been made therefor, as you are already aware by +the despatches which were sent to you. In view of the fact that the +investigation and process concerning their guilt, which you wrote me +you would send, is at present being awaited, and you have not done so, +I order you to comply with the orders that you received by the said +despatches (duplicates of which accompany this) so that, if you have +not received the originals, you may by these understand what is to be +done regarding the appointment of persons which you say you have made, +to serve in their offices in the interim. + +What you say concerning the measures you have taken to regulate +the dues which the encomenderos of those islands enjoy, from the +encomiendas which they possess, has been considered, and the result +will be awaited at the first opportunity. + +You did well to advise me of what the king of Japon wrote you to +the effect that he can not obstruct the friendship into which he has +entered with the Dutch, and the desire that he also has to maintain +friendly relations with my vassals. The matter is being looked into, +and at the proper time the result will be written to you. + +It was likewise proper to give me an account of all you mention in +regard to the permission that Sebastian Vizcayno gave in Japon for +a ship to go thence laden with merchandise for Nueva Espana; and the +difficulties that in your opinion may result from the opening of this +trade, of which I am informed. + +In the matter of the assessments and contributions which you say the +Indians pay, and the annoyances which they suffer on this account from +the religious who are instructing them, you speak in general terms of +all the orders in those islands; whereas it would have been best to +write to me particularly as to which orders have thus transgressed, +and to send the investigations that have been made. And, since +the protection and guardianship of the Indians is in your charge, +you should attend to them, in so far as lies in your department, +so that they may not receive any injury or grievance. You should +always carry out the provisions and ordinances in their favor, +proceeding with the religious by discreet and legal measures, and +advising with the Audiencia. You will strive to deal prudently with +the archbishop of that city, maintaining amicable relations with him, +so that from the government of both may follow the good results that +are desirable; for any lack of harmony between those who govern must +always result in evil, besides the general scandal and the bad example +that is furnished. The same is being written to the archbishop, +and he is ordered to avoid the exercise of censures in the cases +that you describe in your letter, since it is not proceeding against +the religious to give me information concerning occurrences. You are +informed of this, that you may understand the matter. As for what you +say regarding the entrance of the said archbishop in his pall, in spite +of the decree sent him which directs the contrary, I have written to +him that he should not have done this, but should have complied with +the decree, and observed the custom in these kingdoms; of this, too, +you are informed so that, being aware of it, you may take care that the +said decree is complied with as I command you to do. As to the other +matters contained in your letters, decisions will soon be reached, +and the result will be written to you soon. Pardo, December 2, 1613. + + +_I The King_ + +Countersigned by: +_Juan Ruiz de Contreras_ +Signed by the members of the Council. + + + +DOCUMENTS OF 1616 + + + Recommendations regarding the archbishopric of Manila. [Council + of the Indias?]; 1613-16. + Letter to Felipe III. Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; August 20. + Portuguese and Spanish expedition against the Dutch, 1615. Juan + de Rivera and Valerio de Ledesma, S.J.; [1616?]. + + +_Sources_: The first document is obtained from the original MS. in the +Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The second, and the first part of +the third, are found in the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library), i, +pp. 403-429; the remainder of the third, in Colin's _Labor evangelica_ +(Madrid, 1663,) pp. 802-810. + +_Translations_: The first document is translated by Robert W. Haight; +the remainder, by James A. Robertson. + + + + +RECOMMENDATIONS REGARDING THE ARCHBISHOPRIC OF MANILA + + +Sire: + +Licentiate Diego Vazquez de Mercado, archbishop of the metropolitan +church of the city of Manila in the Philipinas Islands, by a +letter written your Majesty on the first of July, 610, submits +that, as that church has been without a prelate for a long time, +he finds the affairs of the church in a condition far from what +they should be, and much in need of correction; but, owing to his +great age and the hardships he has undergone, he is very deficient +in health and strength to fulfil the obligations of a good prelate, +and that therefore he finds it necessary to appeal to your Majesty, +that you may be pleased to relieve him from that burden, and receive +his resignation of the archbishopric, which he tenders. And he asks +that, in case this favor is not extended to him, there be named and +appointed a person of suitable qualifications as his coadjutor, +with the future succession, and this should be done as soon as +possible. This has been examined in the Council; and they regard as +actual and valid the hindrances which he represents. Considering the +urgent request which he makes in the letter to your Majesty and in +others which he has written to private persons to the same effect; +his advanced age and his failing health, and the great distance from +Espana to that church, where a person would have to be sent to take +his place in case he should fail; and the great inconvenience that +would result if it was so long without a prelate as has been seen by +experience--it has appeared very expedient to appoint for him, with +the future succession a coadjutor, of the requisite qualifications, +age, and vigor, so that he can fulfil the obligations of a prelate, +and attend to the pastoral ministration. It is recommended that he +he given, for his fitting support, a third part of the income of the +archbishopric, besides the occasional fees [_ovenciones_] and its +visitation--it being understood that the archbishops of that church +are granted a decree to the effect that if the returns do not amount to +three thousand ducados a year, what is lacking will be furnished them +from the royal exchequer. If your Majesty be pleased to approve this, +the persons who appear best fitted for that church will be proposed +to you, so that at the same time when you write to his Holiness on +the matter, the presentation of the person whom your Majesty would +nominate, may be sent to him. Madrid, June 28, 1613. + +[_Endorsed_: "In order not to institute coadjutorships in such cases, +let the Council ascertain whether there is any person for those regions +who, being appointed in his own right, might aid in performing the +archbishop's duties; and if such a one be found, advise me of it, and +of what is to be done regarding the resignation of the archbishop."] + + +Sire: + +In the year 613, your Majesty was given an account of the reasons +set forth by Licentiate Don Diego Vazquez de Mercado, archbishop +of the metropolitan church of the city of Manila in the Philipinas +Islands, why he should be given a coadjutor. The Council was of +opinion that your Majesty might command it to be examined, with the +enclosed advice; and your Majesty was pleased to answer: [Here is +repeated the endorsement on the letter preceding this]. In order +to give better satisfaction to your Majesty, and to report on the +state of affairs in those islands, we have waited for the coming of +the letters. As for himself, the archbishop persisted in his claim, +which was explained to your Majesty in writing on the fourth of May, +614, and the second of August, 615. He considers himself of no use +in the government of his church, as he is more than seventy years of +age, with many infirmities; and he is anxious over the failure that +gives cause for regarding him as remiss, and the fact that he can not +fulfil his obligations, nor make easy the conscience of your Majesty, +and is burdening his own. As a result of this his jurisdiction is +becoming every day less; and owing to his inability to punish them, +and take needful measures, there is cause to fear that there may be +increase of certain sins. It is but right that this should be remedied +in due time, by sending a successor. Again he beseeches your Majesty +to appoint one, so that he may continue to fulfil the obligations of +that office; and that, for his own support, he be left two thousand +of the three thousand ducados which your Majesty has commanded to +be given him. In the letters from the religious orders of these +islands it is evident how fitting and just it is to concede to the +archbishop what he asks. Having considered and examined into this, +the Council is of the same opinion as in the said advice of 613; +and thinks that your Majesty, conformably thereto, may consider it +desirable to ask his Holiness to grant the archbishop a coadjutor with +the future succession, who will be given a third of the stipend of that +archbishopric--namely, one thousand ducados--besides the occasional +fees and the visitation of the archbishopric, leaving to the archbishop +the other two-thirds. It should be through a coadjutorship, because +in this form it appears more suitable, and in accordance with the +petition he makes, and with the customary action in similar cases. If +your Majesty be pleased to approve, persons in that region and in the +archbishopric will be considered in regard to the qualifications that +are required for that church. Madrid, the first of July, 616. + + + +LETTER FROM LEDESMA TO FELIPE III + + +_Abstract of a letter from the provincial of the Society of Jesus, +Valerio de Ledesma, to the king, informing him of the condition of +the Filipinas Islands._ [69] + +In this letter Father Valerio made complaint to the king that the +condition of the country was most unhappy and unfortunate, and +resembled a sick man in the throes of death. He declared that the +trade of the ships from China and Nueva Espana, which was sustaining +and enriching the islands, had fallen off in great measure, and much +more in its profits; for in the year 1616 no more than seven ships +had gone there, although formerly as many as fifty or sixty were +wont to go; and as for Acapulco, no ships had been sent in either +direction. Even if they should be despatched, they were in danger +not only from corsairs but from stormy weather. + +Great armaments had been organized in a short time, to drive out the +Dutch; but for that very reason, the inhabitants had been compelled to +make vast sacrifices at the cost of their fortunes. Hence they were +in so ruined a condition that the three or four wealthiest citizens +had been unable to equip a ship to be sent to Acapulco. The Indians +were so exhausted and harassed with tributes, new impositions, and +personal services, [70] that it became necessary for many, after they +had nothing more to give (since they had given all their possessions), +to give their persons to others, as slaves, so that the latter might +give for them what they themselves did not possess. + +The enemies with whom the Spaniards had to contend were numerous +and gave them no respite--namely, the Mindanaos, Caragas, Sanguils, +Joloans, Dutch, and English and of these last, all those eastern +districts were full of their boats, so that no voyage could be made +without meeting them; and there was no security from them. + +To these calamities was due the death of Governor Juan de Silva, +who, all had hoped, was to free these islands and those of Maluco +from the invasions and piracies of the Dutch. + +He closed by petitioning the king to send forces to sustain the +declining colony, as it was so important, and so precious a portion +of the Spanish monarchy. + +[Dated Manila, August 20, 1616, and signed _Valerio de Ledesma_, +[71] provincial of the Society of Jesus.] + + + +PORTUGUESE AND SPANISH EXPEDITION AGAINST THE DUTCH, 1615 + + +After the Dutch pirates began to sail the seas of Eastern India +and the archipelago of Filipinas, and to carry cloves from Maluco, +silks from China, and drugs from the adjacent islands, they began +also to cripple the cities that were sustained by the trade, which +are the principal cities; because the seas were infested, and there +was little security on them from those pirates. They, from the first +year of their entrance into the Orient, coasted the shores, sounded +the ports, and established trading-posts in the chief places, which +they filled with people whom they brought from Holanda. Consequently, +by the year 1614, the Dutch had eighteen armed galleons in the South +Sea, and they burned the city of Arevalo, where the food for Maluco was +stored, and committed many other depredations, which obliged Don Juan +de Silva, governor and captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, to +prepare a large fleet to attack them and drive them from our seas. But, +thinking that the forces of the Filipinas were insufficient to attend +to so many things at once--the support of the camp in Maluco; the +defense of the city of Manila, which is in sight of twenty thousand +Chinese (who had already, in 1603, risen against it and incited a +war); and sallies to fight the enemy--it was determined to ask help +from the viceroy of India and to join the two forces, Castilian and +Lusitanian, who are especially being attacked by the Dutch. Indeed, +the letters-patent given to them by Count Mauricio read that they are +to make war on the Castilians and Portuguese. Besides this argument, +it is evident that Yndia is not less interested in driving out those +enemies than are the Filipinas. + +Father Juan de Rivera, [72] then rector of the residence of the +Society of Jesus at Manila, was appointed to negotiate this league and +reenforcement. He prepared himself in a few days and left for Yndia on +November 21 of the year 1615. He reached Malaca on Tuesday, December 9, +by Manila reckoning, but Wednesday by that of Malaca; for the date for +those sailing west is later, and earlier for those sailing east. [73] + +From Malaca he journeyed to Cochin, and from Cochin to Goa, at the +time when Yndia was engaged in the wars of the north; because peace +with the great Mogor [74] had been broken. The viceroy had gone with +a powerful fleet to capture, if possible, four English ships anchored +at Surate, where he received the letters belonging to our voyage and +embassy. Considering the importance of the matter, he hastened his +return and went to Goa. There he furnished four galleons for the said +help, and three hundred or more soldiers, appointing as commander of +the latter Don Francisco de Miranda Enrriquez. [75] + +The latter left Goa May 12. The voyage, which is generally +thirty days, lasted three and one-half months. We ran short of +water in the middle of the open stretch, and thought that we were +lost, on account of having been despatched with broken tanks and +hogsheads. Together with this was the disorder among the soldiers of +Yndia, who surreptitiously took with them many servants of their own +and of other people, so that it was necessary to support these people +aboard the vessel. These afterward consumed the food, and then caught +and spread a pestilence. Although there were only one hundred and +ten soldiers in our galleon, there were about seven hundred persons, +mostly negroes and Cafres; of these many were free, although nominally +slaves, as Don Gonzalo de Silva, bishop of Malaca, who was aboard +the same galleon, testified. He declared that many lads were free, +even some whom they were taking as captives. This is a general sin, +wherefore some Portuguese authors say, with Father Hernando Rabelo, +that God is punishing Yndia and the Portuguese nation, which alone +has more slaves than any other nation of the world. + +July 30 we met two Dutch ships, which were apparently going from +Palliacate [_i.e._, Palicat] to carry aid to Maluco. Our galleon fought +singlehanded with those two ships, because the other galleons were +far to leeward. The enemy had waited two days between us, without our +knowing it, in order to show themselves at a favorable opportunity. So +great is the confidence of the Portuguese that they did not fear +them. They said that they were ships from Cochin, and that, had they +known in time that they were enemies, they could have captured them +easily. In short they remained a cannon-shot from the flagship, and so +fought until night, when they made off badly battered--as we learned +later from the people of Achen, on whose coast one of the ships was +immediately wrecked, having sprung a leak through the effect of our +balls and their own firing. They only killed two of our men. After the +battle, our galleon ran aground on a shoal, on the eve of our Lady of +the Assumption, near Pulo Parcelar. At the first shock, the helm was +shifted seaward, and all that night we tossed up and down dreadfully +until, next morning, we miraculously got off the shoal. We reached +the strait of Sincapura on August 10, where, as the pilots said the +Manila monsoon was over, we determined to run to Malaca. + +In Malaca the ships were very inhospitably received, for soldiers are +wont to commit depredations. But within a few days they were made to +see that the landing there of the galleons was for their relief and +the salvation of their city; for a month after their arrival the king +of Achen came with sixty thousand men to besiege it. Information of +this number and of the other things that will be related, was given by +the Portuguese who were captives in Achen and returned to Malaca. They +had three hundred and fifty sail--among them sixty galleys, each with +three pieces in the bows; the piece in the midship gangway fired balls +of sixty libras, as we saw in those found in the galleons after the +war. Along the sides they carried five falcons, firing balls of six +libras. In the royal galley, called "Espanto del mundo" [_i.e._, Fear +of the world] by the people of Achen, were sixteen hundred soldiers +and one hundred and fifty falcons and half-sized falcons. That king of +Achen, the most powerful on the sea of all this Orient, had concerted +with the Dutch that both should take Malaca. Consequently they took a +few days in arriving. The king of Achen arrived first at the bay of +Malaca with a squadron of eighteen galleys, in order to reconnoiter +the place. Finding our four galleys anchored in the port, and learning +that they were war-vessels, they put to sea to await the Dutch. When +our men saw them depart and go toward the strait, where they might +capture the boats from China and unite with the Dutch, they resolved +to set sail and give battle. They did so with the four galleons and +six galliots--ten small vessels. They encountered the Achen boats on +November 15, and fought for two and one-half days. The enemy carried +a considerable force. They burned one galliot, so that the soldiers +abandoned it and went to the galleons. The flagship grappled eleven +galleys. Fire was set to it many times, but our men extinguished +it. The enemy grappled the galleon of Don Juan de Silveira, which +carried twenty-two pieces of artillery, and set fire to it. They were +unable to extinguish the fire, and so it was entirely burned. + +Don Juan de Silvera and Antonio Rodriguez de Gamboa, son of the +commander-in-chief of that fortress of Malaca, and forty other +Portuguese, took to the water; but all were captured by the king +of Achen and placed aboard his galley. A fresh wind began to blow, +wherewith the vessels separated and the men of Achen went to their +country with something less than thirty craft, counting large and +small boats, and with two thousand men killed. Although we did them +damage, it was not so great as that which we received. Accordingly they +regarded it as a victory and entered their kingdom in triumph--where +they feasted the captains, whom they treated courteously, and then +loosed them and gave them liberty. + +On December 7 of the same year of 1615, the Dutch reached the bay of +Malaca with seven ships and one patache, coming to join the king of +Achen. They found our three galleons, which, for greater security, +had been anchored between a sandbank made by the sea and a small +island near Malaca. There they said that they were invincible, for +entrance could be had only by a channel near the rampart, which, +by means of its pieces of artillery, would refuse entrance. On the +sea side they were defended by the sandbank and shoals. But the enemy +sounded the port that night with its lanchas and found a new channel, +where they entered without being hindered by the rampart. This was +attributed to the fault and negligence of those who could and ought +to have prevented the lanchas from making soundings, because of the +many galliots in the port. + +The enemy having entered and coming within cannon range, opened +a fierce bombardment, which lasted two and one-half days. At this +time our vessels defended themselves with three pieces that could +be fired, and no more, because they were anchored, and the current +threw them in a line toward the Dutch; although had the people on +shore been diligent, they could have brought the vessels about with +cables. The enemy tacked at will and played the majority of their +pieces. We discovered that our galleons were stronger than their +ships, for their balls did not pass through the sides of the galleons, +especially of the almiranta and flagship. The damage inflicted by them +was through the open ports; while we saw that our balls passed through +the Dutch ships from side to side, and then went bounding through +the water. Nevertheless, distrusting the Dutch and their battery, +the men of the galleons began to edge away and to leave them at the +approach of night, especially when they saw Captain Juan Pinto and +Admiral Alfonso Vaez fall; they were killed with four others, by a +ball that entered through a port. + +First they abandoned the galleon called "Plata," without taking the +precaution to set it afire when they left, so that the enemy could +not approach with their artillery. This the enemy did, entering and +capturing it, as was well seen; and afterward they set it afire. + +When the enemy saw that the soldiers were deserting the almiranta, +they lowered their lanchas and entered it. One Dutchman, climbing up to +the maintopsail, lowered the banner of Christ and ran up that of Count +Mauricio, the sight of which caused us great anguish. Throughout that +battle our men did not fire a musket or espingarda, [76] and they had +none on the second day, for they tried to escape by swimming. Our men +set fire to this galleon, the almiranta; and when the Dutch saw that it +was burning, they left it, and the fire did its duty until it converted +the vessel into ashes. The flagship held out longer, but the soldiers +did not wait for the Dutch to board, for some of them escaped from +the galleon by swimming. Thirteen or fourteen of them were drowned, +among them Christobal de Fegueredo. Some jumped into a small skiff +belonging to the galleon, for they had taken all the boats from the +city, so that they had none in which to come thence. The galleon was +left with a few men, who were no longer firing and were silent. At this +juncture, the general left by a port, as best he could. Reaching shore, +he ordered the galleon to be set afire, which was done. It began to +burn, to our very great sorrow and to the exultation of the enemy, +for it was an unusually fine vessel; it carried thirty-six pieces +of artillery and a quantity of ammunition. When the fire reached the +powder-magazine, so great was the noise made, that the island of Malaca +trembled and the houses shook. A cloud of smoke arose to the heavens +which hid the clouds, and in that instant we lost sight of the galleon. + +In the four galleons ninety-two pieces of artillery were lost. The +wounded and dead reached one hundred. The enemy were insolent +and victorious, and, although we had done them some damage, they +nevertheless attained their purpose, not only of preventing the +relief of Maluco, but of destroying the Portuguese squadron--and that +without the necessity of boarding any galleon, for which there was +no such need; because, before they could reach the galleys, these +were abandoned. + +As soon as the enemy were discovered, many said that it would be +advisable to mount some pieces on the island, with some gabions, in +order to attack the enemy, and defend the galleons, which would have +been an admirable relief. But it did not have the desired effect, +for only one piece was mounted, and that late; and no one cared to +guard it, until Antonio Pinto de Fonseca, inspector of forts and one +who insisted urgently that the pieces be mounted, found a homicide, +who with other criminals, guarded the piece. He did considerable +injury to the enemy, for he fired from a short distance and with +safety. Had there been six guns, they would have sunk the enemy; +but that was not the first or the last act of carelessness. + +On the twelfth of the month, the galleons were converted into ashes, +and the Maluco relief expedition was destroyed. After the battle and +disaster many quarrels arose among the nobles by land and sea, over +the question who was to blame. Each one blamed the other, attributing +the loss to many excesses that they mentioned. The truth is that such +excesses existed, and they and our sins were the cause of so great +a chastisement. + +On February 25, Don Juan de Silva, governor and captain-general of +the Filipinas, reached the strait with ten galleons, four galleys, +and one patache. The Dutch were informed of his coming, for having +captured Juan Gallegos, a pilot who came from Macao in a patache, he +told them the plans of the governor. Thereupon the enemy took refuge a +week beforehand. They had been awaiting two vessels that were coming +from China with all the wealth of Yndia; and the Portuguese considered +it a foregone conclusion that these would fall into the hands of the +enemy. They had resolved to land on the island of Bintan or Pulo +Timon and burn the galleons, so that the enemy should not benefit +therefrom. For that purpose they sent Captain Fernando Acosta to +Malaca. But at the news of the governor's coming, the enemy abandoned +their station and left a free passage to the ships, which arrived one +day after the governor. It is reported that the two vessels had ten +days of contrary southeast winds which prevented them from reaching the +strait sooner, where their danger was. But God our Lord did better, +and He deprived the enemy of the prize, which would have enriched +them enormously, and allowed them to make war on Europe. + +For that good result and benefit given to all Yndia by Don Juan de +Silva, the Portuguese were extremely thankful, and accordingly received +him in Malaca under a pall and with great acclamation. On March 26 +all confessed that God had delivered them from the Dutch by his means; +and they hoped that he would drive the enemy from these seas later. But +death, which comes when God pleases, finished all their hopes; for it +brought him to his bed, and from that to a grave on April 19, 1616, +of a fever that carried him off in eleven days. During the course of +his sickness, the city made a procession from the _asse_ or cathedral +to [the church of] La Misericordia, [77] praying our Lord for his +health. At his death, they bewailed him with extreme sorrow. + +Before dying he saw that his end was near, and accordingly prepared +himself by acts of faith and penitence, receiving the sacraments. He +ordered his body to be embalmed, and taken on the royal galley to +Manila, and thence to Jerez de los Caballeros, [78] where he founded +a convent of discalced Carmelite nuns. In the meanwhile the body +should be deposited in the residence or houses of the Society of +Jesus. Accordingly, in the residence of Malaca they celebrated the +church services for him. At the end of nine days, the body was taken to +the galleys anchored in the strait of Sincapura. There it was received +with a salute on May 2. On the fourth, sail was set toward Manila. + +The fleet was composed of ten galleons, four galleys, one patache, and +three frigates. It carried three hundred pieces of artillery, eight +companies of Spanish soldiers, five hundred Japanese, two hundred +volunteers, sixty artillerymen, and two hundred sailors. [Without +signature. [79]] + +_Letter from Father Juan de Ribera, [80] rector of the residence of +the Society of Jesus at Manila, in which he gives account of his +voyage to and from India, and of the unfortunate fate of the four +galleons that he took thence._ + +We set sail at Cabite November twenty-one, the day of the Virgin. In +a fortnight we entered the strait of Sincapura, having followed +the new route, which is called that of China. It is a very wide +channel, some forty or fifty brazas deep. We anchored at Malaca on +Tuesday, December nine, by our account, but on Wednesday by that of +Malaca. We left there on Christmas eve, with favorable weather. In +the neighborhood of Punta de Gale [or Galle], which is located in +Ceylan, we experienced a heavy storm. When that had subsided, the +currents carried us to the islands of Mal-Divar [_i.e._, Maldives], +a voyage from which few emerge in safety. We lost our reckoning, +and were in great need of wood and water. But by God's help, after +having approached one of those islands, our necessity was relieved +by some Malabar pirates for money. We were sailing among that great +forest of islands when we became becalmed, the peril most feared by +pilots. When we were all grieving over that, the chief of the Lascars, +a Moro by nation, and religion, arose. Taking a dish in his hand, +he begged us all for an alms for our Lady of Guadalupe of the city +of Cochin, [81] assuring us that she would give us wind. He pledged +himself to give double the alms collected, even if she did not give +the wind. Much surprised in so great confidence in a Moro, and all +of us being encouraged, he collected in a short time eighteen pesos, +and after folding them in a cloth, he tied them to the mizzen-masthead +begging the Virgin to fulfil her promise. The fact was that from that +day the wind to navigate (little or much) never failed us, until we +reached Cochin. That was on January twenty-three, and on entering the +bar there, we met a fleet of Malabar pirates who were sufficiently +powerful to oppose us. But God so disposed that we came upon them +when they were tired out, as we afterward learned, by a battle that +they had waged for the space of two days with another pirate, also a +Malabar--who, conquered by them at last, scuttled his ship and went +down with all on board, in order not to fall into their hands. For +that reason they did not attack us so quickly, and we had time to +enter Cochin. + +The fathers provincial received us on the beach--the present father +Francisco, [82] and the past Alberto Laercio [83]--accompanied by +the most grave fathers with music and other kindnesses. We stayed +two months in Cochin, where we received singular kindness and +entertainment from all. They took me to Caranganor, five leguas from +there, along very pleasant rivers, in a boat like a house, belonging to +the archbishop of Sierra, Father Don Francisco Ros [84] of our Society, +a native of the city of Girona in the principality of Cataluna, whose +hand I desired to kiss. We found him at Peru. He seemed a saint to +me. When I remarked to him, a propos of the retirement and poverty +in which I found him, at the first salutation, "_Qui Episcopatum +desiderat, bonum opus desiderat_," he replied, "Our Chaldean answers, +_Bonam servitulem querit_." [85] He is learned in that language, +in which his priests pray and celebrate the mass with peculiar +ceremonies. We found him living so apostolic a life that he did not +have room to entertain the eight of our Society who were there--among +whom was the rector of Cochin, Father Gaspar Fernandez [86]--nor did +he have any food to give us. Consequently we returned to the boat, +which was more comfortable than the house. We went to Caranganor, a +Portuguese fortress, and a residence of ours, just opposite Samorin. I +saw some doors and windows that had been broken with volleys, and +they told me that a father who was praying in the window had been +killed. The father rector of the residence there had a carved image +of the child Jesus asleep in a little gilded bed, which had been +sent him by a pagan Malabar pirate, who stole it from a Portuguese, +believing it to be gold. But when he had carried it to his house, +he found that it was only gilded wood, and gave it to his children +for a toy. The sleeping Child, however, did not allow his owner to +sleep, for according to his account, He kept him awake every night, +and placing Himself in front of him, said to him, "Take me to the +land of the Christians." He communicated the matter to his wife, +and by her counsel sent Him to the father rector of Caranganor. We +went to Vaypicota, a residence of our Society, which formerly had a +greater number of our members. That field of Christendom has become +lessened through the little favor [shown to the Christians by] the +pagan king to whom it is subject. It is a wonder to me that within +a stone's throw of our church is a Moro mosque, a pagan temple, and +a Jewish synagogue, without one harming another, although they annoy +us greatly by their shouting, when they invoke the devil. + +From Cochin we went to Goa on April three of this year, one thousand +six hundred and fifteen, in a galley of the fleet. We coasted along +the shore and visited the fortresses of Malabar. We spent Holy Week +in Mangalor. We lodged in the convent of St. Francis, and helped +confess the soldiers. We spent forty days in the voyage, until we +reached Goa, where Father Francisco Vergara, rector of the college, +and all the others received us with great charity. Four of them +took me to visit the viceroy, who showed us great courtesy. After I +had been talking with him for almost an hour, the chief chancellor +entered, who is at the same time auditor for the reports in causes, +and is a knight of the habit. Having given him a seat of honor, such +as we were occupying, the viceroy said to him: "I am surprised, sir, +that all the fathers of the Society are all so much alike; for the +father rector of Manila, whom we have here, is just like the fathers +here, even in speech." He determined immediately what could be done in +accordance with the present state of India, in respect to the aid that +I was come to request--namely, to give four well-equipped galleons, +with as many as four hundred soldiers and ninety pieces of artillery +among them all. As commander of this fleet, he assigned Francisco de +Miranda Enriquez, a gentleman who has had good fortune in war; and, +as admiral, Alfonso Vaez Coutino. + +We left Goa on the twelfth of May. We were one hundred and two days +on the voyage for the lack of good weather, and on account of the +poor route chosen by the pilot, who took us to the land of Achan; and +as its inhabitants are hostile to the Portuguese, the latter did not +dare land there. The men were dying with thirst, and had it not been +for some showers, and the final resolution to get water on a desert +island, we would have suffered even death. We had many _samatras_, +or hurricanes, on the coast of that great land, which broke topmasts, +tore sails, and broke moorings, causing us to lose anchors and other +necessary articles. + +On July thirty, on the eve of our Father St. Ignatius, in the district +of Pulu Parcelar, our capitana galleon fought two Dutch vessels, +without the other galleons being able to render aid, as they were to +leeward. Our galleon made two vain attempts to grapple--one because +of too much wind, and the other for lack of wind--for the one was +a samatra or hurricane, and the other so great a calm, that neither +we nor the Dutch could manage our ships. But inasmuch as we remained +within cannon-shot of one another, we fought until night deepened, +and they fled battered to pieces; for our balls had gone clear through +them, while theirs made scarcely any impression on us. Accordingly +we only lost two men in the fight. + +On the eve of the Assumption [87] we ran upon a shoal three brazas +under water, where the galleon remained all night, tossing up and down +frightfully. In the morning a boat came from one of our other ships +in response to the numerous pieces that we discharged, and helped us +get off the shoal; but we were in so bad condition that from then on +the boat made thirty palmos of water every twenty-four hours. + +We finally reached Malaca August twenty-two. Although it was thought +that the monsoon or favorable wind was already ended, we attempted +to make the voyage to Manila. We passed the strait of Sincapura, +and on the fifth of September, because of the little progress that +we made, called a council, in which we all resolved to winter at +Malaca. However, on the next day, the commander attempted to continue +the voyage to Manila, until the soldiers and sailors mutinied and +forced him to put in at Malaca, on the nineteenth of the same month. + +The fleet was very ill received by the inhabitants there, because +of the harm that soldiers generally do. But our going there was soon +seen to have been a providence of God; for within one month the king +of Achen came to attack that city with a fleet of one hundred and +fifty sail and forty thousand men, and had not he found our galleys +there would surely have captured it. And further, according to rumors +(and as was shown in the result), he had agreed with the Dutch to join +them, since they came only twenty days apart, as I shall immediately +relate. In my opinion the same thing that had happened to the prophet +Abacuc [_i.e._, Habakkuk] happened to me. For he having prepared +the food for his reapers, the angel bore him by the hair to Babylon, +to relieve the necessity of Daniel, who had been locked in the den +of lions. I took that aid from Goa for Manila, and the Lord took us +to Malaca, and conveyed us as if by the hair, since we put in with +great repugnance; and at last all that reinforcement was consumed in +helping Malaca. + +A squadron of galleys came ahead to reconnoiter. Finding our galleons +anchored, and taking note of the soldiers in them and in the city, +it went ahead to the strait to await (as was heard) the Dutch. Our +men feared lest they should attack the trading ships which generally +come at that time from China. Accordingly it was resolved that four +galleons, six galliots, and other oared craft should sail out to drive +the enemy from the coast. They engaged on the fifteenth of November, +and fought all that day, and the one following. The enemy's force +was large. They burned one galliot and forced the men to desert the +others and enter the galleons, which now were in need of men. The enemy +attacked our flagship and surrounded it with twelve large galleys. It +caught fire many times, but our men always extinguished the fire +and defended themselves valiantly. They attacked the galleon of Don +Juan de Silveyra, which was a fine vessel, and a fort of twenty-two +cannons. It caught fire and burned so furiously that the flames could +not be extinguished; and it was accordingly burned to ashes. The said +Don Juan de Silveyra and Antonio Rodriguez Gamboa--his brother-in-law, +and son of Juan Cayado de Gamboa, commandant of that fortress of +Malaca--leaped overboard. They and thirty or forty other Portuguese +were captured by the people of Achen and taken to their king, who +treated them courteously and gave them liberty. Those gentlemen +declared to me, in writing, in Malaca that the fleet of the people +of Achen consisted of three hundred and fifty craft, among which were +sixty large galleys, each with three pieces of artillery at the bow, +while that of the midship gangway had the caliber of sixty libras; +that the royal galley carried one thousand six hundred men, with one +hundred and twenty falcons and half-falcons; and that they lost ten +large galleys in the fight, besides twenty other lesser craft. They +also stated that after returning to his country the king punished +certain of his captains because they had not burned all the galleys; +and that having given liberty to the captives he sent them to Malaca, +with che message that he desired peace with his brother, the king of +Castilla and Portugal. + +Our good fortune resulted in his not having effected a meeting with the +Dutch, who arrived the next month, on the seventh of December, with +seven ships and one patache. Our three galleons had been stationed +in a cove between the small island of Malaca and a sandbank--a +place that seemed impregnable, as it was defended on the sea side +by the sandbank and shoals, and on the land side by the artillery +of its ramparts. But the enemy, having thoroughly reconnoitered the +sandbank and shoals, discovered a channel where they could enter, +and thereupon entered on the morning of the next day, flying their +red rear-admiral's banners. The flagship remained outside, although +within cannon-shot. Then began a cruel bombardardment that lasted +three days. Our galleons could not play all their artillery, for they +were anchored, and the currents were dragging them toward the Dutch, +who were free, and maneuvered at will. Our artillery was heavier than +theirs, consequently the few pieces that we fired did them great +damage. The building of a protection for the cannon was discussed, +and the planting of some pieces on the island, in order to defend +the galleons. That would doubtless have been of great importance +for they would have fired from a covered battery and at very close +range, as was seen by the effect produced by only one piece that +was mounted there. It was fired by a man who had been condemned to +death, and who was awaiting justice for having pillaged two Chinese +vessels. He was promised pardon if he would take charge of that piece, +as he did, to the damage of the enemy. But as he was alone and the +enemy were bringing to bear all the artillery of their ships, they +finally prevailed. On the first day, Juan Pinto, captain of a galley, +being killed, and his uncle, a valiant soldier, having broken his leg, +his men were disheartened, and deserted the galleon; but they did not +take the precaution to burn it, so that the enemy could not profit, +as they did, by its artillery, food, and other things that it was +carrying; afterward the enemy set it on fire. + +At dawn of the next day, December ten, the heretics began to attack +the almiranta. At the first volleys the admiral and five other men +were killed. The men were so disheartened by that event that they +began to jump overboard, and it was impossible for certain commanders +and brave soldiers, who were trying to defend the galleon, to prevent +them. But, as the enemy perceived them deserting the vessel, they +sent their lanchac and entered it; they first lowered the flag of +Christ from the masthead and placed it on their ship below that of +Count Mauricio. The vessel was already burning from the fire set by +our men, and accordingly the enemy deserted it quickly. + +Our flagship kept up the fight longer, but at last men were lacking; +for, as the land was near, they tried to reach it in boats or by +swimming. The commander Francisco de Miranda Enriquez was left +with very few men; and they even, seeing that it was impossible to +defend themselves, were forced to land, after having set fire to the +galleon. It was a very fine and strong boat. It earned thirty-six +cannon, and had so much ammunition that when the fire reached the +powder magazine, the vessel blew up with so great a din, that it made +the entire city and the island of Malaca shake, and the vessel was +seen no more. This was different from the almiranta, which, when its +powder had been spent, was two days in burning. The dead and wounded on +our side number about one hundred. The enemy lost one of its vessels, +but was at last victorious. Then they went to the strait to await the +ships expected from China. In the city was little harmony, those of +the fleet and those of the city accusing one another of the fault [of +the defeat]. I reverenced the judgments of God, and considered that, +although there was some excess on both sides, the chief cause of so +great a loss was our sins. _Quia peccavimus tibi Domini_, etc. [88] + +The largest fleet ever seen in these islands or perchance in the +Indias was prepared that year of 1615 in the port of Cabite. [89] +It seems a miraculous circumstance that so large a number of ships +could be gathered together in a land so recently conquered and peopled +with Spaniards, and the most remote and distant in all the Spanish +monarchy. It was the peculiar offspring of the magnanimous courage, +valor, and energy (never sufficiently praised) of Governor Don Juan +de Silva. It consisted of ten galleons, four galleys, one patache, +and other smaller craft: the flagship of the galleons, called "La +Salvadora," of two thousand tons burden; the almiranta, by name +"San Marcos," of one thousand seven hundred; "San Juan Bautista," +and the "Espiritu Santo," of one thousand three hundred; "San Miguel" +and "San Felipe," of eight hundred; "Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe," +and "Santiago," one hundred less; "San Andres," five hundred; and +"San Lorenco" (the smallest one), four hundred. The galleys were all +under the advocacy and name of the Virgin Mary, our Lady. Those craft +were armed and equipped with five thousand men, two thousand, or a +few less, being Spaniards; three hundred pieces of artillery--the +flagship alone carrying forty-six (the smallest of eighteen, while +the majority of them were twenty-two libras' caliber, and some were +thirty), and all were bronze, and it carried nine hundred men; +the almiranta seven hundred men, and thirty-two pieces; and the +other vessels in proportion. Of powder, they carried four thousand +five hundred arrobas; of biscuits, five thousand; of clean rice, +three thousand fanegas; and so on, in all the other war-supplies, +ammunition, and food. All this was at the king's account, not to +mention the private persons who embarked. + +Among the other precautions that the governor took in order to +accomplish a successful result was one, namely, to ask the provincials +of the orders and their religious to aid--the one with their prayers +and continual sacrifices in their convents; and the other by religious +who were priests, to act as chaplains of the vessels. Six fell to +the share of the Society, two of whom embarked in the flagship, +in which were the chief Japanese of a company of that nation which +had been raised to serve as volunteers on that expedition, through +the vigilance of Father Garcia Garces, [90] a Castilian, one of the +exiles, whom the governor esteemed highly. Accordingly, the latter +ordered that the father should embark on the flagship, and with +him another religious of the Japanese nation, a person respected +because of his worth. In the galleon "San Juan Bautista" was Father +Pedro Gomez, rector of Maluco. He had gone to India, and returned +with the news of the four Portuguese galleons which were coming to +unite with our ten. As his associate went Father Manuel Ribeyro of +the province of Cochin and its subject. In the ship "San Felipe" was +Father Miguel Ignacio, at present rector of the residence of Zebu, +who, without urging the obligation of his office or the ill-health +that he was enjoying _[la poca salud, que gozaua]_, offered himself +so fervently to the superiors for that perilous mission, that they +had to yield to him. The commander of that ship has declared in his +many letters the talent of the said father as a preacher, and his +opinion of his sanctity; and how great was the esteem of the soldiers +and sailors for the abundant fruit that he had gathered in Cabite by +his apostolic preaching. His associate was Father Melchor de Vera, +[91] who had been in the expedition and victory of the year 10. Of +the other religious orders there were also some prominent members, +divided among the other boats. + +That noble fleet could not set sail until the last day of that year of +1615. It had been collected with the intention of going straightway +in search of the enemy in their own forts and the chief stronghold +of Malayo. But as the galleons from India did not arrive, which they +had heard were wintering in Malaca; and knowing that at that time +some ships were generally awaiting in its strait the trading-ships +from China which pass that way, and that some good fortune could be +secured from them: the governor considered it advisable to lay his +course toward Malaca--whence he supposed that after the destruction +of the enemy that he would cause there, and after having joined the +Portuguese galleons, he would go straight to Malayo. It was a well +founded idea, but founded on an uncertain end as are all human ideas +and considerations. For besides that there were then no galleons in +Malaca, because they had been burned in the manner above related, +if the governor had not left these coasts, or at least had he sailed +directly to those of Maluco, and even without leaving the bay of +Manila, he would have had in a short time a victory equal to the +past, and would have destroyed the help that came, because of his +preparations, from Olanda by way of the coasts of Piru and Nueva-Espana +to these islands. For it happened that at the same time that Don Juan +de Silva was going out by way of Miriveles with his fleet, one of the +four governors of the state of Olanda was entering by way of Capulco +[i.e., Capul] with four large ships--his flagship being one called "Sol +de Olando" [i.e., "The sun of Holland"]--and two pataches. Those ships +were coming straight to anchor at the same entrance of Mariveles, by +which the fleet that we had fitted out had sailed one month previously. + +That unlooked-for event caused great confusion in this city of Manila +and the port of Cabite. Licentiate Andres de Alcaraz and the gentlemen +of the royal Audiencia were governing. They put aside their togas and +girded on their swords. They divided the most dangerous and important +posts. One of them was charged with the fortification of Cabite, and +the repair of three galleys and other boats that had been going to +rack and ruin there; another with the casting of new pieces from the +little metal remaining in the royal magazines, and he, because by its +scarcity the sudden need for artillery could not be supplied, tried +to use the waste left from former castings, by digging and sifting the +earth around the ancient foundry. That was so excellent a scheme that +three thousand arrobas of metal were collected in a few days. It is +a cause for wonderment, and could not have been accomplished except +by Spanish activity, stimulated by necessity and the energy of the +Chinese, sharpened by the reward of three reals given them for each +arroba. More than one thousand five hundred persons worked at the +sifting, and at the casting of new pieces. As a result the necessary +cannon for the defense of Cabite and Manila were manufactured in a +short time. + +To that and other temporal precautions and efforts, were added +at the same time the spiritual--acts of prayer and supplications, +the most holy host being exposed in the cathedral, the convents, +and the parochial churches, with the effect and devotion that +exigency and need are wont to stimulate. The image of our Lady of +Guidance was carried in solemn and devout procession from her church +(which is located in the suburbs of this city) to the cathedral, +where it was visited continually by the inhabitants, who could not +tear themselves from it. In our residence the most holy host was also +exposed to all the town; with the solemnity of service and sermon on +the day that belonged to it; while on all other days it was especially +exposed by Ours at the hour of prayer and devotion. Each priest was +ordered to say a novena of masses, and those who were not priests +a novena of rosaries, penitences, and other devotions. Similar and +even advantageous action was taken in the other convents, churches, +and communities of the city and surrounding villages. + +The Lord, whose providence is always most notable in the greatest +exigencies, was pleased to hear the united voice of this community, +and induced our enemy, after they had lain at anchor for a fortnight +in the bay in sight of Manila, to hoist their sails; and without doing +more than seize one champan and send two letters by a prisoner--one +to the commander of their nation [i.e., van Caerden] who was a +prisoner here, and the other to the royal Audiencia, asking for his +ransom. But that could have no effect, for the miserable man had +died a short time before in his perfidy, exchanging his temporal +for the eternal prison. [After sending these letters] the enemy +returned to Terrenate, ridding this city of its great anxiety. On +that occasion the religious served not only with spiritual weapons, +but also with what temporal arms they could use and those that they +knew how to manage. Among others was one of our brethren, whom the +royal Audiencia charged with the management of the artillery of the +port of Cabite, because of his skill in the art and of his bravery, +which the occasion required. Another religious, also ours, by his +good management prevented the soldiers of Cabite from burning that +settlement, for they had already commenced at one of the houses, +where were collected the goods of the Portuguese commander, who had +come from Espana the year before as commander of certain caravels with +reenforcements from the kingdoms of Espana. They considered it less +wrong for us to burn them ourselves than to let the enemy make use +of them. But that religious with his arguments and good management +hindered it, and inspired them all to extinguish the fire. That was +a cause of rejoicing afterward, when they saw the enemy go away and +leave us, without forcing us to so costly a precaution. + +While the above was passing in Manila, our fleet reached Malaca, +and entered the strait February twenty-five. The enemy had left +it one week previous, fleeing with all sails set, because of the +secret advice that they had received that our fleet was going in +search of them. The day following the arrival of our galleons, +the two Chinese trading-ships entered the same strait, bearing all +the wealth of India It was a most fortunate event and was worthily +celebrated by the public acclamations of the inhabitants of Malaca, +who called Governor Don Juan de Silva their redeemer. They received +him in their city under the pall, with demonstrations of joy and +honors as if he were a viceroy, for as such did they regard him; +and they assured themselves that with his valor and powerful fleet, +they were to deliver India from the inopportune war and the continuous +pillaging of the Dutch. But (O human misery!) fortune changed within a +few days, and all those hopes were frustrated; it brought the governor +to his bed with a mortal burning fever, which killed him in eleven +days. During the course of those eleven days the city made a public +procession from the cathedral church to the Misericordia, praying +God for his health. On the day of his death--namely, April nineteen, +1616--there were general mourning and tears from men, women, and even +children, as if each one of them had lost a father. + +Recognizing the approach of death, he received the holy sacraments, +and performed many acts of faith and penitence, protesting that he was +dying in the service of his king, and, as he hoped, in that of God, +for his intent had been none but the conservation and increase of the +Catholic faith and the destruction of heresy in those districts. And +he said that if the natives had been harassed any, those molestations +had not been intended and were unavoidable, for war brings them. He +ordered his body to be embalmed and carried to this city of Manila +in the flagship galley. From here he ordered his body to be carried +to Xerez de los Cavalleros, where he ordered a convent of discalced +Carmelites to be founded; and that his remains should be deposited +in the residences of the Society. Thus was it done in Malaca, and +afterward here in Manila, where all that fleet arrived in the first +part of June, on the eve of Corpus Christi, in the year of 1616. The +mission and ministry of Ours and of the other religious who took +part in the campaign had lasted for four months, in which they had a +very abundant harvest of souls, discomforts and hardships; for they +had been two months below the equator itself, where they suffered +incomparable heat and drank poor water, which was the cause of the +men catching the plague. And hence there was considerable to do, +and in which to employ their fervor, particularly during Lent and +Holy Week, which they spent at sea. [92] + + + + + +BIBLIOGRAPHICAL DATA + + +Many documents in this volume are obtained from MSS. in the Archivo +general de Indias, Sevilla; their pressmarks are indicated as follows: + +1. _Petition of the Recollects._--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de personas eclesiasticas de Filipinas; +anos 1609 a 1644; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 43." + +2. _Dominicans, in re Audiencia._--The same as No. 1. + +3. _Letter from Juan de Silva._--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del presidente y oidores de dicha +Audiencia vistos en el Consejo; anos 1607 a 1626; est. 67, caj. 6, +leg. 20." + +4. _Letters from Felipe III to Silva._--"Audiencia de Filipinas; +registros de oficio; reales ordenes dirigidas a las autoridades +del distrito de la Audiencia; anos 1597 a 1634; est. 105, caj. 2, +leg. 1."--except that of November 12, 1611, noted below. + +5. _Hospital at Nueva Caceres._--"Simancas--Eclesiastico; Audiencia de +Filipinas; cartas y expedientes de los obispos sufraganeos de Manila; +anos de 1594 a 1698; est. 68, caj. 1, leg. 34." + +6. _Letters to Dominican Provincial._--The same as No. 4. + +7. _Status of missions._--The same as No. 3. + +8. _Letter from Soria._--The same as No. 5. + +9. _Recommendations regarding archbishopric of +Manila._--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; consultas +originales correspondientes a dicha Audiencia; anos 1586 a 1636; +est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 1." + +The following is obtained from the Archivo Historico Nacional, Madrid: + +10. _Letter from Felipe III to Silva_, November 12, 1611.--"Cedulario +Indico, tom. 38, fol. 143, no. 108." + +The following are found in _Recopilacion de leyes de Indias_ (Madrid, +1841): + +11. _Laws regarding commerce._--In lib. ix, tit. xlv. + +12. _Decree regulating services._--In lib. vi, tit. 12, ley 40. + +The following are taken from the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library): + +13. _Relation of 1609-10._--In vol. i, pp. 273-340. + +14. _Letters from Ledesma and Rivera._--In vol. i, pp. 403-429. + +The remaining documents are obtained from the following sources: + +15. _Jesuit missions, 1608-09._--From _Annuae litterae_ (Dilingae, 1610), +pp. 507-532. + +16. _Foundation of the college of Santo Tomas._--From _Algunos +documentos relativos a la Universidad de Manila_ (Madrid, 1892), +pp. 5-20. + +17. _Trade of the Philippines._--From _Doc. ined. Amer. y Oceania_, +vi, pp. 298-314. + +18. _Account of the battle of Playa Honda_ (in "Expedition against +Dutch, 1615").--From Colin's _Labor evangelica_ (Madrid, 1663), +pp. 802-810. + + + +CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF THE GOVERNORS OF THE PHILIPPINES 1565-1899 AND +THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE ISLANDS AT DIFFERENT PERIODS + + + +List of Philippine Governors + + +_Miguel Lopez de Legazpi_--Native of Zubarraja (Zumarraga), Guipuzcoa, +born in early part of sixteenth century; goes to Mexico in 1545, where +he becomes clerk of the cabildo; appointed in 1561 to lead expedition +to discover western islands; lands at Cebu April 27, 1565; begins fort +and takes possession of Cebu and neighboring islands for Spain, May 8, +1565; takes possession of Manila, May 19, 1571; erects city of Manila, +June 3, 1571, and appoints regidors, etc., June 24, 1571; death, August +20, 1572; term as governor February 13 (date of first anchorage near +Cebu)-August 20, 1572; also adelantado or governor of the Ladrones. + +_Guido de Labezares_--Biscayan; accompanies Villalobos expedition +of 1542; appointed royal treasurer of Legazpi's expedition, 1564; +appointed by Mexico Audiencia by sealed instructions to succeed +Legazpi in case of the latter's death; succeeds to governorship, +August 20 (?), 1572; orders Salcedo to subdue Ilocos and found town +of Fernandina (now Bigan), and orders subjection of Camarines, 1573; +defends Manila against pirate Limahon, 1574; apportions encomiendas; +term as governor (_ad interim_), August 20 (?), 1572-August 25, +1575; given appointment for life as master-of-camp, by Felipe II, and +encomiendas of which he has been deprived by Sande, restored to him. + +_Doctor Francisco de Sande_--Native of Caceres; serves as attorney, +criminal judge, and auditor in Mexico; succeeds Labezares, August 25, +1575; founds city of Nueva Caceres; arrival of first Franciscans, 1577; +expedition to Borneo, 1578; term as governor, August 25, 1575-April, +1580; becomes auditor in Mexico Audiencia. + +_Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa_--Native of Arevalo; alguazil-mayor in +Mexico; contracts with king to colonize islands, for which to receive +governorship for life; arrives at Manila, April, 1580; arrival of +bishop and first Jesuits, 1581; founds Arevalo, 1581 or 1582; founds +Nueva Caceres, 1582; expedition to Maluco, 1582; imposes import and +export duties, 1582; conflict between the bishop and Augustinians, +1582; sends Gabriel Rivera to Spain; death, March 10, 1583; term as +governor, April, 1580-March 10, 1583. + +_Diego Ronquillo_--Nephew of preceding; appointed governor _ad interim_ +by royal decree, succeeding to government, March 10, 1583; first great +Manila fire, March 19, 1583; term as governor March 10, 1583-May, 1584. + +_Doctor Santiago de Vera_--Native of Alcala de Henares; alcalde of +Mexico; arrives at Manila, May 16, 1584; establishes first Audiencia +of Manila, 1584; sends Diego Ronquillo prisoner to Spain, 1585; sends +expedition to Maluco, 1585; Father Sanchez leaves for Spain, June 28, +1586; arrival of Dominicans for their first mission, 1587; constructs +first stone fort, 1587; Candish captures "Santa Ana," November 4, +1587; insurrection in the Bisayas, 1588; term as governor, May 16, +1584-May, 1590; appointed auditor in Mexico Audiencia. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_--Native of Galicia, and knight of Order of +Santiago; corregidor of Murcia and Cartagena, 1589; appointed governor +of Philippines, 1589; sails for Mexico, December 8, 1589; sails from +Acapulco, March 1, 1590; arrives at Manila, May (June 1, according to +his own letter, q.v., Vol. VIII, p. 268), 1590; suppresses Audiencia, +1590; establishes regular camp, and fortifies and walls Manila; +quarrels with bishop; contracts with Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa +to conquer Mindanao, May 12, 1591; correspondence with Japan, 1592; +Bishop Salazar goes to Spain, 1592; embassy from Camboja, 1593; sails +on Maluco expedition, October 19, 1593; murdered by Chinese rowers, +October 25, 1593; term as governor, May (or June 1), 1590-October +25, 1593. + +_Licentiate Pedro de Rojas_--Auditor of Manila Audiencia, 1584; +lieutenant-assessor, 1590; governor (_ad interim_), October-December +(forty days) 1593; war affairs of islands in charge of Diego Ronquillo; +appointed alcalde of Mexico, 1593. + +_Luis Perez Dasmarinas_--Son of Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, and knight of +Order of Alcantara; receives governorship _ad interim_, by virtue of +appointment of father, December (Zuniga says 3), 1593; foundation in +Manila of Confraternity of La Misericordia, 1594; arrival in Manila of +Chinese mandarins, 1594; embassy from Siam, 1595; Figueroa's expedition +to Mindanao, 1595; Morga arrives at Manila as lieutenant-governor, +June 11, 1595; expedition to Camboja under Gallinato, 1596; term as +governor, December 3, 1593-July 14, 1596 (San Antonio says the last +of June). Some historians and chronologists say that Dr. Antonio de +Morga acted as governor _ad interim_ from his entrance into Manila, +June 11, 1595, until Tello's arrival July 14, 1596, but he merely +fulfilled the duties of his office of lieutenant-governor. In his +letters after his arrival, and in his book, he distinctly states that +Luis Perez Dasmarinas was governor. Tello says in a letter of July 17, +1596 (see _Vol_. IX, pp. 274-277), "In respect to the person of Don +Luys Perez Dasmarinas, whom I found acting as governor." Consequently +Morga is given no place in this list. + +_Francisco de Tello de Guzman_--Native of Sevilla, and knight of Order +of Santiago; treasurer of India House of Trade; appointed governor +and president of Audiencia, which he is ordered to reestablish, +by royal decree, November 26, 1595; enters Manila, July 14, 1596; +martyrdom of Franciscans in Japan, February 5, 1597; arrival of +first archbishop, May 1598; Audiencia reestablished, May 8, 1598; +arrivals of first suffragan bishops, 1598-1600; Moro invasions, +1599-1600; Morga's fight with Oliver van Noordt, December 14, 1600; +Jesuit seminary of San Jose founded, 1601; term as governor, July 14, +1596-May, 1602; death in Manila, April 1603. + +_Pedro Bravo de Acuna_--Knight of the Order of St. John, and comendador +of Salamanca; appointed governor of Cartagena in West Indies, 1593; +appointed governor of the Philippines as early as January 16, 1600 +(see _Vol_. XI, p. 312); instructions issued for, February 16, 1602; +arrives at Manila, May, 1602; second fire in Manila, April 30, 1603; +first Chinese insurrection, 1603; expedition to Maluco, January +15-May 31, 1606; Audiencia rules during his absence; first Japanese +insurrection, 1606; death, June 24, 1606. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor +_Cristobal Tellez de Almansa_ of military affairs, June 24, 1606; +arrival of first Recollect mission, 1606; secoad insurrection of +Japanese, 1607; Audiencia governs, June 24, 1606-June 15, 1608. + +_Rodrigo de Vivero_--Native of Laredo; page to queen in Spain, +and official in Nueva Espana; appointed governor (_ad interim_) +by royal decree, July 7, 1607; arrives at Manila, June 15, 1608; +issues instructions to alcaldes-mayor; term as governor, June 15, +1608-April (Easter), 1609; appointed count of Valle, and governor +and captain-general, and president of Audiencia of Panama. + +_Juan de Silva_--Native of Trujillo, and knight of the Order of +Santiago; arrives in Manila April (Easter), 1609; brings reenforcements +of five companies; victory over Wittert, April 25 (San Antonio says +24), 1610; arrival of fourth archbishop, Diego Vazquez de Mercado, +June 4, 1610; fruitless expedition against Dutch, 1611; expedition +in conjunction with Portuguese against Dutch, February 4, 1616-April +19, 1616; death, April 19, 1616; Audiencia governs during absence; +term as governor, April, 1609-April 19, 1616. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor +Licentiate _Andres Alcaraz_ of military affairs, as substitute for +Jeronimo (uncle of Juan) de Silva, who is appointed governor (_ad +interim_) in case of Juan de Silva's death, by royal decree of March +20 (Delgado) or 28 (San Antonio), 1616 (Alcaraz having been left in +charge by Juan de Silva on his departure to Malaca); return of fleet, +June 1, 1616; Spielberg bombards Iloilo, September 29, 1616, and +is defeated next day; his defeat at Playa Honda by Juan Ronquillo, +April 14, 1617; Jeronimo de Silva arrives from Maluco and takes +charge of military affairs, September 30, 1617; Audiencia governs +(after Juan de Silva's death), April 19, 1616-June 8 (Delgado), 1618. + +_Alonso Fajardo y Tenza_--Native of Murcia, knight of the Order of +Alcantara, and seigneur of Espinardo; arrives at Cavite, July 2, 1618, +and takes charge of government on the day following (but June 8 is +the erroneous date given by Buzeta and Bravo); foundation of convent +of Santa Clara, August-November 1, 1621; kills wife for adultery, +1621; checks insurrection in the Visayas, 1623; death from melancholy, +July 11 (Delgado) or before July 23, 1624; term as governor, July 3, +1618-July, 1624. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and +_Jeronimo de Silva_ of military affairs at death of Fajardo; Silva +imprisoned by Audiencia for failure to pursue Dutch whom he puts to +flight near Playa Honda, 1624; Audiencia governs, July, 1624-June, +1625. + +_Fernando de Silva_--Native of Ciudad-Rodrigo, knight of the Order +of Santiago, and former ambassador to Persia; appointed governor +(_ad interim_) by viceroy of Mexico; arrives at Manila, June, 1625; +term as governor, June 1625-June 29, 1626. + +_Juan Nino de Tabora_--Native of Galicia, comendador of Puerto Llano, +and knight of Order of Calatrava; master-of-camp in Flanders; arrives +at Manila, June 29 (Retana, _Estadismo_, says wrongly July 29), 1626; +despatches expedition against Moros, 1627-1630; builds Manila bridge +and strengthens fortifications; death, July 22, 1632; term as governor, +June 29, 1626-July 22, 1632. + +_Vacant_--The Audienca takes charge of political affairs, and _Lorenzo +de Olaza_ (or Olaso) of military affairs, being appointed by viceroy +of Mexico; Audiencia governs July 22, 1632-about the middle of 1633. + +_Juan Cerezo de Salamanca_--Appointed governor (_ad interim_) by +viceroy of Mexico; expeditions against Moros, 1634-1635; term as +governor, about middle of 1633-June 25, 1635. + +_Sebastian Hurtado de Corcuera_--Native of Berbenda (Berguenda) in +the mountains of Burgos (some say of Vitoria, in province Alava), +knight of the Order of Alcantara, and ex-governor of Panama; arrives +in Manila, June 25, 1635; term notable for troubles with archbishop +and ecclesiastics; expeditions against Moros, 1637-1638; Chinese +insurrection, November, 1639-March, 1640; Formosa captured by Dutch, +August 24, 1642; gives first ordinances for good government in the +Philippines, 1642; term as governor, June 25, 1635-August 11, 1644; +arrested and held prisoner for five years by successor; released by +order of king and appointed (1659) governor of Canaries; death at +Tenerife, August 12, 1660. + +_Diego Fajardo_--Knight of the Order of Santiago; takes office, +August 11, 1644; dominated by secretary Eustacio de Venegas, until +September 15, 1651; naval battles with, and victories over, Dutch, +March, July, and August, 1646; fortifies city; term as governor, +August 11, 1644-July 25, 1653. + +_Sabiniano Manrique de Lara_--Native of Malaga, knight of the Order +of Calatrava, and ex-castellan of Acapulco; arrives at Cavite, +July 22, 1653; takes possession of government, July 25 (Retana, +_Estadismo_, says July 28), 1653; earthquake in Manila, August 20, +1658; insurrections among natives 1660-1661; Chinese insurrection, +1662; term marked by partial cessation in ecclesiastical troubles +and outbreaks of Moros; term as governor, July 25, 1653-September 8, +1663; returns to Malaga after residencia and becomes priest. + +_Diego de Salcedo_--Native of Brussels, an army officer; appointed +governor by royal provision, December 2, 1661; arrives at Manila, +overland from Cagayan, September 8, 1663; troubles with archbishop and +ecclesiastics lead to his arrest by the Holy Office of the Inquisition, +September 28, 1668; term as governor, September 8, 1663-September 28, +1668; sent to Mexico for trial in 1669, but dies at sea; Inquisition +of Mexico exonerates. + +_Juan Manuel de la Pena Bonifaz_--Junior auditor of Manila Audiencia; +succeeds as governor (_ad interim_) by trickery, September 28(?), +1668; term as governor September 28(?), 1668-September 24, 1669; +takes refuge in Recollect convent. [93] + +_Manuel de Leon_--Native of Paredes de Nava, and military officer; +appointed by royal provision June 24, 1668; arrives in Manila, +September 24, 1669; conflict with archbishop, 1673; death, April 11, +1677; term as governor, September 24, 1669-April 11, 1677. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditors +_Francisco Coloma_ and _Francisco Sotomayor y Mansilla_, successively, +of military affairs; death of former, September 25, 1677; term of +latter, September 25, 1677-September 21, 1678 (Delgado says September +22, 1679); Audiencia governs, April 11, 1677-September 21, 1678. + +_Juan de Vargas Hurtado_--Native of Toledo, knight of the Order of +Santiago, and military officer; appointed by royal provision, June 18, +1677; arrives at Manila, September 21, 1678 (Retana, _Estadismo_, +says that he took charge of the government September 29); rebuilds +college of Santa Potenciana; trouble with Archbishop Felipe Pardo; term +as governor, September 28, 1678-August 24, 1684; is excommunicated; +residencia lasts four years; dies at sea on way to Mexico, 1690. + +_Gabriel de Curuzealegui y Arriola_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, +naval officer, member of council of war, and twenty-fourth regidor of +Sevilla; arrives at Manila, August, 24, 1684; reinstates archbishop, +and exiles auditors; death, April 17 (Delgado and San Antonio) or 27 +(Zuniga), 1689; term as governor, August 24, 1684-April 17 or 27, 1689. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs and Auditor +_Alonso de Avila Fuertes_, knight of the Order of Alcantara; Audiencia +governs, April 17 or 27, 1689-July 19 (Delgado, and Buzeta and Bravo) +or 25 (Zuniga and Montero y Vidal), 1690. + +_Fausto Cruzat y Gongora_--Native of Navarra of a distinguished +Pamplona family, and knight of the Order of Santiago; appointed +by royal provision, January 15 (Delgado) or 31 (San Antonio), +1686; arrives at Manila, July 19 or 25, 1690; issues ordinances +of good government, October 1, 1696; rebuilds governor's palace; +term characterized by ecclesiastical troubles; term as governor, +July 19 or 25, 1690-December 8, 1701. + +_Domingo Zabalburu de Echevarri_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, +and military officer; appointed governor, September 18, 1694; arrives +at Manila, December 8 (San Antonio says September), 1701; attends to +public works; receives papal legate to China, Carlos Tomas Maillard +Tournon, without credentials (which leads to his dismissal by the +king), September, 1704; term as governor, December 8, 1701-August 25, +1709; returns to Spain, 1710. + +_Martin de Urzua y Arismendi_--Count of Lizarraga, and knight of the +Order of Santiago; appointed by royal provision, August 19, 1704; +arrives at Manila, August 25, 1709; diminishes number of Chinese at +Manila; schism between Recollects, and other ecclesiastical troubles; +death, February 4, 1715; term as governor, August 25, 1709-February +4, 1715. + +_Vacant_--The Audiencia takes charge of political affairs, and Auditor +Doctor _Jose Torralba_ of military affairs; carries on public works; +Audiencia governs, February 4, 1715-August 9, 1717; Torralba arrested +by next governor for deficit and misuse of funds; dies in Philippines +in poverty, with sentence by Council of Indies of exile from Madrid +and Manila. + +_Fernando Manuel de Bustillo Bustamente y Rueda_--Usually called the +"Mariscal," because he was the first mariscal-de-campo to govern the +islands; ex-alcalde-mayor of Trascala, in Nueva Espana; appointed +governor by royal provision, September 6, 1708; arrives at Manila, +August 9, 1717; severe in judgments; reestablishes garrison at +Zamboanga; his troubles with the ecclesiastics lead to arrest of +archbishop, and to his assassination by a mob (said by some to have +been instigated by Jesuits), October 11, 1719; term as governor, +August 9, 1717-October 11, 1719. + +_Fray Francisco de la Cuesta_--Of the Order of San Geronimo; native +of Colmenar de Oreja; elected archbishop of Manila, August 12, 1712; +arrested by Bustillo Bustamente; becomes governor (_ad interim_), +on refusal of auditors to serve, October 11, 1719; term as governor, +October 11, 1719-August 6, 1721; transferred to bishopric of Mechocan, +Mexico, entering, April 18, 1724; death, May 30 (Retana) or 31 +(Buzeta and Bravo), 1724. + +_Toribio Jose Cosio y Campo_--Marquis of Torre Campo, knight of the +Order of Calatrava, and ex-governor of Guatemala; appointed governor +by royal provision, June 30, 1720; ordered by royal instructions to +investigate death of Bustamente, October 6, 1720; arrives at Manila, +August 6, 1721; does not investigate Bustamente's death, although +ordered again (1724) to do so by the king, acting on the advice of +the Franciscan Totanes and the Jesuits; troubles with Moros continue +throughout his rule; term as governor, August 6, 1721-August 14, 1729. + +_Fernando Valdes y Tamon_--Colonel and brigadier, and knight of the +Order of Santiago; appointed by royal provision, October 25, 1727; +arrives at Manila, August 14, 1729; unsuccessfully attempts conquest +of Palaos 1730--1733; reforms army and engages in other public works; +receives royal decree of April 8 1734, deciding suit favorably +to islands with merchants of Cadiz and Sevilla over Chinese trade +between American colonies and islands; term as governor, August 14, +1729,-July, 1739; returns to Spain and appointed mariscal-de-campo. + +_Gaspar de la Torre_--Native of Flanders, brigadier of royal armies +and gentleman of the king's bedchamber; arrives at Manila, July, +1739; expedition of Admiral George Anson occurs during his rule; +harsh in government; death, September 21 (Buzeta and Bravo say 29), +1745; term as governor, July 1739-September 21, 1745. + +_Fray Juan Arrechederra_--Native of Caracas, Dominican, bishop-elect +of Nueva Segovia; becomes governor (_ad interim_), September 21, 1745; +quells insurrection in Batangas; fortifies Manila and Cavite against +English; term as governor, September 21, 1745-July 20 (Buzeta and +Bravo, and Mas say June), 1750; death, November 12, 1751 (Delgado; +Retana, _Estadismo_, says wrongly 1755). + +_Jose Francisco de Obando y Solis_--Native of Caceres in +Estremadura, marquis of Obando, member of his Majesty's council, and +mariscal-de-campo of royal armies; in Lima when receives appointment; +arrives at Manila, July 20, 1750; troubles with Audiencia and +archbishop; troubles with Moros; term as governor, July 20, 1750-July, +1754; annoying residencia; death at sea, while on his way from Manila +to Acapulco, 1755. + +_Pedro Manuel de Arandia Santisteban_--Native of Ceuta, of Biscayan +descent, knight of the Order of Calatrava, gentleman of bedchamber of +the king of the Two Sicilies, captain of the royal Spanish guards, +and mariscal-de-campo of the royal armies; arrives at Manila, July +(Retana, _Estadismo_, says June), 1754; reforms army and thereby +incurs enmities; troubles with Moros continue; expels infidel Chinese +and builds alcaiceria of San Fernando; troubles with Audiencia and +archbishop; death, May 31, 1759; term as governor, July, 1754-May +31, 1759. + +_Miguel Lino de Ezpeleta_--Native of Manila, and bishop of Cebu; +becomes governor (_ad interim_), against consent of part of Audiencia, +June (Mas says July), 1759; archbishop claims governorship on his +arrival at Manila, but opposed successfully by Ezpeleta; revokes +ordinances of good government made by Arandia; brings suit against +Santiago Orendain, favorite of Arandia; royal decree gives governorship +to archbishop, July, 1761; term as governor, June, 1759-July, 1761. + +_Manuel Rojo_--Native of Tala, Nueva Espana, and archbishop of Manila; +takes possession of church, July 22, 1759; becomes governor (_ad +interim_), July 1761; quashes case against Orendain; bombardment, +taking, and sack of Manila by English, and cowardice and imprisonment +of archbishop, October, 1762; term as governor July, 1761-October, +1762, although maintained as governor by English until death; death +as prisoner, January 30, 1764. + +_Simon de Anda y Salazar_--Native of Subijana, born October 28, +1701; auditor; appointed by Audiencia lieutenant of the governor and +captain-general; leaves Manila, October 4, 1762; establishes capital +in Bacolor, Pampanga, and has himself proclaimed governor; British +maintain archbishop as governor until his death, who cedes islands to +them; insurrections of natives and Chinese, 1762-1764; negotiations +with English, 1763-1764; term as governor (_ad interim_), October, +1762-March 17, 1764; receives keys to city from British, April, 1764. + +_Francisco Javier de la Torre_--Military officer; becomes governor +(_ad interim_), March 17, 1764; British evacuate Manila, April, 1764; +tries to restore order; term as governor, March 17, 1764-July 6, 1765. + +_Jose Raon_--Native of Navarra, and mariscal-de-campo; arrives in +Manila, July 6, 1765; Le Gentil arrives at Manila, October, 1766; +Archbishop Santa Justa y Rufina takes his seat July 12, 1767; his +conflicts with regular clergy; Raon revises ordinances of Arandia; +expulsion of Chinese, 1769; expulsion of Jesuits and Raon's collusion +with them; term as governor, July 6, 1765-July, 1770; death, during +residencia at Manila. + +_Simon de Anda y Salazar_--Well received at court on return after 1764, +and made councilor of Castilla; directs letter to king complaining of +certain disorders in the Philippines, enumerating among them a number +against the friars, April 12, 1768; arrives at Manila as governor, +July, 1770; proceeds against predecessor and others; rouses opposition +of regulars; reforms army and engages in other public works; troubles +with Moros continue; opposes king's order of November 9, 1774, to +secularize curacies held by regulars, and the order repealed, December +11, 1776; rule characterized by his energy, foresight, honesty, and +conflicts with the regulars; death, October 30, 1776, at seventy-six +years of age; term as governor, July, 1770-October 30, 1776. + +_Pedro Sarrio_ (Soriano: Buzeta and Bravo)--Official in Manila; becomes +governor (_ad interim_), October 30, 1776 (Mas says July); continues +operations against Moros; royal order to Indians to cultivate flax +and hemp, January 12, 1777; term as governor, October 30-July 1778. + +_Jose Basco y Vargas_--Born of an illustrious Granada family, and +naval officer; arrives at Manila, July, 1778; Chinese allowed to +return to Manila, 1778; opposed by Audiencia, some of whom, with +certain military officers, he arrests for conspiracy, October, 1779; +increases army and strengthens fortifications; tobacco monopoly +established February 9, 1780-March 1, 1782; _Sociedad Economica de +Amigos del Pais_ ("Economic Association of Friends of the Country") +established, 1781; insurrection in Ituy and Paniqui, 1785; royal +approval of powder monopoly, November 4, 1786; various innovations +occur during his term; encourages agriculture and other industries; +asks to be relieved because of opposition from Audiencia; at king's +permission sails for Spain, in the latter part of November, 1787; +term as governor, July, 1778-November, 1787; appointed rear-admiral, +governor of Cartagena, and count of the Conquest of the Batanes Islands +(which he had conquered) + +_Pedro de Sarrio_--Appointed governor _(ad interim)_ for the second +time, November 22, 1787, on departure of Basco; insurrection in Ilocos +because of tobacco monopoly, 1787; death of archbishop Santa Justa y +Rufina, December 15, 1787; term as governor, November 22, 1787-July +1, 1788. + +_Felix Berenguer de Marquina_--Naval officer; arrives at Manila July 1 +(Buzeta and Bravo, and Retana say May), 1787; opposed by Audiencia; +Manila becomes an open port for all but European products, by royal +decree of August 15, 1789; proposes plans for government reforms in +the Philippines; term as governor, July 1, 1788-September 1, 1793. + +_Rafael Maria de Aguilar y Ponce de Leon_-- Knight of the Order +of Alcantara, military officer, and gentleman of the bedchamber; +arrives at Cavite, August 28, 1793; enters government, September +1, 1793; strengthens fortifications, levies native troops, and +inculcates various reforms; conflicts with Moros continue, and +shipyard established (1794) at Binondo to build boats for Moro war; +receives title of mariscal-de-campo; energetic and tireless; hands over +government to king's deputy or _segundo cabo_, August 7, 1806; term +as governor, September 1, 1793-August 7, 1806; death, August 8, 1806. + +_Mariano Fernandez de Folgueras_--Native of Galicia; becomes governor +(_ad interim_), August 7, 1806; insurrection in Ilocos, 1807; English +commercial house given permission to establish itself in the islands, +1809; term as governor, August 7, 1806-March 4, 1810. + +_Manuel Gonzalez de Aguilar_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, and +military officer; arrives at Manila, March 4, 1810; in accordance with +royal decrees of January 29 and February 14, 1810, permitting deputies +from the colonies to be chosen for the Spanish Cortes, Philippine +deputies are present in that of September 24, 1810; proposes cessation +of Acapulco ship, 1810; insurrection (anti-friar and to establish new +religion) in Ilocos, 1811; first newspaper established in Philippines, +August 8, 1811; Spanish constitution of 1812 publicly received in +Manila, April 17, 1813; Aguilar's term marked by various commercial +movements; term as governor, March 4, 1810-September 4, 1813. + +_Jose Gardoqui Jaraveitia_--Naval officer; arrives at Manila, +September 4, 1813; cessation of Acapulco ship; term marked by various +governmental changes in consequence of decrees issued by Fernando +VII, by certain commercial changes, and troubles with Moros; death, +December 9, 1816; term as governor, September 4, 1813-December 9, 1816. + +_Mariano Fernandez De Folgueras_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_) +for the second time, December 10, 1816; province of Ilocos Norte +created, February 2, 1818; orders reestablishment of _Real Sociedad +Economica de Filipinas_ ("Royal Economic Association of Filipinas"), +December 17, 1819; massacre of foreigners by natives, October +9-10, 1820; establishment of three short-lived newspapers in 1821; +term marked by closer connection with Spain; term as governor, +December 10, 1816-October 30, 1822; assassinated in insurrection of +Spanish-Americans and Filipinos, 1823. + +_Juan Antonio Martinez_--Native of Madrid, and mariscal-de-campo; +arrives at Manila, October 30, 1822; accompanied by many new officials +from Spain; insurrection of Filipinos and Spanish-Americans in +consequence; newspaper founded by El Sociedad de Amigos del Pais, 1724; +reactionary movements of Spain affect Philippines; term as governor, +October 30, 1822-October 14, 1825; death, at sea while on way to Spain. + +_Marinao Ricafort Palacin y Ararca_--Native of Murcia, +mariscal-de-campo, and perpetual ambassador of the city of Paz, Peru; +arrives at Manila, October 14, 1825; forbids foreigners to sell goods +at retail, February 4, 1828; makes laws in many different directions; +gives instructions for government of Mariana Islands, December 17, +1828; foundation of Dominican college in Ocana, Spain, as a feeder for +China and the Philippines, May 2, 1830 (approved, August 15, 1831); +returns to Spain, December 23, 1830; term as governor, October 14, +1825-December 23, 1830. + +_Pascual Enrile y Alcedo_--Native of Cadiz, military officer and +segundo cabo of, the Philippines; becomes governor, December 23, +1830; expedition to Igorrotes, 1831-1832; lottery established, July +3, 1833; royal tribunal of commerce created in Manila, January 1, +1834; _Guia de Forasteros_ (Guide book for strangers) first printed, +1834; Compania de Filipinas dissolved by royal order of September 6, +1834; royal order of November 3, 1834, substitutes segundo cabo in +office of governor, in case of latter's absence, sickness, or death; +many useful laws passed and islands prosper during this term; term +as governor, December 23, 1830-March 1, 1835. + +_Gabriel de Torres_--Native of Valladolid province, and segundo cabo +of the Philippines; becomes governor, March 1, 1835; death, April 23, +1835; term as governor, March 1, 1835-April 23, 1835. + +_Juan Cramer_ (Montero y Vidal) Juaquin de Crame (Mas, and Buzeta and +Bravo)--Native of Cataluna; becomes governor (_ad interim_) as office +of segundo cabo vacant, April 23, 1835; term as governor, April 23, +1835-September 9, 1835. + +_Pedro Antonio Salazar Castillo y Varona_--Native of Ibrillos +(Rioja), and military officer; comes to Manila with appointment as +segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_), September 9, 1835; +royal council of Spain and the Indies abolished by royal decree, +September 28, 1836; by the promulgation in Madrid (June 18, 1837) of +the political constitution of the Spanish monarchy, the Philippines +lose their representation in the Cortes; term as governor, September 9, +1835-August 27, 1837. + +_Andres Garcia Camba_--Knight of the Order of Santiago, and +mariscal-de-campo; captured with royal army at battle of Ayacucho, +Peru, December 9, 1824; residence in Manila April, 1825-March, 1835; +receives royal approbation to appointment as commander-in-chief +of military forces at Manila, May 22, 1826; appointed director of +_La Sociedad Economica de Amigos del Pais_; elected to represent +the Philippines in Spanish Cortes, 1834; appointed secretary of war +(_ad interim_), August 15, 1836; elected to Cortes to represent Lugo +(but did not sit), October 2, 1836; arrives at Manila, August 24, 1837; +takes charge of government, August 27, 1837; given name of "El Deseado" +("the desired"); is opposed politically and by the ecclesiastics; +term as governor, August 27, 1837-December 29, 1838; after return to +Spain, elected senator for Valencia; minister of the marine, commerce, +and government of the colonies, May 21, 1841-May 25, 1842. + +_Luis Lardizabal_--Arrives at Manila, December 26, 1838; enters +upon government, December 29 (Montero y Vidal) or 30 (Mas), 1838; +first issue of weekly paper, _Precios corrientes de Manila_ ("Prices +current in Manila") in Spanish and English, July 6, 1839; province +of Nueva Vizcaya created, 1839; project for monument to Magalhaes on +the islet of Mactan submitted to supreme government, 1840; solicits +recall; term as governor, December 29, 1838-February, 1841; death at +sea on return voyage to Spain. + +_Marcelino de Oraa Lecumberri_--Native of Navarra, and +lieutenant-general; arrives at Manila, February, 1841; insurrections +among Tagals, the second of native soldiers, 1841 and 1843; newspaper +_Seminario filipino_ first published, 1843; term as governor, February, +1841-June 17, 1843. + +_Francisco de Paula Alcala de la Torre_--Native of Extremadura, and +lieutenant-general; becomes governor, June 17 (Buzeta and Bravo say +12), 1843; Isabel II declared of age and received as queen of Spain, +December 1, 1843; Alcala makes laws regulating commerce, the army, and +welfare of the islands; term as governor, June 17, 1843-July 16, 1844. + +_Narciso Claveria y Zaldua_--Native of Gerona (but of Biscayan +origin), and lieutenant-general; becomes governor, July 16, 1844; +calendar in Philippines corrected, 1844; makes reforms in office +of alcalde-mayor, 1844; founds casino called "Sociedad de recreo" +("Recreation Association"), October 31, 1844; his proposal to establish +military library approved, February 15, 1846; first steam war-vessels +in the Philippines bought (in London), 1848; conquest of island of +Balanguingui, 1848, for which he receives the titles of count of Manila +and viscount of Claveria, and the cross of San Fernando, besides other +rewards; regular clergy forbidden to alienate property, January 15, +1849; surnames given to natives, November 11, 1849; his term marked +by intense activity, and the number of papers founded, among them +being the first daily of Manila, _La Esperanza_ (December 1, 1846), +and _Diario de Manila_ (1848); asks retirement and returns to Spain, +December 26, 1849; term as governor, July 16, 1844-December 26, 1849. + +_Antonio Maria Blanco_--Segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_), +December 26, 1849; monthly lottery established in Manila, January 29, +1850; creates province of Union, March 2, 1850; term as governor, +December 26, 1849-June 29, 1850. + +_Antonio de Urbistondo y Eguia_--Native of San Sebastian, and marquis +of Solana; formerly a Carlist; becomes governor June 29, 1850; leper +hospital founded in Cebu, 1850; bank Espanol-filipino established, +August 1, 1851, and begins operations, 1852; expedition to, and +conquest of, Jolo, 1851; term characterized by many administrative +laws; solicits retirement; term as governor, July 29, 1850-December +20, 1853; appointed minister of war by royal decree, October 12, 1856. + +_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes +governor (_ad interim_), December 20, 1853; term as governor, December +20, 1853-February 2, 1854. + +_Manuel Pavia y Lay_--Marquis de Novaliches, lieutenant-general, head +of department of infantry; appointed without previous consultation, +September, 1853; arrives at Manila, February 2, 1854; reequips army; +mutiny of portion of native troops suppressed; monthly mail between +Manila and Hongkong established; leaves Manila, October 28, after +thanking religious orders (October 27) for cooeperation; term as +governor, February 2-October 28, 1854. + +_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_) for the +second time, October 28, 1854; term as governor, October 28-November +20, 1854. + +_Manuel Crespo y Cebrian_--Native of Extremadura, and formerly +segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes governor, November 20, 1854; +expedition against Igorrotes, December, 1855-February, 1856; resigns +December 5, 1856; term as governor, November 20, 1854-December 5, 1856. + +_Ramon Montero y Blandino_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for +the third time, December 5, 1856; term as governor, December 5, +1856-March 9, 1857. + +_Fernando Norzagaray y Escudero_--Native of San Sebastian, and +lieutenant-general; enters upon office, March 9, 1857; authorizes +establishments of houses of exchange, June 18, 1857; sends expedition +to Cochinchina to aid French, 1858; reforms in local administration +ordered, August 30, 1858; infantry reorganized by order of September +23, 1859; first Jesuit mission after reinstatement of order, reaches +Philippines in middle of 1859; several papers founded during his term; +encourages agriculture; solicits recall because of ill-health; term +as governor, March 9, 1857-January 12, 1860. + +_Ramon Maria Solano y Llanderal_--Native of Valencia, +mariscal-de-campo, and segundo cabo of Philippines; becomes governor +(_ad interim_), January 12, 1860; pawnshop authorized in Manila, +January 18; issues decree for civil government of province of Manila, +January 31; functions of bank Espanol-filipino extended, February 16; +Jagor travels through the Bisayas; term as governor January 12-August +29, 1860; death from fever (with rumor in Manila of poisoning), +August 30. + +_Juan Herrera Davila_--Sub-inspector of artillery; becomes governor +(_ad interim_), August 29, 1860; civil administration of provinces +of the colonies organized, and Audiencia in Manila reformed, July 9, +1860; printing of _Coleccion de autos acordados_ authorized, January +10, 1861; regularly appointed governor, general of marine Mac-Crohon, +dies in Red Sea while on way to Philippines; term as governor, August +29, 1860-February 2, 1861. + +_Jose Lemery e Ibarrola Ney y Gonzalez_--Senator of the kingdom; +becomes governor, February 2, 1861; politico-military governments +installed in Bisayas and Mindanao, April 1, 1861; Jesuits given +Mindanao as mission field, and opposed by Recollects; operations +against Moros; delivers command to segundo cabo, July 7, 1862; term +as governor, February 2, 1861-July 7, 1862. + +_Salvador Valdes_--Segundo cabo; becomes governor (_ad interim_), +July 7, 1862; term as governor, July 7-9, 1862. + +_Rafael de Echague y Berminghan_--Native of San Sebastian, +lieutenant-general, and governor at Puerto Rico; arrives at Manila, +July 9, 1862; various insurrections, 1863; earthquake, June 3, 1863; +creation of ministry of colonies, 1863; normal school established, +January 23, 1865; term marked by various calamities; term as governor, +July 9, 1862-March 24, 1865. + +_Joaquin del Solar e Ibanez_--Segundo cabo of the Philippines; becomes +governor (_ad interim_), March 24, 1865; reforms in various branches +of government, 1865; term as governor, March 24, 1865-April 25, 1865. + +_Juan de Lara e Irigoyen_--Native of Navarra, lieutenant-general, and +ex-minister of war; assumes office, April 25, 1865; Antonio Canovas del +Castillo appointed minister of the colonies, July 3, 1865; erection of +bishopric of Jaro, by bull of Pius IX, 1865; establishment of Jesuit +institution Ateneo Municipal at Manila, 1865; recalled for corruption +of government; term as governor, April 25, 1865-July 13, 1866. + +_Jose Laureano de Sanz y Posse_--Mariscal-de-campo, and segundo cabo +elect because of former incumbent of that office having left islands +with Lara; term as governor (_ad interim_), July 13-September 21, 1866. + +_Antonio Osorio_--Naval officer; becomes governor (_ad interim_), +September 21, 1866; term as governor, September 21-September 27, 1866. + +_Joaquin del Solar_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for the second +time, September 27, 1866; term as governor, September 27-October +26, 1866. + +_Jose de la Gandara y Navarro_--Lieutenant-general; becomes governor, +October 26, 1866; uniform monetary system adopted; reforms primary +education, 1867-1868; resigns office; term as governor, October 26, +1866-June 7, 1869. + +_Manuel Maldonado_--Segundo cabo of islands; becomes governor (_ad +interim_), June 7, 1869; term as governor, June 7-June 23, 1869. + +_Carlos Maria de la Torre y Nava Cerrada_--Native of Cuenca, and +lieutenant-general; becomes governor, June 23, 1869; constitution of +1869 sworn to, September 21, 1869; projects monument to Anda y Salazar; +question of removing the monopoly on tobacco; _guardia civil_ created; +radical in government; term as governor, June 23, 1869-April 4, 1871. + +_Rafael de Izquierdo y Gutierrez_--Native of Santander, and +lieutenant-general; becomes governor, April 4, 1871; insurrections +in Cavite and Zamboanga, 1872; reforms in army; opening of steamship +line and telegraph lines; governor resigns because of ill-health; +term as governor, April 4, 1871-January 8, 1873. + +_Manuel Mac-Crohon_--Naval officer, becomes governor (_ad interim_), +as office of segundo cabo vacant, January 8, 1873; term as governor, +January 8-24 (?), 1873. + +_Juan Alaminos y de Vivar_--Becomes governor, January 24 (?), 1873; +conflict with archbishop and other ecclesiastics; steamship line +established between Manila and Spain; various ports opened for +commerce; term as governor, January 24 (?), 1873-March 17, 1874. + +_Manuel Blanco Valderrama_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), March 17, +1874; repulse of Joloans; hands over government to regularly appointed +governor, June 18, 1874. + +_Jose Malcampo y Monje_--Marques de San Rafael and rear-admiral; +becomes governor, June 18, 1874; conquest of Jolo, 1876; given title +of count of Mindanao, December 19, 1876; mutiny of artillerymen; +term as governor, June 18, 1874-February 28, 1877; given titles of +count of Jolo and viscount of Mindanao, July 20, 1877. + +_Domingo Moriones y Murillo_--Marquis of Oroquieta, and +lieutenant-general; becomes governor, February 28, 1877; takes drastic +measures against mutinous artillery regiment, 1877; prevents sale of +tobacco monopoly, 1877; constructs Manila water-works, 1878; term as +governor, February 28, 1877-March 18 or 20, 1880. + +_Rafael Rodriguez Arias_--Naval officer; becomes governor (_ad +interim_), March 18 or 20, 1880; term as governor, March 18-April +15, 1880. + +_Fernando Primo de Rivera_--Marquis of Estella; becomes governor, April +15, 1880; cable opened between Luzon and Spain, 1880; royal decree +orders repeal of tobacco monopoly, 1881; term marked by corruption +in public offices; term as governor, April 15, 1880-March 10, 1883. + +_Emilio Molins_--Segundo cabo of Philippines; governor (_ad interim_), +March to April 7, 1883. + +_Joaquin Jovellar_--General; becomes governor, April 7, 1883; decrease +of annual period of personal services from forty to fifteen days, and +creation of provincial tax, 1883; plan for railroads in Luzon approved, +1883; visits southern islands, 1884; tribute abolished and tax of +_cedula personal_ substituted, 1884; Jesuit observatory at Manila +declared official, 1884; term as governor, April 7, 1883-April 1, 1885. + +_Emilio Molins_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), for second time, +and rules three days, April 1-4, 1885. + +_Emilio Terrero y Perinat_--Lieutenant-general; becomes governor, +April 4, 1885; leads expedition in person against Moros, 1885; dispute +between Spain and Germany as to ownership of Carolinas, 1885; term +as governor, April 4, 1885-1888. + +_Antonio Molto_--Segundo cabo, term as governor (_ad interim_), 1888. + +_Federico Lobaton_--Naval officer; term as governor (_ad interim_), +only one day in 1888. + +March 1, 1888, a petition signed by eight hundred and ten natives and +mestizos demands immediate expulsion of the friars of the religious +orders and of the archbishop, the secularization of benefices, and +the confiscation of the estates of Augustinians and Dominicans. + +_Valeriano Weyler_--Native of Majorca, marquis of Tenerife, and son +of a German doctor; becomes governor, 1888; said to have purchased +office from minister's wife; school of agriculture established +in Manila, 1889; practical school of arts and trades established, +1890; telephone system established in Philippines, 1890; Dominican +secondary school established in Dagupan, 1891; said to have received +money from religious orders for armed support against their tenants; +term as governor 1888-1891; later minister of war at Madrid. + +_Eulogio Despujol_--Native of Cataluna, and count of Caspe; becomes +governor, 1891; Liga filipina (Philippine League) founded in Manila by +Rizal, 1892; introduces many reforms; popular with natives; arouses +wrath of religious orders, who are said to have paid $100,000 for +his dismissal; term as governor, 1891-1893. + +_Federico Ochando_--Governor (_ad interim_), 1893. + +_Ramon Blanco_--Becomes governor, 1893; electric light established in +Manila, 1895; formation of Katipunan society; outbreak of insurrection, +August 30 1896; Blanco opposed by ecclesiastics; term as governor, +1893-December 9 (date of royal decree removing him), 1896. + +_Camilo Polavieja_--General; becomes governor, December 13, 1896 +(Algue); Rizal executed, December 30, 1896; Tagal republic proclaimed, +October, 1896; insurrection spreads; operations against insurgents +by General Lachambre, 1897; Polavieja issues amnesty proclamation, +January 11, 1897; efficient service of loyal Filipino troops; term +as governor, December 13, 1896-April 15, 1897. + +_Jose de Lachambre_--General; governor (_ad interim_), April 15-23, +1897. + +_Fernando Primo de Rivera_--Becomes governor for the second time, +April 23, 1897; insurgents scattered, and more than thirty thousand +natives said to have been killed in one province; pact of Biaknabato +signed, December 14, 1897; re-occurrence of insurrections in Luzon, +1898; term as governor, April 23, 1897-April 11, 1898. + +_Basilio Augustin_--Becomes governor, April 11, 1898; Dewey's victory, +May 1, 1898. + +_Fermin Jaudens_--Becomes governor (_ad interim_), 1898; peace +preliminaries, surrender of Manila, and entrance of Americans (August +13) into Manila. + +_Francisco Rizzo_--General; becomes governor (_ad interim_), 1898. + +_Diego de los Rios_--Becomes governor, with capital at Iloilo, 1898; +treaty of Paris signed, December 10, 1898; term as governor, after +August 13, 1898-December 10, 1898; leaves Manila, January 1, 1899. [94] + + + +Law Regarding Vacancies in the Government + +[_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ii, tit. xv, ley lviii, contains the +following law on vacancies in the government. It is dated Madrid, +April 2, 1664.] + +Inasmuch as representation has been made to us of the inconveniences +resulting from the viceroys of Nueva Espana anticipating appointments +among persons who reside in the Filipinas Islands, so that, in case +of the absence of the president and governor and captain-general of +the islands, those persons may enter upon and exercise those charges +until the arrival of the person who is to govern--_ad interim_ +or by royal appointment, according as we may decide: therefore we +order and command that, in case of the absence of the governor and +captain-general of those islands, by death or any other accident, +our royal Audiencia resident in the city of Manila shall govern them +in political affairs, and the senior auditor in military. The latter, +in any cases of war arising for the defense and conservation of the +said islands, and in any preparations or other precautions that it +shall be advisable to make for this purpose, shall take the advice of +the military leaders there, and shall communicate with them for the +better direction of matters. We order the viceroy of Nueva-Espana to +use no longer the authority that he has had hitherto by virtue of our +decree of September thirteen, one thousand six hundred and eight, and +the other decrees given to him, to have persons appointed by means of +the ways hitherto practiced. Those we now revoke by this our law, and +annul, but he shall still be empowered to send the person who shall +exercise the said duties _ad interim_. And as it is advisable that +the Audiencia of Manila regulate in conformity to this the execution +of the contents of this our law, we order the said Audiencia that, +in case of the death of the president, it shall maintain that state +in all peace, quiet and good government, administering justice to all +parties. The senior auditor who shall exercise the president's duties +during his absence, shall exercise very especial care and vigilance +in all that pertains to military matters, and shall try to keep the +presidios well manned, and supplied with the defenses necessary for +their conservation, and the soldiers well disciplined for any occasion +that may arise. + + +Some Things Worth Knowing About the Governors of the Filipinas Islands + +[Juan Jose Delgado, in his _Historia_ (chapter xvii, pp. 212-215), +makes the following remarks about the governors.] + +In no kingdom or province of the Spanish crown do the viceroys or +governors enjoy greater privileges, superiority, and grandeur than in +Filipinas. That is advisable because of the long distance from the +court, and their proximity to so many kingdoms and nations, some of +them civilized but others barbaric. Consequently those assigned to +this government should be well tested and picked men; for, because +of the difficulty of appeal, as so many seas and lands have to be +passed, where shipwrecks are continually suffered, there are great +setbacks. Therefore it is very difficult and at times impossible +to remedy quickly the disadvantages which may arise (and which have +been experienced) from an absolute and selfish governor--who has no +one to oppose him in his cupidity, cruelty, headlong disposition, +or other vices to which the disordered condition of these so +distant lands inclines one. Father Alonso Sanchez of the Society +of Jesus, ambassador of this community at the two courts [_i.e._, +Spain and Rome], presented to his Majesty Don Felipe II a standard +or description of the qualities which should adorn the person who +should be appointed governor of Filipinas. That most judicious monarch +thought it so difficult to find a man of so many and such gifts, that +he bargained with the father, and arranged that the latter himself +should seek and select the man. Those same gifts and qualities must +be found in those appointed as governors, especially in these times, +[95] when it seems as-if cupidity, ambition, pride, and haughtiness +have fortified themselves in these lands. For it often happens that +the governor is so facile, that he allows himself to be governed +by one whom he should not [allow to do so]. Consequently it is very +advisable that he should have great courage, in addition to goodness +and disinterestedness, so that he may act and judge in his government +without subjecting himself to any private person--whether he need such +for his temporal advancement, or, through friendship or relationship, +incurs that disadvantage by undue intimacy. + +Thus it happened to Governor Don Diego Fajardo during his term, as +is read in various provincial histories; but the experience that he +continued to gain daily opened his eyes to the recognition of his +error. Seeing certain disadvantages arising from his protection of +certain individuals, he dismissed them from his favor to the prison +in the redoubt of Santiago, and confiscated their property, without +respect to, or fear of, the influence that they had acquired in the +community because of their wealth and support. A governor, whom I knew +and with whom I was familiar, was told in Mexico that he would come +to kiss the hand of a certain citizen distinguished for his wealth +and rank. But he, being a man of great courage and spirit, who knew +how to hold every one in his own position, without permitting him +to rise to greater, immediately upon his arrival in these islands +ordered that man in the king's name to perform a certain necessary +and useful service. As he, trusting in his favor among the citizens, +did not obey the order, the governor condemned him to be beheaded. For +that purpose he tore him from the church in which he had sought refuge, +and would have executed the sentence, had not the ecclesiastical estate +interposed all its influence by pointing out several disadvantages, +upon which his punishment was lessened and the penalty commuted. Thus +did he hold each one to his post, and all praised his rectitude, +disinterestedness, and magnanimity; and he left his government with +great honor and reputation. + +These islands need disinterested military governors, not merchants; +and men of resolution and character, not students, who are more fit to +govern monasteries than communities of heroes. They should be men who +can make themselves feared and respected by the enemies who surround +us on all sides, and who can go in person to punish their opponents +(as did the former ones, with so great glory to God and credit to the +Spanish arms), so that in that way the islands may be conserved in +peace and be respected and feared by the Moro and Indian chiefs--and +those who are called kings or sultans of Jolo and Mindanao, who go +with feet and legs bare, and have to go to sea to cast their fishing +nets in order to live, are that and nothing more. But if a governor +comes to these islands with the intention of escaping his natural +poverty by humoring the rich and powerful, and even obeying them, +the wrongs accruing to the community are incredible, as well as those +to Christianity, and to the country--which is at times on the point +of being lost because of this reason--and especially since appeal is +so distant, as was seen and experienced in the year of 1719. [96] + +The governors of these islands are almost absolute, and like private +masters of them. They exercise supreme authority by reason of their +charge, for receiving and sending embassies to the neighboring kings +and tyrants, for sending them gifts and presents in the name of their +king, and for accepting those which those kings and tyrants send +them. They can make and preserve peace, declare and make war, and take +vengeance on all who insult us, without awaiting any resolution from +court for it. Therefore many kings have rendered vassalage and paid +tribute to the governors, have recognized them as their superiors, +have respected and feared their arms, have solicited their friendship, +and tried to procure friendly relations and commerce with them; and +those who have broken their word have been punished. The legitimate +king of Borney, who had been dispossessed of his kingdom, because his +brother, who had no right to it, had usurped it, begged help from +Doctor Don Francisco de Sande, governor of these islands. Governor +Sande went with his fleet, fought with and drove away the tyrant, +and put the legitimate king in possession [of his throne]; the +latter rendered obedience to the governor, appointed in the place of +the king of Espana, and subjected himself to this crown as vassal +and tributary. The same happened during the term of Gomez Perez +Dasmarinas, to whom the king of Siao came to render homage. Governor +Don Pedro de Acuna went to Ternate with a fleet, fought, conquered, +and took the king of that island [97] prisoner to Manila, as a pledge +that the Ternatans would not again admit the Dutch and English--who, +with their consent, were beginning to engage heavily in that commerce, +and were seizing the country. Although Don Juan Nino de Tabora had a +royal decree ordering that that king be restored to his kingdom, he +did not execute it, as that seemed unadvisable to him. Consequently +the king died in Manila. One of his sons was also a prisoner of war, +and the governor appointed a cachil to govern in his stead. That king, +the king of Tidore, and others in the same islands of Ternate rendered +homage to Don Pedro de Acuna, and became friends of the Spaniards. The +said governor received them under the canopy in the name of the king +of Espana, and took them under his protection and care. In the year of +1618, the same governor [_i.e._, Alonso Fajardo y Tenza] made peace +and treaties with the king of Macasar, who also placed himself under +Espana's protection, so that the governor might protect him in his +needs and necessities. + +The country formerly had very peaceable relations with the emperor +of Japon, and also a very rich and useful commerce; and his Majesty +ordered by a royal decree of June 4, 1609, that it be preserved, +although at the expense of gifts and presents of considerable price and +value. That friendship lasted until the year 1634, when the Japanese +were found lacking in it because of the Dutch--who, always following +in our footsteps, introduced their commerce into that empire. + +Friendship and commerce have been maintained from the beginning of +the conquest with Great China, and are still preserved. The emperor +of China ordered a port to be assigned so that the people of Luzon +could establish a city and factory under the same conditions as +the Portuguese in Macao. His Majesty also ordered, by a decree of +April 9, 1586, Doctor Francisco de Sande to sustain the friendship, +and prohibited him from making war; for, as some authors say, Sande +had the intention of conquering that empire. [98] That does not seem +to me so certain, for that empire had so many millions of men, with +innumerable cities, forts, and walls, and fleets that guard the ports +with great vigilance. Moreover at that time the soldiers in these +islands did not number five hundred, and were scarcely sufficient to +guard them; and it was very difficult to transport them from Nueva +Espana and other kingdoms. Although it might be that that idea was +simply speculative, the council prohibited it, and ordered them +thenceforth to observe what was prescribed. + +The king of Siam captured two ships of these islands in his ports +in 1629. Don Juan Nino de Tabora, who was governor at that time, +immediately despatched two warships to punish so great violence, +and they made many prizes and inflicted many injuries along those +coasts. After that he sent ambassadors to the king to ask satisfaction +for what the latter had done, and the restoration of the Spanish +ships. Although the king who had had the ships seized was dead, his +son was forced to return them, and did so. The Mindanaos and Joloans, +chastised because of the fleets that they were sending to plunder these +islands, have been subdued and have made peace several times. But, +whenever it appears good to them, they break the peace, make war on us, +and sack and burn the towns of the Christians, capturing many thousands +of them; this is done not only by the Mindanaos, but by their vassals, +the Camucones and Tirones. Consequently, one can and ought to make war +on them very justifiably, until they are destroyed and annihilated, +if necessary--as was done before, and is being done in this year of +1751. [99] During this and previous years the king of Jolo lived in +Manila, was baptized, and made a subject of the Spanish crown. He +solicited aid against one of his brothers named Bantilan, by saying +that the latter had revolted with the kingdom. However it is hoped +that the truth of the whole thing will be discovered in time. [100] +It was resolved by a royal provision of May 29, 1720, that all the +prisoners made among those nations during the war should be declared +slaves forever. + +Besides the above, the governors of these islands have absolute +authority privately to provide and attend to all that pertains to +the royal estate, government, war, and consultations in difficult +affairs of the auditors of this royal Audiencia; to try in the first +instance the criminal causes of the soldiers; and to appoint alcaldes, +corregidora, deputies, and chief justices of all the islands for the +exercise of government, justice, and war, together with the chief +scrivener appointed by his Majesty for government and war matters. The +governor also enjoys the privilege of a permanent body-guard of twelve +halberdiers, with a captain of the guard, who always accompany him, +besides many other preeminences conceded by royal decrees to the +presidency of the royal Audiencia and Cnancilleria. He is, finally, +captain-general of all the archipelago. For these his employments, +his Majesty assigns him annually a salary of eight thousand pesos +de minas--or thirteen thousand one hundred and thirty-five pesos, +three granos of common gold--besides the many profits and gains +assigned to him by domestic and foreign fees and privileges, which +amount annually to great sums of money. + + +Administration of Government and the Captaincy-General + + +[The following is taken from Sinibaldo de Mas, [101] _Informe +sobre el estado de las Islas Filipinas en 1842_ (Madrid, 1843), tomo +ii. Portions of it are apparently embodied in translation and abstract +in Bowring's _Visit to the Philippine Isles_ (London, 1859), p. 87-93.] + +The government of the Filipinas Islands, together with the group of +the Marianas, is in charge of a military chief, who, to the title +of governor, joins those of president of the Audiencia, and royal +vice-patron; subdelegate judge of the revenue, and of post-offices, +posts, and express [_correos, postas y estafeta_]; and director of +the troops, captain-general, and commander-in-chief of the navy. His +authority, then, embraces all the powers derived from these titles, +both for administration and for the security and defense of the +territory. + +To discharge these duties he has three secretaryships--one of +government, another of the captaincy-general, and the third of the +navy--one military auditor, one adviser in government matters, one +fiscal, and one scrivener. One may appeal from his gubernatorial +measures to the royal Audiencia, which often alters or annuls those +measures by means of sentence. But there is a law that provides that +in case that the governor-general undertakes to have his order put +into effect, it must be observed until the superior decision, so that +no uneasiness and confusion may result from it in the country. The +collection of taxes and the disbursement of money is in charge of +a superintendent of the treasury [_hacienda_], under the immediate +orders of the government at Madrid. In sudden or doubtful cases, the +resolutions of the superior council [_junta_] of the treasury--composed +of the superintendent, the accountant-in-chief of accounts [_contador +mayor de cuentas_], the accountant of the army and treasury, the +newest auditor of the Audiencia, and the fiscal of the treasury--decide +the matter. + +The islands are divided by provinces, in each of which there is +a subordinate chief who is styled governor or alcalde-mayor. These +exercise jurisdiction in the first instance, in matters of government +and litigation. They are military captains, and have in charge the +collection of the royal revenues, under a responsibility guaranteed by +bonds to the satisfaction of the accountant-general of the army and +royal treasury. The province of Cavite is an exception to this rule, +for the collection of the tribute there is now made by an assistant +of the chief justice. Therefore he who rules in a province exercises +all the attributes of political chief, and as such is subject to +the governor-general; those of judge of first instance, and as such +is dependent on the Audiencia; those of subdelegate of treasury +(although he does not have the disposal of the monopolized incomes), +and as such has to render accounts, bonds, and obedience to the +chiefs of the treasury; and finally, if he is of military rank, +he is commandant-of-arms, and subaltern of the captain-general; +and even though he be not of military rank he obtains the rank of +military commander [_capitan a guerra_] by virtue of his rank of +alcalde-mayor. He has charge of the company assigned to his province, +and, in the absence of his Majesty's troops, he commands the troops +that he equips upon extraordinary occasions. + +Each province is subdivided into a greater or less number of +towns. Each town has a gobernadorcillo [i.e., little or petty +governor], with assistants and alguacils of justice, whose number is +fixed. They discharge various functions, among them the administration +of justice in regard to fields and palm-trees, and that of police. In +some towns where there are a sufficient number of Sangley mestizos +(who are the descendants of the Chinese), they form, when they +obtain permission from the government, a separate community, with a +gobernadorcillo and other members of the magistracy taken from their +own midst. In the towns which are the capitals of the province there +is often a gobernadorcillo for mestizos and one for natives. This +latter always takes command of the province in case of the sickness +or absence of the alcalde-mayor. The gobernadorcillos have in their +towns all the municipal responsibility proper to the authority which +is conferred upon them by their appointment. They are especially bound +to aid their parish priests in everything pertaining to worship and +the observance of religious laws. They try civil causes up to the +value of two taels of gold, or forty-four pesos. They take action in +criminal cases by collecting the preliminary evidence, which they +submit to the provincial chiefs. They are under obligation to see +to the collections of the royal revenue, and further to give notice +of the ordinances for good government. They are permitted to collect +certain dues that are specified in their own credentials. Each town +has also other citizens known under the name of cabezas [_i.e._, heads] +de barangay. Each cabeza is obliged to look after forty-five or fifty +tributes which comprise as many families, and that is the signification +of barangay. The cabezas must reside with them in the district or +street assigned; must attend in person to the good order and harmony +of their individuals; must apportion among them all the services +that are due from them collectively; must settle their disputes; and +must collect the tribute under a fixed bond, in order to effect its +delivery afterward in entirety to the gobernadorcillo, or directly +to the provincial chief, as happens in that of Tondo. The cabezas are +ex-officio attorneys for their barangays in all matters that concern +them collectively, and electors of the gobernadorcillos and other +officials of justice. For that interesting function, only the twelve +oldest men of each town or the substitutes whom the ordinance assigns, +have a vote. In some provinces the cabezas appoint only the three who +have to compose the _terna_ [i.e., three nominees for any office] for +the gobernadorcillo. These, with the outgoing gobernadorcillo, proceed +to the election of the deputies, alguacils, and their committees. The +cabecerias [_i.e._, headships], much more ancient in origin than +the reductions [_i.e._, native villages of converts], were doubtless +hereditary. At present they are hereditary and elective. When they +fall vacant, whether for want of an heir or through the resignation of +the regularly appointed incumbent, the substitute is appointed--by the +superintendent, in the provinces near the capital; and in those distant +from it by the respective subdelegate chief, but at the proposal of +the gobernadorcillo and other cabezas. This same plan is followed +in the creation of any cabeceria in proportion to the increase in +population, and as the number of tributarios in each town demands +it. The cabezas, their wives, and first-born sons (who are their +assistants in the collection of the royal revenues), enjoy exemption +from the payment of tribute. The cabezas in some provinces serve in the +cabecerias for three years; and, if they do not prove defaulters, they +are recognized as chiefs in the towns, with the titles of ex-cabeza +and don. Such system offers the serious disadvantage of multiplying +the privileged class of chiefs, which, being exempted from personal +services, increases the tax for the common people or the _polistas_ +[102] in proportion to the increase of the privileged class. + +The offices of gobernadorcillo, deputies, and alguacils of justice +are elective, and last one year, with superior approbation. It is +stipulated that the elections take place exactly at the beginning +of each year, in the royal houses or halls of justice in the towns, +and not elsewhere. The electors are the outgoing gobernadorcillo and +the twelve senior cabezas de barangay. For gobernadorcillo three +individuals have to be nominated by a plurality of votes, and the +respective place of each one in the terna must be expressed. It is to +be noted that the nominee must be able to speak, read, and write the +Spanish language. If he cannot do that, the election of the one who +lacks this express condition will be considered null and void, where +such election has been made. For the other officials of justice, those +needed by the town are elected by the same convention. The balloting +must be secret, and is authorized by the notary and presided over by +the provincial chief. The parish priest may be present, if he wishes, +to express what opinions he may consider fitting, but for no other +purpose. In sealed envelopes the election returns are sent to the +superior governments of the provinces of Tondo, Bulacan, Pampanga, +Bataan, Zambales, Nueva Ecija, Laguna, Batangas, and Cavite, so that +after choosing one of those proposed as gobernadorcillo, the respective +government orders the credentials corresponding to each class to be +despatched. In the other provinces, because of their distance from +the capital, the chief of each one appoints the nominee in the first +place, and making use of the blank credentials entrusted to him by +the superior government, writes therein the names of those interested, +and places them in possession [of their offices]. + +The cabezas of barangay can be elected, if they preserve their +cabecerias and the collection of tributes, by the rule in the royal +decree of October 17, 1785. + +The Chinese community may elect from among its Christian individuals, +and in a meeting presided over by the alcalde-mayor of Tondo, +one man as gobernadorcillo, one as chief deputy, and a third as +alguacil-mayor. The government grants those elected the proper +credentials, by virtue of which they exercise jurisdiction. The +officials of justice in this community are called _bilangos_, and are +appointed by the new gobernadorcillo. The electors are also thirteen +in number, and are composed of the outgoing gobernadorcillo, the +ex-captains, and the petty chiefs [_cabecillas_] of the tribute and +of champans, both past and present. When any number is lacking, it is +made up from the petty heads of the trades. At present the collection +of tribute or the poll-tax from the Chinese is in direct charge of +the alcalde-mayor in the province of Tondo, with a supervisor chosen +from among the officials of administration of the royal treasury. In +the other provinces it is attended to in person by the chief of each +province. This levy of taxes is managed by a register, where the +Chinese are enrolled and classified, and that register determines +the quota of each, who contributes according to his class. + +The gobernadorcillos and officials of justice deserve the greatest +consideration from the government. The provincial chiefs are under +obligation to show them the honor corresponding to their respective +duties. They are allowed to sit in the houses of the latter, and in +any other place, and are not suffered to remain standing. Neither +is it permitted to the parish priests to treat these officials with +less consideration. + + + +Political and Administrative Organization + + +[Montero y Vidal's _Archipielago Filipino_(Madrid, 1866), pp. 162-168, +contains the following chapter.] + +The municipal organization of Filipinas differs widely from that +of Espana. + +Some native functionaries, improperly called gobernadorcillos, [103] +exercise command in the towns; they correspond to the alcaldes and +municipal judges, of the Peninsula, and perform at once functions +of judges and even of notaries, with defined powers. As assistants +they elect several lieutenants and alguacils, proportionate in +number to the inhabitants. Those assistants, together with three +ex-gobernadorcillos to whom are referred the duties of judges of +cattle, fields, and police, constitute a sort of town council. Manila +is the only place that has that corporation [_i.e., ayuntamiento_] +with an organization identical with those of the same class in Espana. + +Even when the gobernadorcillos are recompensed with a certain +percentage for the collection of contributions, and they collect +some other dues, the total sum that they finally receive is so small +that their office is considered honorary. In spite of this, the +duty is an onerous one, and they are subject to annoyances, fines, +and imprisonment, if the gubernative, judicial, and administrative +authorities, etc., are rigorous. The Indians covet it with a desire +that is astonishing, and avail themselves of all possible means in +order to obtain it. The secret of the motive that impels them lies in +their fondness for prominence, and in the fact that nearly all of them +succeed in becoming rich, or in attaining independent means, after +the two years of their office. For the _polistas_, or individuals +who are obliged to labor on the public works of the state, build +their houses for them free of cost, bringing the materials from the +forest or the points where they are found; there are the _fallas_, +or the amount of the aliquot sum that is to make good the deficiency +in public works [i.e., in the services on public works rendered by +the natives], in the collection of which there is opportunity for +the gobernadorcillo to figure, by supporting all or the majority of +those who should perform that work, and himself using that money; +the innumerable bribes and illegal exactions that they impose, and +the taxes that they collect through numberless separate judgments: +[all these] make the office sufficiently lucrative, although in +that country, scarcely any importance is attached to many of these +irregularities (even by those who are injured by them), which custom +has almost sanctioned as law. + +The election of corporate members is carried on under the presidency +of the provincial chief by twelve of the most prominent men +in the town--half of them drawn by lots cast by those who were +gobernadorcillos and cabezas de barangay, and the other six from +the cabezas in actual office; while he who is gobernadorcillo at the +time of election votes also. The individual who obtains most votes +is proposed to the general government as being first on the list; he +who follows him in the number of votes, in the second; and the actual +_pedaneo_ [i.e. a subordinate officer, here the gobernadorcillo], +in the third. From that list of three [_terna_], the governor-general +appoints one, after seeing the report of the president of the election. + +The cabezas de barangay are chiefs of fifty families, those from +whom are collected the contributions that form part of the revenues +of the treasury and government. This institution, antedating the +conquest, is most useful, the more, for the same reasons, since +the gobernadorcillos come to be to their members of barangays or +those they rule, the same that those pedaneos [i.e.], the cabezas] +are to the generality of the inhabitants. The actual cabezas or the +ex-cabezas, with the gobernadorcillo and the ex-captains (as those +who have exercised that office are designated), form the _principalia_ +[i.e., chieftain class, or nobility]. + +Their usual dress is a black jacket, European trousers, mushroom +hat, and colored slippers; many even wear varnished [i.e., patent +leather] shoes. The shirt is short, and worn outside the trousers. The +gobernadorcillo carries a tasseled cane [_baston_], the lieutenants +wands [_varas_]. On occasions of great ceremony, they dress formally +in frock coat, high-crowned hat--objects of value that are inherited +from father to son. + +On the day on which the gobernadorcillo takes his office, his town +has a great festival [_fiestajan_]. All eat, drink, smoke, and amuse +themselves at the expense of the _municipe_ [i.e., the citizen who +is elected gobernadorcillo], and the rejoicing is universal. In +the tribunal (city hall) he occupies a large lofty seat, which is +adorned with the arms of Espana and with fanciful designs, if his +social footing shows a respectable antiquity. + +On holy days the officials go to the church in a body. The +principalia and the _cuadrilleros_ form in two lines in front of the +gobernadorcillo and the music precedes them. In the church the latter +occupies a seat in precedence of those of the chiefs, who have benches +of honor. After the mass, they usually go to the convent to pay their +respects to the parish priest; and they return to the tribunal in the +same order, the musicians playing a loud double quick march. [104] +There they hold a meeting, at which the gobernadorcillo presides, in +which he, in concert with the cabezas, determines the public services +for the week. + +The tributarios of many towns go, after mass, to hear orally the orders +that the cabezas communicate to them. In order to summon any of them +when necessity requires, they have adopted certain taps of the drum; +and on hearing it they go to the tribunal. + +If the gobernadorcillo is energetic or has a bad temper, the cabezas +fear and respect him highly; but if he is irresolute they abuse +him. When he goes out on the street, an alguacil with a long wand +precedes him. + +Since the majority of these pedaneos do not talk Spanish, they are +authorized to appoint _directorcillos_ [i.e., petty directors], +who receive very slender pay. The directorcillo--who has generally +studied for several years in the university or the colleges of Manila +without concluding his course--writes the judicial measures, and +the answers to the orders of the provincial authorities; serves as +interpreter to the pedaneo, when the latter has to talk to Europeans; +and exercises entire influence in all matters. By virtue of that he +sometimes commits abuses that the gobernadorcillo finds it necessary +to tolerate, in order not to lose his services; for there are towns +where one cannot possibly find another inhabitant to take his place, +because of their ignorance of Castilian. All that redounds to the hurt +of the honest administration of the towns, and even the prestige of +the government, since the said directorcillos are wont to ascribe to +the superior orders their own exactions and annoyances. + +Each town of Filipinas contains a number of cuadrilleros, proportional +to its citizenship. They are under obligation to serve for three years, +and only enjoy exemption from the payment of tribute and _polos_. [105] +The cuadrilleros are armed with old guns and spears, perform police +duty, and guard the tribunal, prison, and the royal or government +house. They also go in pursuit of criminals. + +Some provinces (for instance, the majority of those in Luzon) are +ruled by legal alcaldes-mayor who are lawyers, who exercise the +civil government, and are at the same time judges of first instance, +sub-delegates of the treasury and of local departments, administrators +of the posts, military commandants, and presiding officers of the +meetings for auctions and for primary instruction. They were also +formerly collectors of tobacco, in the provinces where that plant is +cultivated. [106] + +Other provinces, such as those of Visayas and Mindanao, are ruled +by politico-military governors, belonging to the army and fleet, +who also unite duties identical to those of the alcaldes-mayor--with +the difference that in these provinces there are judges for the +administration of justice; while in the provinces of Luzon the +governors conduct the court of justice, with a lawyer as advisory +assistant [_asessor_], who is the judge of the next province. In +those provinces where no department of the public treasury exists, +they are also directors of economic matters. + +A governor and captain-general exercises the supreme authority in +Filipinas. In his charge is the direction of all civil and military +matters, and even the direction of ecclesiastical matters in so far +as they touch the royal patronage. Until 1861, when the council of +administration was created, he also had charge of the presidency of +the royal Audiencia and Chancilleria there. + +The authority, then, of the governor-general is complete, and such +a number of attributes conferred on one functionary (incompetent, +as a general rule, for everything outside of military matters), +is certainly prejudicial to the right exercise of his duty. + +Until the year 1822, private gentlemen, magistrates, military men, +sailors, and ecclesiastics, without any distinction, were appointed +to fill so lofty a post; and they have borne the title and exercised +the functions of captain-general to suit their own convenience. + +During the vacancies, political authority resided in the royal +assembly--the Audiencia in full [107] and the military authority in an +auditor (magistrate), with the title of captain-general _ad interim_. + +From the said year of 1822, the government has always devolved upon +an official, a general; in case of his death, the segundo cabo, +a general, is substituted for him; and in case of the death of the +latter, the commandant-general of the naval station. + +The captain-general is, as we have indicated, supreme chief of all +departments, and the sum total of his pay amounts to forty thousand +pesos annually. + +A command of so great importance, superior to the viceroyalties of +our former American colonies, ought not to be given exclusively to one +specified class; and the election of governor should be free, although +with the limitation that only ex-ministers and high dignitaries of +the army or of any other institution, who merit through their lofty +talents, known competence, and proved morality, that Espana should +entrust to them its representation and the exercise of its sovereignty +in so precious a portion of its domains, should be eligible to it. Thus +jointly do the prestige of the Spanish name the complications of +political life in modern society, and the progress and welfare of +eight millions of Spanish Indians--worthy under all concepts on which +governments now fix their attention more than they have hitherto done, +in a matter of so transcendent importance--demand this with urgency. + +It is also advisable to change the vicious, anomalous, and unsuitable +organization of the provinces of Filipinas, assimilating them, so far +as possible, to those of Espana. The separation of the gubernatorial +and judicial duties, the suppression of politico-military commands, +and the appointment of civil governors, under excellent conditions +and unremovable for six years, are urgent; all these are measures +that will positively redound to the benefit of the country. + + + + + + +NOTES + +[1] The earliest compilation of laws regarding the Spanish colonies of +Nueva Espana was made, by royal command, by Vasco de Puga (an auditor +of the Audiencia of Mexico), and printed in 1563. Francisco de Toledo, +viceroy of Peru from 1569 to 1581, prepared a code of ordinances for +that country (see Markham's _Hist. Peru_, pp. 149, 156-159, 538). In +1570, Felipe II ordered that a revised compilation of the laws and +ordinances for the government of all the Indias be made. After many +efforts and delays, this was accomplished in 1628, but the work was +not printed until 1681. It is the fifth edition (_i.e._, reprint) +of this compilation from which we obtain the laws presented in this +document; it was printed in Madrid in 1841. + +[2] See _Vol_. VIII, p. 253. + +[3] "The present state of affairs in that which relates to this titulo +is that set forth by the decree of March 10, 1785, establishing the +Company of Filipinas. In regard to this law and those following in +this titulo, the reader should remember that a royal order of July 20, +1793, permitted the Company of Filipinas to trade directly between +those islands and the ports of South America in one or two voyages, +to the amount of five hundred thousand pesos apiece, on condition of +paying the foreign duty and the 9 1/2 per cent on the silver taken +back. This permit, which was limited during the war with France, +was, by a new royal order of September 24, 1796, made general for +all succeeding wars, if carried on with maritime powers." The above +note is translated from the _Recopilacion_, where it follows law +1. Space permitting, the decree of March 10, 1785, mentioned above, +will be given in this series. + +[4] This law and all those treating of the prohibition of commerce +between Peru and Mejico, Tierra-Firme, etc., were completely superseded +by a royal decree dated El Pardo, January 20, 1774. That decree was +ordered to be kept and observed by the superior government of Lima, +August 1, of the same year; and separate copies were ordered to be +drawn, so that all might know that his Majesty had repealed and revoked +the general prohibition of reciprocal commerce by the South Sea between +the four kingdoms of Peru, Nueva Espana, Nueva Reino de Granada, and +Guatemala." We transfer this note from law ix, of this titulo of the +_Recopilacion_, an editorial note to law lxviii referring to law ix. + +[5] Such a citation as this shows the hand of the editors or compilers +of the _Recopilacion_. Law lxvii bears as its earlier date March 3, +1617, and refers to the sending of contraband Chinese goods to the +House of Trade of the Indias in Sevilla. + +[6] The governors of the Filipinas grant permission to those who go +to those islands under condemnation of crime to return. Inasmuch as +on that account many convicts hide away from the judges who exiled +them, we order the governors, under no circumstances, to permit +them to return to Nueva Espana or to go to Peru during the period of +their exile. And should they be condemned to the galleys or to other +services, they shall fulfil the condemnation,--[Felipe III--Aranjuez, +April 29, 1605. Felipe IV--Madrid, January 27, 1631. In _Recopilacion +de leyes_, lib. vii, tit. viii, ley xxi.] + +[7] The _Recopilacion_ is not clear as to the date of this law and the +one immediately following. Law lix bears both dates (as also does law +lx), and is designated as clause 11. Laws lxix and lxx bear no date +(probably through error of the compiler or printer), but are designated +as clauses 16 and 17, and clause 18, of a decree by Felipe III. Hence +the above dates with queries have been assigned to these laws. + +[8] Luis Geronimo de Cabrera, fourth Conde de Chinchon, became viceroy +of Peru in 1628, holding that office until 1639. During his term +there was made known the efficacy of a medicine--previously in use +among the Indians--the so-called "Jesuit's bark," or "Peruvian bark," +obtained from a tree found only in Peru and adjoining countries, named +_Chinchona_ by Linnaeus, in honor of the viceroy's wife (who, having +been cured by this medicine, introduced its use into Spain). From +this bark is obtained the drug known at quinine. + +[9] Whenever any ships sail from the port of Acapulco and other +ports of Nueva Espana to make the voyage to Peru on the opportunities +permitted, it is our will and we order our officials of those ports +to visit and inspect those ships with complete faithfulness and +the advisable rigor. They shall endeavor to ascertain whether such +ships are carrying any Chinese silks or merchandise, or any from the +Filipinas Islands. They shall seize such, and declare those found +as smuggled goods. They shall divide them, and apply them as is +contained in the laws of this titulo. [Felipe IV--Madrid, April 9, +1641. In _Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. viii, tit. xvii, ley xv.] + +[10] See note to law lxviii, p. 33. + +[11] See _Vol_. XIV, note 12, p. 99. + +[12] Latin, _Bacchanalia_. In Latin countries, the three days before +Ash Wednesday are given up to boisterous outdoor merriment, which +frequently degenerates into coarse and licentious revelry. Hence, +the expression "Bacchanalia" Carnival. In order to counteract these +abuses, the Jesuits at Macerata in Italy, introduced, in 1556, +some special devotions during the three days. The Exposition of the +Blessed Sacrament was held in the church, this custom was adopted by +St. Charles Borromeo, in Milan; and it gradually extended to other +places, and was developed subsequently into "The Devotion of the +Forty Hours," which is not confined to the Carnival season. This is +the explanation of the term "Bacchanalia," in connection with that +church ceremony--_Rev. E.I. Devitt, S.J._ + +[13] Evidently referring to the capture of van Caerden's fleet by +Heredia (see note 26, _post_). + +[14] Flagellation in the Philippines was a custom probably taken +from the early Spanish friars, but it has been so discouraged of late +years by the church that it is performed only in the smaller villages +of the interior and in the outlying _barrios_ of the larger towns, +more or less secretly, away from the sight of white men. Especially +is it prevalent during Holy Week. Although the Philippine flagellants +are called "_penitentes_" the flagellation is not done in penance, +but as the result of a vow or promise made to the diety in return +for the occurrence of some wished-for event, and the "_penitentes_" +are frequently from the most knavish class. The fulfillment of the +vow is a terrible ordeal, and begins back of the small chapel called +"_visita_" that exists in every village. The "_penitente_" wears only +a pair of loose thin white cotton trousers, and is beaten on the back +by another native first with hands and then with a piece of wood with +little metal points in it until the blood flows freely. Thus he walks +from _visita_ to _visita_, with covered face, beating himself with +a cord, into the end of which is braided a bunch of sticks about the +size of lead pencils. He prostrates himself in the dust and is beaten +on the back and soles of his feet with a flail. At every stream he +plunges into it, and grovels before every _visita_. From all the houses +as he passes comes the chant of the Passion. (Lieut. Charles Norton +Barney, who was an eye-witness of the flagellation--"Circumcision and +flagellation among the Filipinos," in the _Journal_ of the Association +of Military Surgeons, September, 1903.) + +[15] See _Vol_. IX, note 13. Roberto Bellarmino, born in 1542, entered +the Jesuit order in 1560, becoming one of its most famous theological +writers. He was long connected with the college at Rome, and later +was successively provincial of Naples, a cardinal of the Roman church +(from 1599), and archbishop of Capua (1602-05); he died at Rome, +September 17, 1621, Perhaps the most widely known of his works is the +_Doctrina christiana_ (Rome, 1598); it passed through many editions, +abridgments, and translations, having been rendered into more than +fifty languages. See account of these in Sommervogel's _Bibliotheque +de la Compagnie de Jesus_, art. "Bellarmino." "He was the first Jesuit +who had ever taken part in the election of a pope"--Cretineau-Joly's +_Hist. Comp. de Jesus_ (Paris, 1859), iii, p. 106. This refers to +the election of Paul V (1605). + +[16] In the Ventura del Arco MSS. (Ayer library) i, pp. 341-381, +is a copy of a letter (dated June 11, 1611) from Father Armano to +his provincial, Gregorio Lopez, detailing the achievements of Silva's +expedition to the Moluccas in 1611--on which occasion Silva restored +to his throne Zayri, king of Ternate, who had been kept as a prisoner +at Manila for five years. Rizal says in his edition of Morga, p. 247, +note 1, that this king did not return to his island. He was probably +taken back to Manila shortly after this restoration. + +[17] Pedro Solier was born about 1578; he entered the Augustinian order +in 1593 at Salamanca, where he remained five years, and then joined the +Philippine mission. In 1603 he went to Spain on business of his order, +returning to the islands in 1606. Elected provincial of his order in +1608, he held that office for two years; and in 1610, "on account of +the deposal of Father Lorenzo de Leon, journeyed to Spain to make a +report of that unpleasant incident" (Perez's _Catalogo_, p. 57). + +[18] Baltasar Fort was a native of Moto in Valencia, though some +say of Horcajo in the diocese of Tortosa. He studied Latin grammar +at Villa de San Mateo. At Valencia he studied philosophy. He took +his vows at the Dominican convent of San Esteban at Salamanca, +May 2, 1586. After serving as prior and as master of novitiates in +Aragonese convents, he went to Manila in 1602. Mart of his ministry +there was passed in the province of Pangasinam. He served as prior of +the Manila convent, and then as provincial, after which he was sent +to Japan as vicar-provincial, whence he was exiled in 1614. He was +definitor several times and once rector of the college of Santo Tomas, +after which he was again prior of the Manila convent. He died in that +convent without the last sacraments, October 18, 1640, being over +seventy years of age.--See _Resena biografica_, part i, pp. 311, 312. + +[19] Francisco Minayo was a native of Arevalo. After arriving at the +Philippines in 1598, he labored extensively in Cagayan, where his +ministry had good results. He was accused of the sin against nature, +but after arrest and trial was released. Later he was prior of the +Manila convent, and after his three years' term returned to Cagayan, +where he died at Lallo-c, August 25, 1613. See _Resena biografica_, +part i, pp. 302-303. + +[20] The following law was passed at Lerma July 23, 1605; and at +Madrid December 19, 1618, and is found in _Recopilacion de leyes_, +lib. iii, tit. x, ley xiv: "The governor and captain-general of the +Filipinas Islands shall take care to reward the soldiers who shall +have served us there, and their sons, with the posts and profits +that shall fall to his appointment, in accordance with the ordinance, +and with full justification, so that they may have some remuneration, +observing in everything the laws issued upon this matter." + +[21] Father Gregorio Lopez was a native of the town of Alcocer, in +the bishopric of Cuenca. He studied theology at Alcala de Henares, +but took the Jesuit habit in Mexico. He filled in Mexico the chairs +of the arts and of theology, and was master of the novitiates. After +sixteen years' residence in Mexico he went to the Philippines, +where he became a teacher of Christian doctrine, and rector of the +seminary at Manila. He was later vice-provincial and then provincial +of his order for eight years, being the first provincial. He died at +the age of fifty-three, on July 21, 1614. He spent fourteen years in +the Philippines. + +[22] La Concepcion says (_Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, p. 284) that the +Dutch unexpectedly encountered at Panay a Spanish force, on its way +to the Moluccas, who compelled the invaders to retreat. + +[23] Francois de Wittert. See _Vol_. XV, pp. 323-328. + +[24] "The bells of the churches were cast into heavy cannon" (La +Concepcion, _Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, p. 286). + +[25] _Vino de Mandarin_; literally, "mandarin wine." + +[26] Paul van Caerden (Pablo Blanchardo), who had made several voyages +to the East Indies, was captured by Sargento-mayor Pedro de Heredia +after a fierce fight near Terrenate, the seat of the new Dutch posts +in the Malucos. Juan de Esquivel, Spanish governor of the Malucos, +allowed him to pay a ransom of fifty thousand pesos; but was severely +rebuked by the Manila Audiencia then in power, for doing so without +first advising them. Esquivel took the censure so much to heart +that he fell into a melancholy, and died soon after. His successor, +Sargento-mayor Azcueta Menchaca, anxious to please the Audiencia, +pursued van Caerden and captured him a second time, although the Dutch +tried to burn their ship to escape such an ignominy. He was sent to +Manila, and his ransom promised on certain conditions. Twenty-two +Spanish prisoners at Ternate were given; but, the other conditions +not being met, the Dutch officer was kept prisoner at the expense of +the royal treasury until his death, in Manila. See La Concepcion's +_Hist. de Philipinas_, iv, pp. 112-114. + +[27] La Concepcion and Montero y Vidal make this name Faxardo (or +Fajardo) instead of Pardos; and the latter gives the following name +as Luis Moreno Donoso. + +[28] The original is _malos dias_, literally, "a bad +'good-morning.'" It is used as the term _buenos dias_, or "good +morning." + +[29] The Trinitarian order was founded at Rome in 1198 by St. John +of Matha, a native of Provence, and Felix of Valois, an aged French +hermit, in order to redeem Christian captives from the infidels. The +order received sanction from Innocent III. Their rule was that of +St. Augustine, with particular statutes; and their diet was one of +great austerity. The habit in France was a soutane and scapular of +white serge, with a red and blue cross on the right breast. The first +monastery was established at Cerfroy, France, and continued to be +the mother-house, until the French Revolution. At one time the order +had two hundred and fifty houses, and by the seventeenth century +had rescued 30,720 Christian captives. At the dissolution they had +eleven houses in England, five in Scotland, and one in Ireland. The +religious were often called Red or Maturin friars in England, from +the color of the cross on their habit and because of their famous +house at Paris near the chapel of St. Maturin. + +A reformation made by Father Juan Baptista was approved by the Holy +See in 1599, and resulted in the erection of the congregation of +discalced Trinitarians in Spain. Their houses, as well as those of +the unreformed portion of the order, were suppressed in Spain in the +reign of Isabella II. + +See Addis and Arnold's _Catholic Dictionary_, p. 810. + +[30] The Ventura del Arco copy reads _concera_, which may be a +mistranscription for _cascara_, hull. + +[31] Pedro Montejo took his vows at the Toledo Augustinian +convent. After his arrival at Manila he was master of novitiates and +superior of the Manila convent of San Pablo until 1607. In that year +he was assigned to the Japan missions at his own request. He probably +did not go to that empire, however, for shortly afterward he was in +Manila again on business for the province, where he embarked. He was +captured by the Dutch and killed, as stated in the text, by a ball +from the Spanish fleet. See Perez's _Catalogo_. + +[32] For quite another estimate of these youthful commanders, see +_ante_, p. 97. + +[33] This was Fray Juan Pinto de Fonseca. + +[34] This difference in time when sailing east and west, was commented +on by many early writers. Acosta (_History of the Indies_, Hakluyt +Society's publications, London, 1880) says "seeing the two Crownes of +Portugall and Castille, have met by the East and West, ioyning their +discoveries together, which in truth is a matter to be observed, that +the one is come to China and Iappan by the East, and the other to the +Philippines, which are neighbours, and almost ioyning vnto China, by +the West; for from the Ilands of Lusson, which is the chiefe of the +Philippines, in the which is the city of Manilla, vnto Macao, which +is in the Ile of Canton, are but foure score or a hundred leagues, +and yet we finde it strange, that notwithstanding this small distance +from the one to the other, yet according to their accoumpt, there is +a daies difference betwixt them.... Those of Macao and of China have +one day advanced before the Philippines. It happened to father Alonso +Sanches, ... that parting from the Philippines, he arrived at Macao +the second daie of Maie, according to their computation, and going +to say the masse of S. Athanasius, he found they did celebrate the +feast of the invention of the holy Crosse, for that they did then +reckon the third of Maie." Acosta then gives the reason for this +difference. See _Vol_. I of this series, p. 22, note 2. + +[35] A species of pelican (_Pelicanus sula_). + +[36] The modern province of Bungo is located on the eastern side of +the island of Kyushu, on the Bungo Channel. + +[37] It is prohibited by us that the Audiencia of Filipinas should +grant licenses [for anyone] to go to the provinces of Peru. We order +that all the audiencias of Nueva Espana keep and observe this law, and +that those of Peru do the same in regard to Nueva Espana." Ordinance +27, Toledo, May 25, 1596. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix, tit. xxvi, +ley lxi.) + +"The governor of Filipinas shall not concede leave to any soldier +or any other person who shall have gone there at the cost of our +royal treasury, to leave or go out of those islands unless there be +very urgent causes; and in this he shall proceed with great caution +and moderation." Madrid, March 29, 1597. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, +lib. ix, tit. xxvi, ley lxii.) + +"It is advisable that the citizens of the Filipinas Islands shall +not leave them, and especially those who are rich and influential. In +consideration of this, we order the governors to proceed with great +moderation in giving passports to come to these kingdoms or those +of Nueva Espana, for thus it is important for the preservation of +the people of those islands. And in consideration of the fact that +the passengers and religious who come are numerous, and consume the +food provided for the crews of the vessels, we order the governors +that they avoid as far as possible the giving of passport to the said +passengers and religious, in order to avoid the inconveniences that +result and which ought to be considered." Segovia, July 25, 1609; +and San Lorenzo, August 19, 1609. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix, +tit. xxvi, ley lxiii.) + +[38] On the death of Pedro de Acuna, Rodrigo de Vivero was appointed +governor ad interim of the Philippines, by viceroy Luis de Velasco +of Mexico. He landed at Manila, June 15, 1608, and governed until +April of the following year. He was a native of Laredo (Santander), +and was experienced in the political life of the Indies. He introduced +important reforms and laws among the alcaldes-mayor and corregidors. He +was given the title of Conde dela Valle, and made governor and +captain-general of Panama. See La Concepcion's _Hist. de Philipinas_, +vi, pp. 114-116. + +[39] The following description of Japan it taken from _Recuril des +Voyages_ (Amsterdam, 1725), ii, p. 84: "These islands look toward +New Spain on the east; Tartary on the north, besides other countries +unknown; China on the west, and unknown lands on the south; with +a large sea between them. They comprise 66 petty kingdoms, and are +divided into three chief parts. The most considerable, and the one +always named first, is Japan, which contains 53 seigniories, or petty +kingdoms, the most powerful of which are Meaco and Amagunce. The +king of Meaco has under him 24 or 26 kingdoms, and he of Amagunce 12 +or 13. The second of these three parts is called Ximo, and contains +9 kingdoms, chief of which are Bungo and Figeu. The third part is +called Xicoum, and contains 4 kingdoms or seigniories." J.J. Rein +(_Japan_, London, 1884), gives four divisions in modern Japan, +namely, Japan proper, the Riukiu Islands, Chigima or the Kuriles, +and Ogasawara-shima or Munito, commonly called Bonin Islands. + +[40] A kind of silk grograin. + +[41] Gabriel de la Cruz (in the Moluccas as early as 1605), +together with Lorenzo Masonio (Laurent Masoni) wrote a relation +entitled _Relacion de la toma de las islas de Ambueno y Tidore que +consigueiron los Holandes en este ano de 1605_, which is published +by Colin in his _Labor Evangelica_, lib. iv, chap. ii. Masoni was +born at Campolleto (Naples), February 27, 1556. He entered the Jesuit +order when already a priest, in 1582. In 1586 he went to the Indies, +where he died at Amboina, July 19, 1631. He wrote also a letter from +that island, which is published in _Lettera annuae di Giappone_ (Roma, +1605), pp. 113-121; also in _Hist. Univers. des Indes orientales_, +by Antoine Magin (Sommervogel). + +[42] The author of the present relation precedes the portion here +presented, which appears to be complete, by a notice of the death of +Father Antonio Pereira. This notice appears to have been abridged +by Ventura del Arco, who copied the document from the archives. La +Concepcion states (vol. iv of his history) that after Acuna had +recovered the Malucos, all but two of the Jesuit priests there were +ordered to Malaca. This included Pereira, who was stationed on the +island of Siao. The authorities at Malaca contended that the care +of these religious devolved upon the Philippines, hence they were +ordered to go there. Pereira left Malaca in July, 1608, for Manila +in a Portuguese vessel, but they were wrecked after twenty days' +voyage. The Portuguese and Father Pereira started for Borneo next +morning in the small boat, leaving 130 slaves who were in the vessel +to their fate. After four days the boat reached a desert island, with +its occupants famished. Father Pereira, having a knowledge of the +region, procured water from one of the hollow canes growing on the +island. There they were captured by Moro or Malay pirates and sold +by them to the Borneans. They were sent to Manila in a small boat +by the sultan; but, in a storm, Father Pereira died. He was a son of +Gonzalo Pereira, who had also lived at Siao. Father Pereira had aided +Chirino in various labors in Cebu, whence he later returned to Siao. + +[43] This phrase, the usual epithet of the general of the Jesuit order, +would indicate that Lopez was addressing that official--who was then +Claudio Aquaviva; he died on January 31, 1615. + +[44] A vessel built like a pink--that is, with a very narrow stern--and +sloop-rigged. + +[45] By metaphor, the instrument is here used for the person; the +reference is to the advocacy of the Virgin as obtained through +the rosary, the instrument of the chief devotion to Mary. As +such, many churches and other institutions are dedicated to the +rosary.--_Rev. Patrick B. Knox_ (Madison, Wisconsin). + +[46] Thomas Aquinas, born in 1227, belonged to a noble family, +descended from the kings of Aragon and Sicily. Entering +the ecclesiastical life, he soon became noted as a scholar and +divine. He was professor of divinity in several universities, and +author of numerous theological works. He died on March 7, 1274, and +was canonized in 1323. Various epithets have been bestowed upon him: +"the Angelic Doctor," "the Universal Doctor," "the Dumb Ox" (alluding +to his taciturnity), "The Angel of the School," and "the Eagle of +Theologians." "It was in defense of Thomas Aquinas that Henry VIII [of +England] composed the book which procured him from the pope the title +of Defender of the Faith" (Blake's _Biographical Dictionary_, p. 66). + +[47] Argensola says mistakenly that this father was killed by the +Chinese in the insurrection of 1603. + +For sketch of his life see _Vol_. XIII, note 43. + +[48] Domingo de Nieva was a native of one of the three towns of +Villoria in Castilla, and professed in the Dominican convent of San +Pablo at Valladolid. On going to the Philippines he was sent first +to the mission of Bataan, where his labors were uninterrupted and +severe. He became fluent in the Tagil language, after Which he was +assigned to the Chinese mission near Manila; and he composed and +published several devotional treatises in both those languages. He +was elected prior of Manila, but before his three years in that office +were finished, he was sent as procurator to Madrid. He died at sea, at +the end of 1606 or the beginning of 1607, after having spent nineteen +years in the Philippines. See _Resena biografica_, part i, pp. 108-110. + +[49] That is "by my priestly word." + +[50] The see of Cebu was made vacant by the death of Bishop Agurto +(September 14, 1608), and that of Nueva Caceres (in 1607) by the death +of its second bishop, Baltasar Corarrubias, O.S.A. The reference in +our text is to the appointment of new bishops for these sees--for Cebu, +Pedro Matias, O.S.F.; and for Nueva Caceres, Pedro de Arce, O.S.A. But, +as Matias did not understand the Visayan language, these appointments +were finally exchanged; Matias was transferred to Nueva Caceres, which +he administered for two years and until his death, and Arce to Cebu. + +[51] Because of the difficulty that has been represented to us in going +or sending from very distant provinces, separated by the sea, to give +their accounts, we have determined and resolved that the accounts of +Chile and Filipinas shall be examined as hitherto, in accordance with +the ordinances of the Audiencias--notwithstanding what is ordained +by others--given to the accountants. The accounts shall have to be +brought and given in the tribunal of accounts. We order that those +thus examined in Chile be sent to the tribunal of accounts in Lima, +and those of the Filipinas to that of Mejico. Our royal officials +of those treasuries shall also send at the beginning of each year +the lists and muster-rolls of the soldiers to the said tribunals, +signed also by the governor and captain-general. The accountants +of the above-mentioned tribunals shall send a report of the said +accounts, with its lists, to our council of the Indias." Felipe III, +San Lorenzo, August 17, 1609, ordinance 24. (_Recopilacion de leyes_, +lib. viii, tit. i, ley lxxix). A decree dated San Lorenzo, October 19, +1719, ordered this law to be observed, and ordered also inspection +of the treasuries every week. See note in _Recopilacion de leyes_ +to the above ordinance. + +[52] Marcos de Lisboa was born of a noble family in Lisboa, +Portugal. At an early age he was sent to India to engage in its +commerce. Establishing himself at Malacca, he took the vows in 1582, +in the Franciscan convent established there in the preceding year +by Juan Bautista Pisaro. In 1586 he went to the Philippines, where +he projected and later helped to found (1594) the Confraternity of +La Misericordia at Manila. He later spent a number of years in the +province of Camarines, where he labored extensively. He was elected +three times as definitor (1602, 1608, and 1616), and once (January 16, +1609), as vicar-provincial. In 1618 he went to Mexico, whence (July 16, +1622), he went to Madrid, and then to Rome to take part in the general +chapter of his order. At the conclusion of the chapter he retired to +the convent of San Gil at Madrid, where he died in the beginning of +1628. Lisboa left a number of written works, among them four in the +Bicol language, which he was the first to write. See Huerta's _Estado_, +pp. 447, 448. + +[53] The Marquis de Montesclaros (third marques of the title, see +_Vol_. XIII, p. 228) was born posthumously probably at Sevilla; +and was a knight of the Order of Santiago, and gentleman of the +bedchamber. Throughout his offices as viceroy of Nueva Espana and +of Peru, he showed ability and determination, and his policy was +approved. See Moreri's _Dictionnaire_, vi, p. 268; and Bancroft's +_History of Mexico_, iii, pp. 5, 6. + +[54] The consulate (see _Vol_. XIII, p. 57) of Sevilla was formed +in accordance with a law dated August 23, 1543; it authorized the +exporting merchants of that city to meet annually for the election of +prior and consuls to administer, regulate, and guard the commercial +interests of those merchants. See the laws enacted regarding this +institution, in _Recopilacion de leyes_, lib. ix, tit. vi. + +[55] The Atlantic Ocean; the new trade-route opened by the Portuguese +a century before led to the Atlantic via the Cape of Good Hope. + +[56] Spanish, _tan en las mantillas_, _i.e._, the long outer garments +in which an infant is dressed. + +[57] Referring to the Cerro Gordo ("rich hill") of Potosi; see +_Vol_. XIV, p. 306. + +[58] Perhaps the region known as Miztecapan, which has fertile valleys. + +[59] A truce of eight months, to begin with May, 1607, was arranged +between Spain and the United Provinces, in which for the first +time Spain gave up its claims to control the latter. This paved +the way to the long truce of twelve years signed at the meeting of +the States-General at Bergen-op-Zoom, in April, 1609, in which the +independence of the United Provinces was recognized (see _Vol_. XI, +p. 166, note 27). But that independence was completely recognized +and assured only by the treaty of Westphalia or Muenster (in October, +1648), which also opened to the Dutch the ports of the Eastern and +Western Indias. + +[60] Thus in the text, according to the editor of _Docs. ineditos_; +apparently an error for Manila. + +[61] That is, if the Philippine trade to Nueva Espana were suppressed +the commodities from Spain which are now shipped to Manila via +Acapulco, and are mainly articles of luxury, would not find any +greater sale in the Orient than before. + +[62] In 1525 Esteban Gomez--who had been one of Magalhaes's pilots +(_Vol_. 1, pp. 263, 319) was sent by Charles V "to find a route to +Cathay" north of Florida. He had but one caravel with which to make +this voyage, but he went to the Bacalaos (New-foundland coast), +and thence as far south as Florida. His discoveries were noted on +the map of the cosmographer Diego Ribero (1529). Gomez's voyage is +described by Peter Martyr. + +[63] Referring to the treaty of Zaragoza (_Vol_. II, pp. 222-240). + +[64] Montesclaros has forgotten the capture of the "Santa Ana" by +Candish. See _Vol_. VI, p. 311, and _Vol_. XV, appendix A. + +[65] The fictitious strait of Anian (for which name see Bancroft's +_History of Northwest Coast_, i, pp. 53-56), was the supposed +western terminus of the northwest passage, whose eastern terminus +Cortereal was thought to have found in Hudson Strait. A kingdom +marked Anian is shown On Ortelius's map (_Theatrum orbis terrarum_, +Antwerp, 1574), with the strait just north of it, above 60 deg.. Both the +kingdom and district are shown on a number of old maps. Du Val's map +(Paris, 1684) of North America, which shows California as an island, +portrays the strait of Anian directly north of it, between 45 deg. and +50 deg. of latitude. Vaugondy's map (that of 1750 corrected), Paris, +1783, shows the strait between 50 deg. and 55 deg.. Comparing the latter with +Russel's general map of North America, 1794, the Anian strait appears +to coincide with the strait between Queen Charlotte's Island and the +mainland, the modern Hecate Strait. Vizcaino had orders to look for +this strait on his voyage, and explore it. + +[66] Puertobelo, now called Porto Bello, is situated on the isthmus +of Panama, almost directly north of Panama--in the old department of +Panama of the United States of Colombia; but now (as the other places +herein named) in the independent state of Panama--and but little west +of Aspinwall, the Atlantic terminus of the Panama Canal. Chagre is +the modern Chagres, and lies on the Atlantic side of the isthmus +southwest of Porto Bello; there empties the Chagres River, which +can be ascended to Cruces, which is twenty miles north of Panama, +the Pacific terminus of the canal, capital of the old department of +Panama, and of the present state of Panama. + +[67] Diego de Soria entered the Dominican order at Ocana. He came to +the Philippines in the first mission of that order (1587), end held +various dignities and official positions in the province; he also +did missionary work in Cagayan and other regions of Luzon. About +1597 he went to Spain and Rome on business of his order; and later +was appointed bishop of Nueva Segovia, taking possession of that +see in 1604. He died in 1613, at Fernandina (now Vigan). See _Resena +biografica_, i, pp. 69-77. + +[68] The reduction of silver ore by amalgamation with mercury was +discovered (although mercury had been used long before for obtaining +gold) by a Spanish miner in Mexico, Bartholome de Medina, in 1557. From +that time, enormous quantities of mercury have been continually +required for the mining operations in the silver-producing districts +of Spanish America. Efforts were occasionally made by the Mexican +viceroys to procure it in China; but "the Chinese mercury obtained +from Canton and Manilla was impure, and contained a great deal of +lead; and its price [1782] amounted to 80 piastres the quintal." See +Humboldt's account, descriptive and historical, of this use of mercury, +in his _New Spain_ (Black's trans.), iii, pp. 250-288. + +In this connection, see the interesting statement by Santiago de Vera +(_Vol_. VI, p. 68) that as early as 1585 the Japanese (who then had but +little communication with the Spaniards) were using Chinese quicksilver +in the silver mines of Japan. Some of the Chinese mercury had been +brought to Manila in 1573 (_Vol_. III, p. 245), and Sande mentions +(_Vol_. IV. p. 54) the mines of silver and quicksilver in China. + +[69] This document is simply an abridgment or summary made by Ventura +del Arco from the letter of Ledesma. + +[70] Cf. this statement with the royal decree of May 26, 1609, which +is presented in this volume, p. 79, _ante_. + +[71] Valerio de Ledesma was born at Alaejos. March 23, 1556, and +became a novitiate in the Jesuit order in 1571-1572. He was sent +to the Philippines, where he served as rector of Cebu, associate of +the provincial, rector of Manila, provincial, rector and master of +novitiates at San Pedro Macati, and again rector at Manila, where he +died, May 15, 1639. See Sommervogel, Barrantes (_Guerros piraticas_), +and Pardo de Tavera (_Biblioteca Filipina_, Washington, 1903) as +to his authorship. See also Murillo Velarde's _Historia_ (Manila, +1749), book ii, ch. vii, pp. 260-266, for a notice regarding him. In +the Ventura del Arco MSS., at the end of this summary of Ledesma's +letter appears a tracing of his autograph signature. + +[72] According to Sommervogel, Juan de Ribera was born at Puebla +de los Angeles in 1565, and entered upon his novitiate at Rome in +1582. He was sent to the Philippines in 1595, and taught theology +and was rector at Manila, where he died June 5, 1622. Besides the +present letter, Father Ribera was the author of the _Lettera annua_ +from the Philippines for 1602-1603, which was printed at Venice and +Paris, in Italian and French respectively, in 1605. + +[73] In regard to the correction of Manila time, see _Vol_. I, p. 22, +note 2. + +[74] That is, "the Great Mogul," meaning "the ruler of Mogor," a name +applied to Hindostan. The monarch here referred to is Jahangir (or +Jehanghir), the tenth of the Mogul emperors, who in 1605 succeeded to +the throne by the death of his father, Akbar the Great. See account +of his power and wealth, by Pyrard de Laval (publications of Hakluyt +Society, London, 1888-90) ii, pp. 250-253; also _The Hawkins' Voyages_ +and _Embassy of Sir Thomas Roe_ (published by the same society in 1878 +and 1899, respectively). Roe and William Hawkins successively resided +at Jahangir's court between 1610 and 1620. An interesting sketch of +Jahangir's life is given by Valentyn in his _Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien_ +(Dordrecht and Amsterdam, MDCCXXIV), part iv, sec. ii, pp. 218-230; +it is part of a series of the sketches, "Lives of the Great Moguls." + +[75] According to Montero y Vidal (_Hist. Filipinas_, i, p. 161) +this expedition was under the orders of Alonso Vaez Coutino. + +[76] A small piece of ordnance; or, a long musket or matchlock. + +[77] The plan of Malaca in Bellin's _Atlas maritime_ (Paris, 1764), +iii, 46, indicates this church, stating that it was then a magazine +within the fort. Other public buildings are located--the Chinese +pagoda and bazar, the Mahometan mosque, etc. See Valentyn's account, +descriptive and historical, of "Malakka," in his _Oud en Nieuw +Oost-Indien_, part v, book vi, pp. 308-360; it contains a large +engraving, a view of the city of Malaca. + +[78] A small city in the province of Badajoz, Spain. + +[79] Cf. La Concepcion's account (_Hist. de Philipinas_, +iv. pp. 330-366) of the ravages committed by the Dutch; the despatch +of a fleet from India at Silva's request (made through the Jesuits +Gomez and Ribera), and its conflicts with Malays and Dutch at Malacca; +Silva's preparations for the joint expedition; his journey to Malacca, +and death there; and the return of his fleet to Manila, and failure of +all this costly enterprise. La Concepcion mentions Ribera's account +(p. 344), and says (p. 337); "We have a complete diary, written by +the rector of Manila [Ribera], from the twenty-first of November, +when they hoisted sail at Cavite"--that is, when he went on the +embassy to India in 1614. Apparently his account, as here presented, +has been synopsized and abridged by Ventura del Arco, who has also +borrowed somewhat from Ledesma's letter (_post_). + +[80] This part of the document is the version of Ribera's letter +which appears in Colin's _Labor evangelica_, pp. 802-806. It is here +presented as containing some matter not in the other copy, and as +showing the methods of the respective editors. + +[81] _i.e._, Kocchi. As in all foreign words ending with a vowel, +the Portuguese have nasalised the "i." In 1505 it was written +"Coxi." See A.C. Burnell's note in _Voyage of Linschoten_ (Hakluyt +Society's publications, London, 1885), i, p. 68. This city lies some +thirty miles north of Cape Comorin. + +[82] Pedro de Francisco, S.J., was born at Mala, in the Zaragoza +diocese, in 1607. He was admitted to the Society in 1626, and went to +the Indias, where he taught grammar, and for seven years theology. He +labored at Cochin, and became rector of the Macao seminary, whence +he was driven by the Dutch. He was at Macassar in 1652, but his +name does not appear in the catalogue for 1655. See Sommervogel's +_Bibliographie_. + +[83] Alberto Laercio or Laerzio, S.J., was born at Orte in 1557, +admitted to the Society in 1576, and set out for the Indies, where +he made his profession at Goa, July 9, 1590. For twelve years he was +master of the novitiates, rector of Salsette, and associate-visitor, +for three years vice-provincial, and for six years provincial. He +died at Cochin in 1630. See Sommervogel's _Bibliographie_. + +[84] Francisco Roz, S.J., was born at Gerona in 1557, became a +novitiate in 1575, and went to the Indies in 1584, where he labored +in the Malabar mission. In 1601 he was appointed bishop of Angamala, +and in 1605, archbishop of Cranganore. He died at Parur, February 16, +1624. He wrote a number of treatises and letters. See Sommervogel's +_Bibliographie_. + +[85] The two Latin phrases read in English, respectively: "He who +desires an episcopate, desires a good work;" and "He gets a hard and +fast slavery." + +[86] Sommervogel mentions only that this Jesuit was a Portuguese +missionary at Goa in 1608, in which year (December 18) he wrote a +letter from Goa. + +[87] The Assumption of the Virgin is August 15. + +[88] That is, "Because we have sinned against thee, O Lord," etc. + +[89] This is a letter by Valerio de Ledesma, S.J., according to Colin +(from whose _Labor evangelica_, pp. 806-810, we obtain it). Compare +with the first version of Ribera's letter, _ante_, in which the +account of Silva's death is similar to that by Ledesma. Colin has +evidently edited both letters more or less, and it is difficult to +ascertain what the exact original text was. + +[90] Garcia Garces, S.J., was born in 1560 at Molina, in the diocese +of Segovia, and entered the Society October 23, 1574. Going to +the Indias in 1588, he labored for several years in the missions +of Japan. He was rector at Nagasaki, whence he was exiled with his +companions. He went to Manila and later to Macao, where he died in +1628. See Sommervogel's _Bibliographie_. + +[91] Melchor de Vera, S.J., was born at Madrid in 1585, and after +being received into the Society in 1604, went to the Philippines +in 1606, where he labored in the missions of the Bisayas and in +Mindanao. He served as rector of Carigara, and superior at Bapitan +and Zamboanga. His death occurred at the residence at Cebu, April +13, 1646. He was a good civil and military architect, and planned +and directed the building of the fortifications at Zam boanga, and +constructed the church of his residence at Cebu. See Sommervogel's +_Bibliographie_ and Murillo Velarde's _Historia_, book ii, chap. xxi. + +[92] An account of this expedition is given in the first chapter of +Murillo Velarde's _Historia_ (Manila, 1749), evidently taken in part +from the present account. + +[93] Inasmuch as Bonifaz, although junior auditor, obtained the office +by trickery he was a true governor _ad interim_, and the Audiencia +did not have charge of political affairs. + +[94] The following authorities were used in compiling the above list +of governors: Morga, _Sucesos de las Islas Filipinos_ (Mexico, 1609); +Argensola, _Conquistas de las Malucas_ (Madrid, 1609); Colin, _Labor +evangelica_ (Madrid, 1663)--who mentions as authorities the authors +Morga, Grijalva, and Chirino; San Antonio, _Chronicas_, parte primera +(Manila, 1738); Murillo Velarde, _Historia_, (Manila, 1749); Delgado, +_Historia general_ (Manila, 1892); La Concepcion, _Historia general_ +(Sampaloc, 1788-1792); Zuniga, _Historia de las islas Filipinos_ +(Sampaloc, 1803), and _Estadismo_ (Retana's ed., Madrid, 1893); +Mas, _Informe de las Islas Filipinos_ (Madrid, 1843); Buzeta and +Bravo, _Diccionario_ (Madrid, 1851); Montero y Vidal, _Historia +general_ (Madrid, 1887), and _Historia de la pirateria_ (Madrid, +1888); Combes, _Historia de Mindanao y Jolo_ (Retana's ed., Madrid, +1897); _Catologo de la exposition general de las Islas Filipinos_ +(Madrid, 1887); Algue, _Archipielago Filipino_ (Washington, 1900); +Sawyer, _Inhabitants of the Philippines_ (New York, 1900); Calkins, +"Filipino Insurrection of 1896" in _Harper's Monthly_, vol. xcix, +pp. 469-483; and various documents already published in this series. + +[95] Delgado's work was written during 1751-54. + +[96] Referring to the dissensions and conflicts between the secular +and ecclesiastical authorities which culminated in the assassination +(October 11, 1719) of Governor Bustamente. + +[97] See account of this expedition in Argensola's _Conquistas_ +(_Vol_. XVI of this series), book x. The king seized by Acuna was Said +Berkatt, the twenty-sixth king of Ternate; he came to the throne in +1584 and reigned until made a captive by Acuna--who treated him well, +but later governors made Said the subject of shameful neglect and +even cruelty. He died at Manila in February or March, 1627. After +Said was carried away from Ternate, his son Modafar became king; +the ruler of Tidore at that time was Cachil (or Prince) Mole. See +Valentyn's history of the Moluccas, in his _Oud en Nieuw Oost-Indien_, +in the annals of Said's reign and life are recorded in pp. 208-255 +therein (a separate pagination, after the introductory sketch of the +Netherlands dominion). On pp. 3, 4 are listed the islands subject +to Temate; they include Mindanao, the Talaut or Tulour group, Ceram, +Amboina, Solor, the Moluccas proper, and many others. + +[98] In regard to this, see Sande's own letters and reports in +_Vol_. IV of this series. + +[99] See account of the expeditions made in that year against the +Moro pirates, under the governor, Francisco de Ovando, in Montero y +Vidal's _Hist. de pirateria,_ pp. 290-299. + +[100] Ali-Mudin, sultan of Jolo, claimed that he was dethroned by his +brother Bantilan, in 1748; and, with the Jesuit missionaries who had +just before arrived in Jolo, Ali-Mudin went to Manila. In 1750 he was +baptized in the Catholic faith, and was named Fernando I. A Spanish +expedition was sent to reinstate him on his throne; but it was found +that Ali-Mudin was an apostate and a traitor, and the Spanish governor +of Zamboanga seized him and all his family and retinue, sending them +to Manila, where they were held as prisoners. All except Ali-Mudin and +his heir Israel were sent home in 1755; but these remained captives +until 1763, when the English conquerors conveyed them back to Jolo, +and Ali-Mudin abdicated his throne in favor of Israel. + +See Montero y Vidal's _Hist. de pirateria_, pp. 279-299, 307-309, +317-320, 322, 338. + +[101] This writer was minister-plenipotentiary from Spain to Pekin; +and during that term of office made a voyage to Manila, of which this +book is a result. + +[102] _i.e._, those who pay the tax called _polo_--a personal service +of forty days in the year; see Montero y Vidal's note, _post_. + +[103] The services of these municipal officers, which--barring certain +abuses, to which their small remuneration and excessive official +obligations force them--are of undeniable worth in the Philippines, +and their functions, which carry importance and respectability, +demand much rather that there be substituted for the ridiculous +name of gobernadorcillo, by which they are officially designated, +another name more serious and more in harmony with their praiseworthy +ministry. This is now being done among themselves in the more +enlightened villages, where they are called _capitan_ ["captain"] +instead of gobernadorcillo.--_Montero y Vidal_. + +Cf. Bourne's account of these officials, _Vol_. I, of this series, +pp. 55, 56. + +[104] The Spanish is _paso doble_, a term used also as the name of +a dance, the equivalent of the "two-step." + +[105] This tribute is the contribution that the Indians and mestizos +pay in order to aid in the maintenance of the burdens of the state. The +_polos_ means the obligation to work a certain number of days in +neighborhood works.--_Montero y Vidal_. + +[106] The tobacco monopoly was arranged by Governor Basco y Vargas in +pursuance of a royal order of February 9, 1780. Although opposed by +certain classes, especially the friars, the monopoly was organized +by March 1, 1782, and approved by royal order May 15, 1784. Under +the monopoly, however, quantities of tobacco always escaped the +vigilance of the government, and could be bought at much cheaper +rates than the government tobacco. The monopoly was repealed in the +province of Union October 25, 1852; and in all the archipelago, by +a royal order in 1881. The order was applied in the islands in 1882, +and the suppression of the monopoly was completed in 1884. + +Tobacco was introduced into the islands by missionaries in the +last quarter of the sixteenth century. The best brands come from the +provinces of Isabela and Cagayan. Its cultivation and export has been, +and is, of great importance, immense quantities both of cigars and +leaf tobacco being shipped chiefly to China, Japan, the East Indies, +the United Kingdom, Spain, and Australasia. About thirty thousand +people were employed in making cigars and cigarettes in the province +of Manila, most of them women. See Montero y Vidal, ii, pp. 295, +296, iii, p. 165; Bowring, pp. 309, 310; Sawyer, pp. 131-133, 158; +_Report_ of Philippine Commission (1901), iii, pp. 267-269; and +_U. S. Philippine Gazetteer_, pp. 75, 76. + +[107] The royal assembly was the council whom the governor-general +had to assist him in his decisions, and they shared with him, to a +certain point, the authority. They counterbalanced his powers, and, +during the vacancy, took his place in the command.--_Montero y Vidal_. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898: +Volume XVII, 1609-1616, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS *** + +***** This file should be named 15530.txt or 15530.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/5/5/3/15530/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |